March 31, 2015 - City of Del Rio

Transcription

CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS
REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING
COUNCIL CHAMBERS - CITY HALL
109 WEST BROADWAY
TUESDAY, MARCH 31, 2015 - 6:30 P.M.
ITEM NO.
1.
AGENDA
DESCRIPTION
CALL TO ORDER
2.
ROLL CALL
3.
INVOCATION - Pastor Martin Seca, Living Stone Worship Center 4.
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
5.
CITIZEN COMMENTS
(NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN)
This is the opportunity for visitors and guests to address the City Council on any issue. City Council
may not discuss any presented issue, nor take any action on any issue. A sign-up sheet is available for
citizens who wish to address the Council. Please limit remarks to three minutes. Topics of operational
concerns shall be directed to the City Manager. Comments should not personally attack other speakers,
Council or staff.
6.
MAYOR'S COMMENTS
7.
INFORMATION ITEMS
a.
Presentation on International Trade and Cross-border Statistics at the Federal, State and Local Level Jesse Hereford, Director of Government Relations and Business Development - S and B Infrastructure,
Ltd.
b.
Discuss Interim Financial Reports- Manuel B. Chavez
8.
CONSENT AGENDA
(ACTION MAY BE TAKEN ON THESE MATTERS)
This is a procedure to help facilitate the meeting with a CONSENT AGENDA. One motion will approve
all action items, noted as consent. These are routine matters which are repeated on the agenda. Approval
means they will be implemented as recommended by the administration. Prior to acting on the consent
agenda, any Councilmember may have a consent item withdrawn from this portion of the agenda so that
agenda, any Councilmember may have a consent item withdrawn from this portion of the agenda so that
it may be discussed prior to action.
0.
Request Approval of City Council Meeting Minutes for March 10, 2015 and March 19, 2015 - Susan
Corp, City Secretary
9.
ORDINANCES
a.
O: 2015 - 019 - An Ordinance by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing and
Directing City Manager Henry Arredondo to Execute and Attest to, Respectively, a Hangar Keepers
Lease Agreement with Rodolfo P. Rodriguez and Peggy F. Rodriguez, Leasing a Parcel of Land
Containing Approximately 1035 square feet Located Beneath Hangar C-12, to Conduct Storage of and
Minor Maintenance of Aircraft - Juan Carlos Onofre-Saavedra, Airport Manager
b.
O: 2015 - 020 - An Ordinance by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas, Authorizing and
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo, to Purchase One (1) Ferrara Fire Apparatus RP1003
Rescue Pumper for the Fire Department of the City of Del Rio, from Hall Motors/Ferrara Fire
Apparatus Inc., via the Texas Association of School Boards (TASB) BuyBoard Cooperative - Mario A.
Garcia, Purchasing Agent
c.
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo, to purchase One (1) Case 586H Rough Terrain Forklift
from ASCO Equipment via the Houston-Galveston Association Cooperative (H-GACBuy) for the City
of Del Rio Central Purchasing Division - Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing Agent
10.
RESOLUTIONS
a.
R: 2015 - 027 - A Resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing and
Directing the City Manager, Henry Arredondo to give Notice to Advertise the Invitation for Bids for
the purchase of four (4) 3/4 ton diesel pick up trucks with utility service bodies for various City
Departments - Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing Agent
b.
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to Give Notice and to Advertise the Invitation for Bids
for the Purchase and installation of a Stair Step Screen and Washing Press for City of Del Rio San
Felipe Wastewater Plant - Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing Agent
c.
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to Give Notice to advertise the Request for
Qualifications (RFQ) for the investment broker services for all City of Del Rio funds. - Mario A.
Garcia, Purchasing Agent.
d.
d.
Directing City Manager Henry Arredondo, to Negotiate and Award a Contract with the Firm of AZ&B
for the Designs, Plans and Specifications for the Repairs, Repaving or Re-Construction of the City
Streets Affected by the Recent Infrastructures Installations - Alejandro Garcia, Interim Public Works
Director e.
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo, to Give Notice to Advertise for Request for
Qualifications (RFQ) for a Firm to be Retained to Perform Architectural Evaluation of the Condition
of the Roof on Several City Buildings that are Currently Leaking During Rain Events - Bob Parker,
City Engineer
f.
Directing City Manager Henry Arredondo, to Give Notice and Advertise for Bids for the Construction
of Seven (7) Streets Affected by the Infrastructure Installations - Alejandro Garcia, Interim Public
Works Director g.
R: 2015 - 033 - A Resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Reaffirming its
Unwavering Support for the Creation of a Dedicated Texas Border Infrastructure Fund to Assist
Border Communities with Binational Mobility Projects - Henry Arredondo, City Manager
h.
R: 2015 - 034 - A Resolution by the Del Rio City Council Expressing its Support of the Grant
Application by United Medical Centers to Obtain Funding for the Proposed Renovation and Expansion
of its South Main Clinic - Robert Garza, Mayor
11.
OTHER BUSINESS
a.
Submitted for review to the City Of Del Rio City Council the 2nd Quarter Report of Surplus Auction Mario Garcia, Purchasing Agent
b.
Discussion on Water-Secondary Water Source. CIP Plan Details for FY 2013-2014. City has funding
in the Amount of $500,000.00 for Best Value at either new City property or at the Hackberry Well
location - Alejandro Garcia, Interim Public Works Director
c.
Discussion to Extend 8-Inch Water Services as Approved by Utilities Commission on March 26, 2015
- Rowland Garza, Councilman
12.
EXECUTIVE SESSION
a.
Attorney/Client Consultation to Discuss Data Retention
b.
Attorney/Client Consultation to Discuss Legal Options/Remedies with Respect to Transportation Fund
13.
ADJOURNMENT
City Council Regular
Meeting Date: 03/31/2015
7. a.
Information
Subject
Presentation on International Trade and Cross-border Statistics at the Federal, State and Local
Level - Jesse Hereford, Director of Government Relations and Business Development - S and B
Infrastructure, Ltd.
Attachments
No file(s) attached.
7. b.
Information
Subject
Discuss Interim Financial Reports- Manuel B. Chavez
Attachments
MonthlyRev_ExpRprtFeb2015
City of Del Rio
Revenue & Expense Report As of February 2015
GENERAL FUND
Original Budget
Monthly Budget
City Attorney
Revenue Over/(Under) Expenditures
335,455.00
27,954.58
City Manager
698,784.00
58,232.00
City Secretary
175,992.00
Municipal Court
Code Compliance
Current Period
Current YTD
Encumbrance
Budget Balance % of Budget
125,474.46
2,267.25
207,713.29
38.08
48,083.51
274,030.58
8,948.60
418,051.61
40.17
14,666.00
11,855.86
68,454.73
898.47
106,887.88
39.27
599,608.00
49,967.33
30,017.20
257,841.50
1,233.33
361,473.04
39.72
568,611.00
47,384.25
30,151.47
162,221.20
564.86
406,912.51
28.44
Engineering
299,593.00
24,966.08
15,658.77
107,157.45
2,097.86
191,916.09
35.94
Human Resources
252,256.00
21,021.33
15,349.11
115,906.10
8,978.15
139,041.75
44.88
Finance
1,427,443.00
118,953.58
118,990.17
555,813.24
51,162.18
821,311.59
42.46
Parks, Facilities & Recreation
2,849,361.00
237,446.75
90,948.88
501,458.10
4,082.52
2,343,946.38
17.74
Police
6,307,771.00
525,647.58
454,046.32
2,427,375.66
38,799.08
3,848,385.06
38.99
Fire
6,187,049.00
515,587.42
549,922.11
2,455,604.24
128,626.88
3,602,849.88
41.77
Community Health Services
530,522.00
44,210.17
24,422.44
156,315.01
3,410.36
378,296.63
28.69
Streets & Drainage
2,516,477.00
209,706.42
128,119.34
638,930.75
113,056.23
1,766,718.80
29.79
General Fund Total
22,748,922.00
1,895,743.50
Page 1
-
Current Year
Adjusted YTD
1,517,565.18
7,846,583.02
364,125.77
14,593,504.51
35.85%
OTHER FUNDS
Original Budget
Monthly Budget
Current Period
Current Year
Adjusted YTD
Current YTD
Encumbrance
Budget Balance % of Budget
Transportation 5311 Grant
Fund Total Revenues
Fund Total Expenditures
1,186,351.00
1,184,716.00
1,635.00
98,862.58
98,726.33
136.25
7,653.50
69,493.53
(61,840.03)
305,752.30
411,033.85
(105,281.55)
821.12
(821.12)
880,598.70
773,011.03
107,587.67
25.77
34.75
-
WIC
Fund Total Revenues
535,413.00
535,413.00
-
44,617.75
44,617.75
-
36,808.73
(36,808.73)
177,166.47
209,368.93
(32,202.46)
9,792.50
(9,792.50)
358,246.53
317,942.53
40,304.00
33.09
40.62
-
Nutrition/Social Services
Fund Total Revenues
533,358.00
533,358.00
-
44,446.50
44,446.50
-
468.54
33,242.77
(33,711.31)
131,554.48
190,862.45
(59,307.97)
1,221.10
(1,221.10)
401,803.52
341,274.45
60,529.07
24.67
36.01
-
Gas
Fund Total Revenues
4,198,722.00
4,184,481.00
14,241.00
349,893.50
348,706.75
1,186.75
573,334.92
236,043.58
(337,291.34)
2,028,272.41
1,700,841.76
(327,430.65)
51,384.69
(51,384.69)
2,170,449.59
2,534,001.78
363,552.19
48.31
39.44
-
Water
Fund Total Revenues
9,582,018.00
9,569,668.00
12,350.00
798,501.50
797,472.33
1,029.17
537,289.34
714,979.25
(177,689.91)
3,103,532.00
3,725,902.53
(622,370.53)
174,246.95
(174,246.95)
6,478,486.00
5,704,216.20
774,269.80
32.39
40.39
-
International Bridge
Fund Total Revenues
6,051,825.00
6,027,345.00
24,480.00
504,318.75
502,278.75
2,040.00
545,804.75
47,613.71
(498,191.04)
2,658,368.70
477,223.44
(2,181,145.26)
10,706.92
(10,706.92)
3,393,456.30
5,540,444.64
2,146,988.34
43.93
8.08
-
International Airport
Fund Total Revenues
1,753,779.00
1,753,779.00
-
146,148.25
146,148.25
-
15,620.07
20,782.33
(5,162.26)
205,050.56
151,513.05
(53,537.51)
3,912.81
(3,912.81)
1,548,728.44
1,599,674.54
50,946.10
11.69
8.79
-
Refuse
Fund Total Revenues
5,421,853.00
5,490,582.00
68,729.00
451,821.08
457,548.50
5,727.42
416,431.88
65,289.00
(351,142.88)
2,105,257.23
1,689,687.99
(415,569.24)
10,541.95
(10,541.95)
3,316,595.77
3,792,974.56
476,378.79
38.88
30.92
-
Utility Billing
Fund Total Revenues
769,753.00
769,753.00
-
64,146.08
64,146.08
-
39,930.98
(39,930.98)
245,502.04
281,756.53
(36,254.49)
32,264.54
(32,264.54)
524,250.96
455,731.93
68,519.03
31.89
40.80
-
MIS/Computer Services
Fund Total Revenues
600,295.00
600,295.00
-
50,024.58
50,024.58
-
29,570.75
26,349.80
(3,220.95)
223,003.94
282,776.58
(59,772.64)
5,728.34
(5,728.34)
377,291.06
311,790.08
65,500.98
37.15
48.06
-
Fleet Services
Fund Total Revenues
812,920.00
873,041.00
60,121.00
67,743.33
72,753.42
5,010.08
54,058.84
62,142.50
(8,083.66)
258,621.81
298,438.02
(39,816.21)
22,846.55
(22,846.55)
554,298.19
555,581.54
1,283.35
31.81
36.36
-
Other Funds Total Revenues
Other Funds Total Expenditures
Other Funds Revenue Over/(Under) Expenditures
30,141,121.00
31,522,431.00
181,556.00
TOTAL EXPENSES $54,271,353.00
2,511,760.08
2,626,869.25
15,129.67
2,180,232.59
1,352,676.18
(1,553,073.09)
11,019,413.43
9,419,405.13
(3,932,688.51)
0.00
323,467.47
(323,467.47)
19,121,707.57
21,926,643.28
4,155,859.32
30.44%
$4,522,612.75
$2,870,241.36
$17,265,988.15
$687,593.24
$36,520,147.79
32.71%
Page 2
8. 0.
Submitted By: Amelia Moreno, Executive Secretary
Information
SUBJECT:
Request Approval of City Council Meeting Minutes for March 10, 2015 and March 19, 2015 Susan Corp, City Secretary
Attachments
03-10-15
03-19-15
REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING
109 WEST BROADWAY
AGENDA
ITEM NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.
CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Robert Garza called the meeting to order on the above date at 6:33 p.m.
2.
ROLL CALL
Mayor Robert Garza stated that Councilperson Contreras would not be able to attend tonight's meeting because he had to work.
Present:
Mayor Robert Garza; Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza; Councilperson Elizabeth Elizalde; Councilperson John Sheedy IV; Councilperson Mike Wrob;
Councilperson Rene Luna Absent:
Councilperson Fred Contreras Staff
Present:
Henry Arredondo; Suzanne West; Ryan Rapelye; Bob Parker; Manuel Chavez Attendees: Alex Garcia, Gilbert Sanchez, Chief Waylon Bullard, Fred Knoll Jr., Apolonio Hernandez, Manuel Herrera, Eva Escobar, Mary Canales, Janice Pokrant, Frances Dominguez, Susan Corp, Or
3.
INVOCATION - Pastor Samuel Garcia, Trinity House of Worship
Dr. Samuel Garcia, Trinity House of Worship, gave the Invocation.
4.
All of those present recited the Pledge of Allegiance.
5.
CITIZEN COMMENTS
This is the opportunity for visitors and guests to address the City Council on any issue. City Council may not discuss any presented issue, nor take any action on any issue.
A sign-up sheet is available for citizens who wish to address the Council. Please limit remarks to three minutes. Topics of operational concerns shall be directed to the City
Manager. Comments should not personally attack other speakers, Council or staff.
There were no Citizen Comments.
6.
MAYOR'S COMMENTS
Mayor Robert Garza stated that he went to Austin Monday, along with Councilpersons Garza and Wrob. They met with lawmakers and the land owners.
7.
INFORMATION ITEMS
a.
Update on the Texas Ranger Investigation - Waylon Bullard, Police Chief
Chief Waylon Bullard stated that Texas Ranger Dixon contacted him. Ranger Dixon reported that he spoke to all officers involved (in the shooting). Ranger Dixon is
waiting for the report from the Medical Examiner and status on the weapons from The Department of Public Safety. All of the officers are on administrative leave with
pay. The Police Department will be reviewing the department's policy and procedures. Chief Bullard will then advise the City Manager and City Attorney. Councilperson
Wrob stated that he would like an outside/independent person to review. There was a discussion on this matter. It was agreed that Ms. Suzanne West, City Attorney, would
look for an independent person or firm.
8.
CONSENT AGENDA
This is a procedure to help facilitate the meeting with a CONSENT AGENDA. One motion will approve all action items, noted as consent. These are routine matters which
are repeated on the agenda. Approval means they will be implemented as recommended by the administration. Prior to acting on the consent agenda, any Councilmember
may have a consent item withdrawn from this portion of the agenda so that it may be discussed prior to action.
a.
Approval of City Council meeting minutes for March 3, 2015 - Susan Corp, City Secretary
Councilperson Wrob moved to approve the above Consent Agenda Item. Councilperson Garza seconded the motion.
AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson Elizabeth Elizalde, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Mike Wrob,
Councilperson Rene Luna b.
Request Travel Authorization to Attend City of Del Rio and Val Verde County Day in Austin, Texas, March 24, 2015 - Rowland Garza, Mayor Pro-Tem
Councilperson Rene Luna c.
Request Travel Authorization to Attend City of Del Rio and Val Verde County Day in Austin, Texas, March 24, 2015 - Fred Contreras, Councilperson
Councilperson Rene Luna d.
Request Travel Authorization to Attend City of Del Rio and Val Verde County Day in Austin, Texas, March 24, 2015 - Reno Luna, Councilperson
Councilperson Rene Luna e.
Request Travel Authorization to Attend City of Del Rio and Val Verde County Day in Austin, Texas, March 24, 2015 - John Sheedy, Councilperson
Councilperson Rene Luna f.
Request Travel Authorization to Attend City of Del Rio and Val Verde County Day in Austin, Texas, March 24, 2015 - Elizabeth Elizalde, Councilperson
Councilperson Rene Luna 9.
ORDINANCES
a.
O: 2015 – 015 An Ordinance by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing and Directing City Manager Henry Arredondo to execute and award
the contract in the amount of $226,806.21 for the construction of the City of Del Rio San Felipe Creek Hike and Bike Trail Improvements Project, Revision 1, to
the firm of 90 West Contractor, Ltd. – Alejandro A. Garcia, Interim Public Works Director
Councilperson Luna moved to approve Ordinance No. O: 2015-015. Councilperson Wrob seconded the motion.
Councilperson Rene Luna b.
O: 2015-016 An Ordinance by City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas authorizing and directing City Manager Henry Arredondo to sign and issue a work
order in the amount not to exceed $50,256.00 to the firm of Bain Medina Bain for the design of various streets in the City of Del Rio, Texas - Alejandro A.
Garcia, Interim Public Works Director
Councilperson Wrob moved to approve Ordinance No. O: 2015-016. Councilperson Luna seconded the motion.
Councilperson Rene Luna c.
O: 2015 - 017 An Ordinance Repealing and Replacing in Entirety the Current Cross-Connection Control Section 8-42 of the Del Rio Code of Ordinances Chapter 8 and
Providing for a Penalty, Publication, and an Effective Date - Mark Roberson, Chief Building Official
Mr. Mark Roberson, Chief Building Inspector stated that this Ordinance is to replace cross connecting control and to bring the Ordinance into compliance with TCEQ. Backflow devices will be inspected. There was a discussion as to the need for this Ordinance and enforcement. Mayor Robert Garza stated that he would like a Public
Hearing on this matter.
Councilperson Elizalde moved to table Ordinance No. O: 2015-017. Councilperson Sheedy seconded the motion. (Nay - Councilperson Wrob)
After the vote, at 8:14 p.m. the Council convened to Executive Session. The Council re-convened into Open Session at 9:37 p.m. and moved on to Agenda Item 10a.
AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson Elizabeth Elizalde, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Rene Luna NAY: Councilperson Mike Wrob d.
O: 2015 - 018 An Ordinance by The City Council of The City of Del Rio Texas Authorizing and Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to Enter into a Contract
with SC Tracking Solutions for a 3rd Party Web Based Information System for the Recordation of Texas Commission on Environmental Quality,(TCEQ), Mandated Cross
Connection Prevention Devices Annual Inspections, with an Effective Date of April 1, 2015 - Mark Roberson, Chief Building Official
Councilperson Elizalde moved to table Ordinance No. O: 2015-018. Councilperson Sheedy seconded the motion. (Nay - Councilperson Wrob)
After the vote, at 8:14 p.m. the Council convened to Executive Session. The Council re-convened into Open Session at 9:37 p.m. and moved on to Agenda Item 10a.
AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson Elizabeth Elizalde, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Rene Luna NAY: Councilperson Mike Wrob 10.
RESOLUTIONS
a.
R: 2015 - 019 A Resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas authorizing the City Manager to reject all previous proposals and re-advertise for
a.
R: 2015 - 019 A Resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas authorizing the City Manager to reject all previous proposals and re-advertise for
competitive sealed proposals for the construction of approximately 400 feet of security fencing for the U. S. Attorney's parking lot located behind the City's
Municipal Court building - Bob Parker, City Engineer
Councilperson Elizalde left the meeting before this Agenda Item was acted upon, at 9:38 p.m.
Councilperson Luna moved to approve Resolution No. R: 2015-019. Councilperson Wrob seconded the motion.
AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Mike Wrob, Councilperson Rene Luna b.
R: 2015 - 020 A Resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to Reject All Bids for the Toll
Plaza Project and to Re-advertise for Bids with a Much Larger Area of Advertisement for the Project and also to remove the prequalification by TxDot - Bob
Parker, City Engineer
Councilperson Luna moved to approve Resolution No. R: 2015-020. Councilperson Garza seconded the motion.
AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Mike Wrob, Councilperson Rene Luna c.
R: 2015 - 021 A Resolution in Accordance with the City Charter to Formally Accept the Letter of Intent for the Donation of 30.54 Acres of Parkland from Buena Vista
Development Co. to the City of Del Rio Located Near Kingsway - Janice Pokrant, City Planner
Councilperson Wrob moved to approve Resolution No. R: 2015-021. Councilperson Sheedy seconded the motion.
AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Mike Wrob, Councilperson Rene Luna d.
R: 2015 - 022 A Resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing and Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to Give Notice and
reject all bids submitted on bid number R:2014-081, and to Re-Advertise the Invitation for Bids for the Purchase of Four (4) Horizontal Chopper RAS/WAS
Pump Motors for San Felipe Wastewater Plant - Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing Agent
Councilperson Luna moved to approve Resolution No. R: 2015-022. Councilperson Wrob seconded the motion.
AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Mike Wrob, Councilperson Rene Luna e.
R: 2015 - 023 A Resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing and Directing the City Manager, Henry Arredondo to give Notice
to Advertise the Invitation for Bids for the purchase of eight (8) 3/4 ton pick up trucks with utility service bodies for various City Departments - Mario A.
Garcia, Purchasing Agent
Councilperson Luna moved to approve Resolution No. R: 2015-023 amending it to reduce the number of trucks to four (4). Councilperson Wrob seconded the motion.
AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Mike Wrob, Councilperson Rene Luna f.
R: 2015 - 024 A Resolution of the City Council of the City Of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing and Directing the City Manger Henry Arredondo to Execute a Renewal
Agreement Between the City of Del Rio and the National Museum of the United States Air Force (NMUSAF) to Maintain and Keep on Display a Model T-33
Aircraft at the City of Del Rio Civic Center - Eva Escobar, Civic Center Director
Councilperson Garza moved to approve Resolution No. R: 2015-024. Councilperson Luna seconded the motion. AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Mike Wrob, Councilperson Rene Luna g.
R: 2015-025 A resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing and Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to give Notice to
Advertise for Bids for the Construction of the Qualia Relief Route - Bob Parker, City Engineer
Councilperson Luna moved to approve Resolution No. R: 2015-025. Councilperson Garza seconded the motion.
AYE: Mayor Robert Garza, Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza, Councilperson John Sheedy IV, Councilperson Mike Wrob, Councilperson Rene Luna 11.
OTHER BUSINESS
a.
Status of Hiring of the Economic Development Director - Mary Canales, Human Resources Director
Ms. Mary Canales, Human Resources Director, reported on when the position was opened and closed. They received three resumes. They were asked to re-advertise and
for it to remain open until filled. They now have four resumes, making a total of seven. Three qualify and one opted out. There was a discussion as to salary and
qualifications.
b.
Status of Water Rates for Val Verde Park Estates - Manuel B. Chavez, Finance Director
Councilperson Sheedy asked that our Consultant look at the county water rates. Mr. Henry Arredondo, City Manager, stated that they should look at the rates for next year
and to add that classification to the study. Councilperson Sheedy asked for a study. Mr. Manuel Chavez, Finance Director, stated he would look into it.
c.
Discussion on the Development of a Legislative Agenda for the 84th Legislature Session - Henry Arredondo, City Mananger
Mr. Ryan Rapelye, Assistant City Manager, showed a draft of initiatives. He asked the Council to let him know of any changes they would like. Councilperson Garza
suggested giving our legislative representatives a copy.
d.
Discussion and Possible Action on the Request for Staff to Issue an RFQ for a Consultant to Evaluate the Potential Contamination of the City's Drinking Water
Supplies/Resources - Alejandro A. Garcia, Interim Public Works Director
Mr. Alejandro Garcia, Interim Public Works Director, stated that a representative with Region J contacted him and stated the City could wait for the study and TCEQ would
conduct it at no charge. He recommended not issuing for RGQ's. The Council was in unanomous consent.
12.
EXECUTIVE SESSION
a.
Personnel Matters Pertaining to the City Manager Henry Arredondo
No Action was taken on this matter.
b.
Attorney/Client Consultation to Discuss Pending Litigation styled City of Del Rio vs. C. Pat Ellis, Trustee filed in the 83rd Judicial District Court of Val Verde
County, Texas in Cause No. 31121
No Action was taken on this matter.
13.
ADJOURNMENT
There was no further business to come before the Council, therefore, the Mayor adjourned the meeting at 11:26 p.m.
SPECIAL CITY COUNCIL MEETING
109 WEST BROADWAY
AGENDA
ITEM NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.
CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Robert Garza called the meeting to order on the above date at 6:26 p.m.
2.
ROLL CALL
Councilperson arrived at 8:00 p.m.
Present:
Mayor Robert Garza; Councilperson-at-Large Rowland Garza; Councilperson; Councilperson John Sheedy IV; Councilperson Mike Wrob;
Councilperson Fred Contreras; Councilperson Rene Luna Absent:
Elizabeth Elizalde Staff
Henry Arredondo; Suzanne West; Ryan Rapelye; Bob Parker; Manuel Chavez Present:
Attendees: Alex Garcia, Chief Waylon Bullard, Fred Knoll Jr., William Rattay, Apolonio Hernandez, Susan Corp, Orlando Castillo, news media and visitors 3.
INVOCATION
Mr. Bob Parker gave the Invocation.
4.
All of those present recited the Pledge of Allegiance.
5.
CONSENT ITEMS:
6.
RESOLUTIONS
a.
R: 2015 - 026 A Resolution by the Del Rio City Council Reaffirming its Unwavering Support for the Creation of a Groundwater Conservation
District for Val Verde County, Texas - Suzanne West, City Attorney
Ms. Suzanne West, City Attorney, stated that the legislators asked that the City go on record reaffirming support of the bill.
Councilperson Garza suggested that the City reach out to our neighbors south and east of Del Rio. The City would need their support before the bill
goes to the Committee. Mayor Robert Garza stated that he would attend their meetings and asked Ms. West to draft the letter and attach it to the
Resolution.
Councilperson Garza went over the procedures for having a bill heard, etc.
County Commissioner stated that he was recently in Austin. He was persistently being asked how the City and County came up with the numbers for
the City's allotment. Science needs to be behind the formula. He stated that the Texas Water Development Board projected that the State would need
22% more water for use. He stated that the City and County need to attend the hearings. He stated that he was told that bill would not pass as
presently written. Concessions need to be made. There was further discussion as to these issues and the City's allotment.
All agreed to use 22% growth and to exclude surface water.
Commissioner Owens re-iterated that the City and County need to attend the meetings and testify.
Councilperson Wrob moved to offer support in the current form with 15,000 gallons and 22% growth and to support agriculture, if not in conflict with
Chapter 36. Councilperson Garza seconded the motion. Vote: 4-0 (Councilperson Contreras was not present for the vote)
There was a discussion as to leaving the Resolution and bill "as is", but also to pursue changes. It was agreed the City and County leaders should
meet next Thursday.
At this time, the Mayor asked that they convene into Executive Sessions. He stated that he had some questions. Councilperson Wrob agreed.
7.
OTHER BUSINESS
a.
Discussion and Possible Action on Proposal for Police Department Internal Review by Public Sector Solutions--Suzanne West
8.
EXECUTIVE SESSION
8.
EXECUTIVE SESSION
At 7:46 p.m., the City Council convened into Executive Session Pursuant to the Previsions of the Open Meetings Law, Chapter 551, Government Code,
Vernon's Texas Codes Annotated, in Accordance with the Authority Contained in Section 551.071 - Attorney/Client Consultation.
At 8:48 p.m., the City Council re-convened into Open Session.
a.
Attorney/Client Consultation regarding the Proposal for a Police Department Internal Review by Public Sector Solutions--Suzanne West
Councilperson Wrob moved to accept the proposal from Public Sector Solutions. Councilperson Contreras seconded the motion.
Mayor Robert Garza stated that there is no implication that anything wrong happened. The goal is to improve.
Ms. Suzanne West stated that this company is well versed in Civil Service procedures. This is just to take the place of Internal Affairs.
Vote: 6 - 0 9.
ADJOURNMENT
There was no further business to come before the Council, therefore, the Mayor adjourned the meeting at 8:54 p.m.
9. a.
Submitted By: Juan Onofre, Airport Manager, Engineering Department
Information
SUBJECT:
O: 2015 - 019 - An Ordinance by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing and
Directing City Manager Henry Arredondo to Execute and Attest to, Respectively, a Hangar
Keepers Lease Agreement with Rodolfo P. Rodriguez and Peggy F. Rodriguez, Leasing a Parcel
of Land Containing Approximately 1035 square feet Located Beneath Hangar C-12, to Conduct
Storage of and Minor Maintenance of Aircraft - Juan Carlos Onofre-Saavedra, Airport Manager
SUMMARY:
Discuss and recommend the City Manager to execute and attest to respectively, a Hangar
Keepers Lease Agreement with Rodolfo P. Rodriguez and Peggy F. Rodriguez for an
approximate 1035 square foot parcel of land located beneath Hangar C-12 at the Del Rio
International Airport.
Staff recommends approval.
BACKGROUND:
Mr. Rodolfo P. Rodriguez and Mrs. Peggy F. Rodriguez have indicated interest in purchasing
Hangar C-12 from Mr. William D. White.
DISCUSSION:
Mr. and Mrs. Rodriguez desire to enter into a hangar keepers lease agreement with the City of
Del Rio and have remained current in all payments in accordance with their current lease
agreement over hangar C-10. Additionally Mr. and Mrs. Rodriguez have complied with all
applicable rules and regulations imposed at the Del Rio International Airport.
PROS:
If this Resolution is passed the City of Del Rio will realize revenue of $403.65 annually for this
lease agreement as well as continue to encourage the general aviation environment at Del Rio
International Airport.
CONS:
None.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval.
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
The fiscal impact is the annual rent of $403.65
Attachments
Ord Hanger Keepers Lease
Lease_HangarC12
ORDINANCE NO. O: 2015 - 019
AN ORDINANCE BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS
AUTHORIZING AND DIRECTING CITY MANAGER HENRY ARREDONDO TO
EXECUTE AND ATTEST TO, RESPECTIVELY, A HANGAR KEEPERS LEASE
AGREEMENT WITH RODOLFO P. RODRIGUEZ AND PEGGY F. RODRIGUEZ,
LEASING A PARCEL OF LAND CONTAINING APPROXIMATELY 1035 SQUARE
FEET LOCATED BENEATH HANGAR C-12, TO CONDUCT STORAGE OF AND
MINOR MAINTENANCE OF AIRCRAFT
WHEREAS, Mr. Rodolfo P. Rodriguez and Mrs. Peggy F. Rodriguez of 222 Fox Drive, Del
Rio, Texas 78840 indicated interest in purchasing Hangar C-12 from Mr. William D. White of
253 Packsaddle Circle, Del Rio, Texas 78840: and
WHEREAS, Mr. Rodolfo P. Rodriguez and Mrs. Peggy F. Rodriguez approached the airport
indicating their desire to enter into a ground lease agreement with the City of Del Rio for
approximately 1035 square feet of land located beneath hangar C-12 with an effective date of
March 31st: and
WHEREAS, Mr. Rodriguez currently has a ground lease agreement with the City of Del Rio for
Hangar C-10 and has remained a tenant in good standing: and
WHEREAS, it is in the City of Del Rio’s best interest to enter into this ground lease agreement
with Mr. and Mrs. Rodriguez,
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
DEL RIO, TEXAS THAT:
The City Council of the City of Del Rio does here by authorize and direct City Manager Henry
Arredondo to execute and attest to respectively, a Hangar Keepers Lease Agreement between the
City of Del Rio and Mr. Rodolfo P. Rodriguez and Mrs. Peggy F. Rodriguez for approximately
1035 square feet of land located beneath Hangar C-12 and as indicated on Attachment 1.
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the 31st day of March 2015.
___________________________________
ROBERT GARZA
Mayor
ATTEST:
___________________________________
SUSAN CORP
City Secretary
REVIEWED FOR ADMINISTRATION:
REVIEWED AS TO FORM AND
LEGALITY:
_______________________________
HENRY ARREDONDO
City Manager
_________________________________
SUZANNE WEST
City Attorney
CITY OF DEL RIO
HANGAR KEEPERS
LEASE AGREEMENT
DEL RIO INTERNATIONA
INTERNATIONAL
L AIRPORT
HANGAR C-12
Hangar Keepers Lease Agreement
Hangar C-12 – Rodolfo P. Rodriguez and Peggy F. Rodriguez
Attachment 1
Table of Contents
Page
Section 1
Leased Area
1
Section 2
Lease Term
1
Section 3
Consideration
1
Section 4
Permitted Use
3
Section 5
Restricted Use
3
Section 6
Sublease, Assignment or Sale
4
Section 7
Termination
4
Section 8
Hold Harmless
6
Section 9
Maintenance of Landing Area
6
Section 10
Miscellaneous
6
Attachment 1 Leased Premises
8
i
HANGAR KEEPER LEASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN THE CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS
AND
RODOLFO P. RODRIGUEZ AND
PEGGY F. RODRIGUEZ
222 FOX DRIVE
DEL RIO, TEXAS 78840
*
*
*
*
KNOW ALL MEN BY
THESE,
PRESENTS:
This lease is entered into this 31st day of March, 2015, between the City of Del
Rio, 109 West Broadway Del Rio, Texas 78840 hereinafter referred to as
“Lessor”, the owner of the Del Rio International Airport, hereinafter referred to as
“Airport” and Rodolfo P. Rodriguez and Peggy F. Rodriguez of 222 Fox Drive
Trail Del Rio, Texas 78840, hereinafter referred to as “Lessee” who covenant
and agree as follows:
WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee are committed to the proper operation,
improvement and continued development of the Airport; and
WHEREAS, Lessor deems it advantageous to itself and to the operation of the
Airport to lease to Lessee certain land for the purpose and upon the terms and
provisions stated herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in accordance of the terms, considerations and privileges
listed herein, Lessor and Lessee covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1.
Leased Area
Land – Lessor does hereby lease to Lessee approximately 1035 square feet of
land, more particularly described as follows: Hangar C-12
That land beneath that building detailed on Attachment 1 and identified as
Hangar C-12 for a total of approximately 1035 square feet and hereinafter
referred to as the “Land” and located on the Airport. Lessee hereby leases the said
Land from Lessor subject to the terms, considerations and privileges stated herein.
Section 2.
Lease Term
This lease shall be for a term of twenty (20) years, beginning on the 31st day of
March, 2015 and ending and terminating on the 30th day of March, 2035.
Section 3.
A.
Consideration
In consideration for the lease of the Land referenced herein, Lessee hereby agrees
to pay the sum of $ 331.20 which sum is based upon the 1035 square feet at the
1
annual rate of $0.32 per square foot for the land beneath Hangar C-12. This
amount is hereinafter referred to as the “Minimum Yearly Rent”. Lessee agrees
to pay this yearly in advance.
B.
Lessee agrees that the annual rent shall be subject to review and adjustment every
five (5) years throughout the term of this lease, as hereinafter provided, to reflect
any increase in the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Consumer Price Index (CPI)
during the twenty (20) year term of this lease. After each adjustment in the rent,
Lessee shall pay the adjusted yearly rent until the time of the next rental
adjustment called for in this section. Adjustments in the yearly rent shall be
determined by multiplying the Minimum Yearly Rent set forth above by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the index number for the last month of the
calendar year that ended immediately before the date on which the adjustment is
to be made and the denominator of which is the index number for the first month
of the first year of the lease term. If the product is greater than the Minimum
Yearly Rent specified above, Lessee will pay this greater amount as the yearly
rent until the time of the next rental adjustment called for in this section. If the
product is less than the Minimum Yearly Rent as set for above, the annual rent
will not be adjusted at that time and the Lessee will pay the minimum yearly rent
set forth above until the time of the next rental adjustment as called for in this
section. In no event may any rental adjustments called for in this section result in
an annual rent less than the minimum yearly rent set forth above.
C.
All rental fees shall be paid as the same become due, without demand, in lawful
currency of the United States of America, made payable to the City of Del Rio,
Texas, by mail or hand delivery to the Municipal Building Billing Department
located at 109 West Broadway Street Del Rio, Texas 78840.
D.
In the event Lessee fails to remit any rental payments when the same are due,
interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per year shall be charged by Lessor
beginning on the tenth day after the date the payment is due and such interest
shall continue to accrue against such delinquent payment until the payment plus
interest is received by Lessor. In the event Lessee shall become delinquent for
more than thirty (30) days, this lease may be terminated by Lessor as provided in
Section 7, Termination.
E.
Taxes and Fees
Lessee shall be liable for all taxes and fees owed in connection with the use and
operation of its business on the Land. Under no circumstances shall Lessor be
liable for or be required to pay any taxes or fees owed by Lessee.
F.
Insurance
i.
The Lessor shall not be held liable for any loss or damages to personal property.
2
ii.
Lessee shall provide its own general liability insurance policy coverage for any
personal property located in or on the Land with a with a policy limit of
$1,000,000.00.
iii.
In the event of sublease the Lessee shall provide a business liability insurance
with a policy limit of $1,000,000.00.
iv.
The Lessor shall be named on the liability insurance policies as additional
insured. Certificates of required insurance shall be furnished by Lessee to Lessor
and certificates presently then in effect shall be maintained on file at the Del Rio
International Airport 1104 West 10th Street Del Rio, Texas 78840 at all times.
Any changes in those certificates must have the prior written approval of Lessor.
v.
Lessor shall provide insurance for all Lessor owned real property located at the
Airport under Lessor’s policy which shall be for the sole benefit and protection of
Lessor.
Section 4.
A.
Permitted Use
The land is being leased by Lessor to Lessee for its activities as a Hangar Keeper.
Lessee may perform the following activities on the Land at its discretion: aircraft
storage and minor maintenance. Lessee represents that the use of the building
situated on the Land is as follows:
Building/Hangar
Current Use
Future Use
_____C-12___
Storage of Aircraft
Storage and Minor
Maintenance of Aircraft
Section 5.
Restricted Use
A.
Lessee shall abide by all applicable rules and regulations of the City of Del Rio,
the Federal Aviation Administration, the Texas Department of Transportation,
and the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality.
B.
Lessee agrees that it will at all times keep the premises of the Land clean and free
of trash, litter, tall grass, weeds, junked automobiles and scrap aircraft parts.
Lessee shall abide by all applicable rules and recommendations of the City of Del
Rio, the Federal Aviation Administration, the Texas Department of
Transportation, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, the
Environmental Protection Agency, the Texas Natural Resources Conservation
Commission, the Texas Department of Agriculture, and any other public agency
concerning the use, storage and disposal of hazardous chemical, fuel and/or oil.
C.
Should Lessee fail to keep the Land clean as above provided, Lessor may after ten
(10) days written notice, arrange for the cleanup of the area. Such clean up shall
3
be charged to Lessee and shall be payable upon demand. Failure to render proper
payment for such cleanup and/or general disregard of the considerations and
restrictions listed in this lease agreement are grounds for Lessor to terminate this
lease after thirty (30) days written notice by Lessor to Lessee, and upon failure of
Lessee to cure his default within such thirty (30) day period of time.
D.
All construction, remodeling and installation of facilities and improvements shall
be in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and
regulations. Lessee agrees and understands that any services provided will be in
accordance with accepted standards; local, state and federal laws; to include
Federal Aviation Administration regulations.
E.
Lessee agrees to have a sufficient number of fire extinguishers of acceptable size
as determined by the local fire marshal at the location. Such fire extinguishers
shall be readily accessible in the event of a fire.
E.
Lessee agrees that it will not operate a non-aviation related business or activity on
the Land without the expressed written consent of Lessor. Any such non-aviation
related business or activity must be so established by a separate contract.
F.
The Land shall not be used for the storage of vehicles, non-aeronautical activities
or for any other purposes other than as authorize in Section 4.
Section 6.
Sublease, Assignment or Sale
A.
Lessee shall not sublease, assign or transfer this contract agreement or any right
hereunder to any person, corporation, or association without proof of financial
responsibility i.e. certificate business liability insurance policy as referred to in
Section 3 Paragraph; F iii.
B.
Lessee shall not sublease, assign or transfer without prior written approval from
Lessor.
C.
Lessee’s sub lessee shall be held to all of the terms of Lessee’s agreement with
Lessor.
D.
Any sublease, assignment, or transfer, at the option of Lessor, shall be grounds for
Lessor to immediately terminate this contract agreement.
Section 7.
A.
Termination
This contract may be prematurely terminated by Lessor or Lessee if either fails to
abide by the terms and conditions expressed herein and due the complainant and
so decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Should Lessee be declared
bankrupt or insolvent, this contract shall immediately terminate. In the event
Lessee fails to make timely payments of all taxes or fees, fails to provide proof of
4
required insurance, uses the Airport property for any illegal or unauthorized
purpose, files bankruptcy, abandons or leaves the leased property vacant or
unoccupied for thirty (30) consecutive days, or violates any of the terms and
conditions of this contract and fails to cure the default after thirty (30) days
notice, Lessor has the right to terminate this contract and retake possession of any
Airport property leased to or under the control of Lessee. Lessor shall not have
the right to terminate this contract except upon thirty (30) days prior written
notice of Lessee’s default hereunder, and then only if Lessee fails to cure his
default within such thirty (30) day period.
B.
Lessee agrees and understands that Lessor reserves the right to further expand,
develop or improve the Airport, including the termination of this lease agreement,
in such instance that the continued leasing of the Land would have a negative
impact on any proposed development or improvements at the Airport. This
contract may be terminated regardless of the desires, wishes or views of Lessee
and without interference or hindrance from Lessee, but only so long as such
expansion, development or improvements are shown on Federal Aviation
Administration approved Airport Layout Plan or Master Plan and/or Texas
Department of Transportation Plan. In the event that Lessor terminates this lease
agreement as herein provided, then Lessor shall either (i) pay Lessee for all
improvements placed by Lessee upon the ground, based upon the fair market
value of his improvements as of the date of termination; or (ii) require the
removal of the Lessees improvements at Lessees expense, or,(iii) permit Lessee to
relocate the improvements and other facilities pertaining to Lessee’s business to
another location on the airport acceptable to the parties under a lease agreement
whose provisions are acceptable to the parties or substantially the same as the
terms and provisions of this agreement. In the event that Lessor elects to relocate
Lessee as above provided, then Lessor shall pay Lessee 100% of the cost of
moving his improvements to the new location.
C.
This contract may be prematurely terminated by mutual agreement and consent of
both parties in writing. Such termination by mutual agreement shall cause both
Lessor and Lessee to be free of any and all requirements of this contract, except as
contained in Section 7 Paragraph D hereunder, and neither Lessor nor Lessee
shall have any derogatory remarks or entries made upon their resumes or upon
any public or private records which would indicate failure to successfully fulfill
the conditions of this contract.
D.
At the termination of this contract, either by normal expiration, premature
termination or mutual agreement, Lessee shall peaceably vacate the premises.
Should Lessee be in default of any rental or fuel flowage fees owed to Lessor,
Lessor may take possession of any personal property owned by Lessee and
located at the Airport and hold such until the monetary default is settled. In such
case that Lessee cannot or will not settle any claims against him owed to Lessor,
Lessor may liquidate any personal property seized, subject to the disposition of a
5
court of competent jurisdiction. Lessee shall be liable for any and all expenses
incurred by Lessor in such action.
At the termination of this contract for any reason other than a termination by
Lessor because of a default by Lessee and failure of Lessee to cure his default
within the thirty (30) day period herein provided, Lessee shall have the right to
remove all of the improvements constructed or installed and owned by Lessee
upon the Land. If required by Lessor, Lessee shall remove any such
improvements.
Section 8.
Hold Harmless
Lessee agrees to save and hold harmless Lessor and its agents, servants and
employees of and from any and all liabilities, expenses, causes of action, damages
and/or attorney’s fees resulting from or as a result of any of Lessee’s businesses,
operation, occupancy or use of the Airport or from any act or omission of
Lessee’s agents, servants, or employees.
Section 9.
Maintenance of Landing Area
Lessee understands and agrees that Lessor reserves the right, but not the
obligation, to maintain the Airport to at least the minimum standards as
recommended by the Federal Aviation Administration, the Transportation
Security Administration and/or the Texas Department of Transportation. Such
right includes the right to maintain and keep in repair all public use areas at the
Airport and the right to direct and control all activities as necessary at the Airport.
Lessee also understands that Lessor is not obligated by this lease to continue
operating the Airport as an airport and may close the Airport at any time and at its
own discretion. Such closure shall immediately void this contract and no
damages or monies or other compensation will be owed to Lessee by Lessor.
Section 10.
Miscellaneous
A.
This contract embraces the entire lease agreement of the parties mentioned herein
pertaining to the Land and no statement, remark, agreement or understanding,
either oral or written, not contained herein shall be recognized or enforced as it
pertains to the lease of the Land, except that this contract may be modified by
written addendum agreed to and signed by all pertinent parties and attached
hereto.
B.
For the purpose of this contract, the singular number shall include the plural and
the masculine shall include the feminine and vice versa, whenever the context so
admits or requires.
6
C.
The “Section” captions and headings are inserted solely for the convenience of
reference and are not part of nor intended to govern, limit or aid in the
construction of any provision hereof.
D.
The parties to this contract hereby acknowledge and agree that they are the
principals to this contract and have the power, right and authority to enter into this
contract and are not acting as an agent for the benefit of any third party; except
that Lessor is acting on behalf of the City of Del Rio, Texas.
E.
This contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and construed
there under and venue of any action brought under this contract shall be in Val
Verde County, Texas.
F.
If any section, paragraph, sentence or phrase entered in this contract is held to be
illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such illegality or
un-enforceability shall not affect the remainder of this contract and, to this end,
the provisions of this contract are declared to be severable.
EXECUTED this 31st day of March, 2015.
___________________________________
HENRY ARREDONDO
City Manager
RODOLFO P. RODRIGUEZ AND
PEGGY F. RODRIGUEZ
C-12 Hangar Owner.
ATTEST:
___________________________________
SUSAN CORP
City Secretary
7
8
ATTACHMENT 1
Hangar C-12
8
9. b.
Submitted By: Mario Garcia, Purchasing Agent, Finance
Information
SUBJECT:
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo, to Purchase One (1) Ferrara Fire Apparatus
RP1003 Rescue Pumper for the Fire Department of the City of Del Rio, from Hall Motors/Ferrara
Fire Apparatus Inc., via the Texas Association of School Boards (TASB) BuyBoard Cooperative Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing Agent
SUMMARY:
Discussion and possible action on a resolution to authorize and direct City Manager Henry
Arredondo, to purchase one (1) Ferrara Fire Apparatus RP1003 Rescue Pumper for the Fire
Department of the City of Del Rio, from Hall Motors/Ferrara Fire Apparatus Inc. via the Texas
Association of School Boards (TASB) BuyBoard Cooperative BACKGROUND:
This fire fighting/rescue vehicle equipment is vital to Fire Department operations. This equipment
is necessary to replace aging equipment that have exceeded their useful effective life. This
equipment is for rescue or fire fighting first response.
DISCUSSION:
The equipment to be purchased is One (1) Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. RP1003 Rescue Pumper
mounted on a Ferrara Cinder chassis per the attached specifications and proposal purchased off
Buy Board Contract 399-12: $588,199. The pricing provided is exclusive of all Federal, State and
Local taxes and any other fees, which may apply unless specifically noted herein. Payment
Terms: Payment is due upon delivery and acceptance of completed apparatus. The apparatus and
equipment shall be supplied and shipped in accordance with the specifications and approvals by
the City of Del Rio Fire Department. Delays due to strikes, war or other causes beyond our
control not preventing, within 240-270 calendar days after receipt of order, and will be delivered
at: City of Del Rio Fire Department Del Rio, Texas The specifications herein contained shall
form a part of the final contract, and are subject to changes desired by the City of Del Rio Fire
Department. The proposal specifications are supplied for construction purposes. Any additions
and/or changes to the enclosed specifications shall be generated and/or approved by the City of
Del Rio Fire Department, and accepted by Hall Motors/Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. with delivery
to Del Rio included. The City of Del Rio is a participant in several government procurement
cooperatives. Though these means, the City was able to utilize the Texas Association of School
Boards Cooperative (TASB) to obtain the reduced cost from the vendor, Hall Motors/Ferrara Fire
Apparatus Inc.
PROS:
This purchase will provide much needed rescue pumper equipment in the Fire Department to
assist them in their daily operations. This will be purchased at a reduced cost through the
cooperative in order to provide a better purchasing leverage, and provide better cost for the City.
CONS:
The initial capital cost of the heavy equipment of $ 588,199. Regular maintenance and repairs will
be contingent on the Department's budgets.
RECOMMENDATION:
The Purchasing Agent for the City of Del Rio recommends to the City Council that they discuss
and consider the approval of the ordinance to authorizing and directing the City Manager Henry
Arredondo, to Purchase One (1) Ferrara Fire Apparatus RP1003 Rescue Pumper for the Fire
Department of the City of Del Rio, from Hall Motors/Ferrara Fire Apparatus Inc. via the Texas
Association of School Boards (TASB) BuyBoard Cooperative
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
The cost to purchase (1) Ferrara Fire Apparatus RP1003 Rescue Pumper for the Fire Department
of the City of Del Rio, from Hall Motors/Ferrara Fire Apparatus Inc. via the Texas Association
of School Boards (TASB) BuyBoard Cooperative is $ 588,199 and is funded by Certificates of
Obligation Series 2013-2014.
Attachments
Ord to Auth Resuce Pumper
apparatus quote
appartus spec
appartus order
ORDINANCE NO. O: 2015- 020
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS
AUTHORIZING AND DIRECTING CITY MANAGER, HENRY ARREDONDO,
TO PURCHASE ONE (1) FERRARA FIRE APPARATUS RP1003 RESCUE PUMPER FOR THE
CITY OF DEL RIO FIRE DEPARTMENT FROM HALL MOTORS/FERRARA FIRE
APPARATUS, INC., VIA THE TEXAS ASSOCIATION OF SCHOOL BOARDS (TASB)
BUYBOARD COOPERATIVE.
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio has the opportunity to purchase and acquire goods and services through
the TASB BuyBoard Cooperative, which has already been competitively bid and awarded in accordance
with the State of Texas Local Government Code, Chapter 271, Section 102; and
WHEREAS, the use of firefighting pumper vehicles are critical to the continued daily operation and for
the protection of property by the City of Del Rio Fire Department; and
WHEREAS, the total cost for the purchase one (1) Ferrara Fire Apparatus RP1003 Rescue Pumper is
$ 588,199.00; and
WHEREAS, this purchase is funded by series 2013-14 Certificates of Obligations.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DEL
RIO, TEXAS THAT:
The City Manager, Henry Arredondo, is authorized and directed to purchase one (1) Ferrara Fire
Apparatus RP1003 Rescue Pumper for the City of Del Rio Fire Department from:
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the 31st of March, 2015.
ROBERT GARZA
Mayor
ATTEST:
SUSAN CORP
City Secretary
REVIEWED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY:
HENRY ARREDONDO
City Manager
SUZANNE WEST
City Attorney
5721 Highway 31 West
Tyler, Texas 75709
FIRE APPARATUS PROPOSAL
March 24, 2015
City of Del Rio Fire Department
109 West Broadway
Del Rio, Texas 78840
We are pleased to submit our proposal for your consideration on the following complete
apparatus in strict accordance with the attached proposal for:
One (1) Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. RP1003 Rescue Pumper mounted on a Ferrara
Cinder chassis per the attached specifications and proposal purchased off Buy Board
Contract 399-12:
$588,199.00
The pricing provided is exclusive of all Federal, State and Local taxes and any other fees, which
may apply unless specifically noted herein.
Payment Terms: Payment is due upon delivery and acceptance of completed apparatus.
The apparatus and equipment shall be supplied and shipped in accordance with the specifications
and approvals by the City of Del Rio Fire Department. Delays due to strikes, war or other causes
beyond our control not preventing, within 240-270 calendar days after receipt of order, and
will be delivered to you at:
Del Rio, Texas
The specifications herein contained shall form a part of the final contract, and are subject to
changes desired by the City of Del Rio Fire Department. The proposal specifications are supplied
for construction purposes. Any additions and/or changes to the enclosed specifications shall be
generated and/or approved by the City of Del Rio Fire Department, and accepted by Hall
Motors/Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc.
Unless accepted within 30 days from this date, Hall Motors/Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. reserves
the right to withdraw this proposal.
Sincerely,
Hall Motors
A Ferrara Fire Apparatus Dealer
5721 Highway 31 West • Tyler, Texas 75709
E-mail: [email protected]
Phone 903-266-7880
Cinder Custom Pumper
APPARATUS PURCHASE
The specified apparatus will be purchased off the Buy Board contract.
VIRTUAL MANUFACTURING
The manufacturer shall have a web site available for the customers to 'watch' their unit being produced. The "Trucks in
Production" shall be updated a minimum of three-(3) times per week.
The web site shall also include documentation of cab and body crash tests, take a virtual tour of the production facility,
videos of both current and new innovative products, updates on trade shows, photos of new deliveries and the opportunity
to include customer 'Action Photo's'.
Customer shall be able to access the web site without the requirement of a password.
CERTIFIED WELDERS
The manufacturer shall employ individuals that are certified aluminum and stainless steel welders. The welders shall be
certified by an outside testing laboratory. The certifications shall be available for viewing through the Human Resources
office upon request.
BODY WEIGHT DOCUMENTATION
The manufacturer shall body weigh each body prior to mounting on the chassis. The information shall be included in the
documentation of the finished vehicle. Each body produced by the manufacturer shall be weighed, not just one body per
model.
APPROVAL DRAWING
Prior to construction, the successful bidder shall provide three approval drawings of the apparatus for the fire department's
review. The drawings shall show such items as the chassis being utilized, lights, horns, sirens, pump panels, and all
compartment locations and dimensions. The blueprint shall be a visual interpretation of the unit as it is to be constructed.
The buying authority shall sign all drawings. One print shall be retained by the Fire Department, the dealer shall retain
one print, and one print, shall be returned to the manufacturer.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A pre-construction conference will be held at the factory prior to the actual construction of the vehicle(s). The conference
will be held in the manufactures facility with Two (2) representatives of the Fire Department and appropriate
representatives of the manufacture.
Transportation, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the manufacture.
FINAL INSPECTION TRIP
There will be a final inspection for Two (2) representatives of the buying authority at the facility where the apparatus is
being constructed. The inspection trip will be completed when the chassis is complete. Factory and Sales representatives
03/24/15
1
will be available at the time of inspection.
Transportation, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the manufacturer.
TRANSPORTATION
To insure proper break-in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus shall be delivered over the road
under its own power (Rail and/or truck freight shall not be acceptable).
MANUFACTURER SERVICE CONTACTS
The manufacturer must have a 24 hour/ 7 day a week, toll-free emergency hot line. The manufacturer must be capable of
providing both in-house and on-site service for the apparatus. The service technicians shall be EVT certified in
compliance with NFPA 1071 classifications F2 through F6. On-site service and maintenance shall be the primary
function, to eliminate the vehicle having to leave the fire department jurisdiction. Copies of the certifications shall be
made available through the Human Resources office.
SERVICE VEHICLES
The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 full time, company owned, service vehicles. The vehicles shall be available
24 hours a day, seven days a week to respond to customer needs. The Service Vehicles shall be operated by full time EVT
Certified Technicians.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Replacement parts shall be available directly from the manufacturer, as well as the dealer and or service centers.
CUSTOM CHASSIS
It is the intent of the technical specifications contained herein to ensure the custom cab and chassis specified shall be
engineered, designed, and manufactured exclusively for heavy-duty continuous use in extreme environments and rigorous
adverse conditions.
Each custom cab and chassis shall be manufactured in strict compliance with all applicable requirements as set forth in the
current edition of the NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) pamphlet 1901 with maximum safety as the key focus
throughout the design and development phase of each fire and rescue chassis.
CHASSIS WHEELBASE
The chassis wheelbase shall be 221 inches.
CHASSIS FRAME RAILS
The chassis frame rails shall be constructed of 110,000-PSI minimum yield steel that has been formed into a "C" channel
shape with dimension of 10.50" x 3.50" x .375 inches.
03/24/15
2
An inner frame liner of 110,000 Pound minimum yield with dimension of 9.69" x 3.13" x .313" shall be provided for
additional strength and to reduce deflection. The frame liner shall run from centerline of front axle to rear of the
mainframe rail. This liner shall be mitered at 45 degrees at the front axle.
The resulting frame system shall have a minimum section modulus of 30.38 cubic inches with a resisting bending moment
of 3,342,000-inch pounds per rail.
The frame rails shall be powder coated in order to insure superior paint adhesion. Frame cutouts for the engine shall be
made with a plasma torch in order to minimize the heat-affected zone caused by the cut.
All frame-mounted components shall be secured with grade eight bolts with hardened washers and distorted thread
locknuts. Flanged head bolts with nylon locking nuts, or huck bolts shall not be acceptable.
PAINT, FRAME RAIL
The chassis frame rails, cross members, fuel tank and air reservoirs shall be completely encapsulated in a ruggedized,
protective coating. The air reservoirs, reservoir hanger straps and fuel tank shall all be treated separately prior to
assembly. The frame, cross members, bumper backing reinforcement plate, radiator skid plate, spring hangers, cab lock
mounts and required bolts shall all be in place prior to treatment to ensure complete coverage.
F-Shield, a 100% solids, state-of-the art, VOC-free, plural-component, pure polyuria elastomeric membrane. This
seamless system exhibits extraordinary performance characteristics. F-Shield is based on amine-terminated polyether
resins, amine chain extenders and MDI pre-polymers. This membrane achieves an extremely tough, flexible, chemical and
abuse resistant finish. F-Shield shall be used in specified areas for maximum protection.
This corrosion prevention system is designed to repel deicing agents commonly used on winter roadways. Moving parts,
such as steering linkages, cab locks, spring suspensions, axles, etc., shall not be coated with this material, but shall be
painted with high quality gloss black paint.
The color of the F-Shield shall be black.
FRONT TOW EYES
Two-(2) chrome plated tow hooks shall be mounted to the bottom of the front bumper frame extension rails. The tow
hooks shall be attached with Grade 8 bolts.
FRONT BUMPER EXTENSION
There shall be a twenty-four inch (24”) frame extension provided. The extension shall be made from heavy-duty steel in
both C-channel and tubular shapes. The frame rail extension material shall measure 7” high x 3-1/2” wide x .375” wall
thickness.
Extension shall be bolted to the chassis frame rails through reinforcement plates, backed by the engine mounting
crossmember. Fasteners utilized shall be Grade 8 bolts.
INDEPENDENT FRONT SUSPENSION
03/24/15
3
A Reyco Granning Independent Front Suspension in 20,000-pound capacity, developed for heavy-duty fire and rescue
vehicles. IFS suspensions combine high axle capacities with responsive handling that provides superior maneuverability,
increasing safety for firefighters and reducing response time in the most demanding conditions. Low un-sprung mass
gives a low natural frequency which translates into a smoother ride for the crew and for emergency equipment.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bendix twin bridge SN7 Calipers with Type 24 Chambers.
SLA suspension design with integrated twin TRW steering gears and Bilstein 60 mm shock absorbers delivers
responsive handling and excellent roll stability.
Air springs are outboard mounted reducing vehicle sway and improved handling when cornering.
The fully independent suspension action of each wheel reduces bump steer compared to current I-beams
suspensions.
Rugged components make this suspension family rated for both on-road and off-road use.
Lower maintenance costs result from components shared across the IFS family.
60 mm shock absorbers mounted at a near one-to-one ratio for extended shock life, better tire performance, and a
comfortable ride.
STEERING SYSTEM
Dual TRW TAS85 / RCS85 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, shall be provided.
The steering system shall be a package certified by TRW for the application. All components from the steering column to
the drag link shall be manufactured by TRW.
The steering system shall use a TAS-85 steering gear with an RCS-85 slave gear, which has the capacity to static steer the
chassis loaded to 20,000 pounds with 385-size tires. The use of two-(2) equal size gears or a single gear with an assist
cylinder shall not be acceptable.
FRONT BRAKES
The Independent Front Suspension shall be equipped with Bendix ADB 22X disc brakes for up to 20,000-pounds and
Bendix SN7 disc brakes above 20,000-pounds.
CRAMP ANGLE
The cramp angle of the front axle shall be 52 degrees.
CHASSIS ALIGNMENT
The chassis frame rails shall be measured to insure the length is correct and cross checked to make sure they run parallel
and are square to each other. The front and rear axles shall be laser aligned. The front tires and wheels shall be aligned and
toe-in set on the front tires by the chassis manufacturer. Cramp angle is set to achieve the greatest turning radius possible
with the selected components of the vehicle. Each front wheel is set to zero degrees. The wheel is then turned until it
reaches the steering stops. This measurement is the cramp angle.
FRONT TIRES
03/24/15
4
The front tires shall be Michelin 385/65R22.5 Load Range "L" XFE all-weather treads with a capacity of 20,000 pounds.
FRONT WHEELS
The front axle wheels shall be Alcoa Polished Aluminum for 385 tires with a rating of 20,000-pounds.
FRONT WHEEL TRIM
The front axle wheels shall be trimmed with stainless steel hub and lug nut covers. The axle’s hub covers shall be
equipped with holes for oil level viewing.
MUD FLAPS, FRONT
The front axle mud flaps shall be constructed from hard black rubber and installed behind the front axle.
REAR AXLE
The rear axle shall be a Meritor RS-25-160 with a 27,000-pound service rating. The axle shall be equipped with oil seals.
REAR SUSPENSION
The rear axle suspension shall leaf spring type rated at 27,000 pounds capacity. The main spring pack shall have fourteen
(14) leaves with a four (4) leaf auxiliary pack. The suspension shall be a torque leaf, variable rate, self-leveling slipper
type.
REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL
The Meritor RS series rear axle shall have a standard differential.
VEHICLE TOP SPEED
The rear axle shall be geared for a top speed of 65-68 MPH at governed engine speed.
REAR BRAKES
The rear axle shall be equipped with 16-1/2" x 7" S-Cam air operated brakes with automatic slack adjusters.
REAR TIRES
The rear tires shall be Michelin 12R22.5 Load Range "H" XDS severe winter traction treads with a rated capacity of
27,000 pounds.
REAR WHEELS
The rear wheels shall be Alcoa Polished aluminum, 8.25" X 22.5"10-bolt, hub-piloted. The outside wheels shall have
polished outer surface. The ground rating shall be a minimum of 27,000 pounds.
03/24/15
5
REAR WHEEL TRIM
The rear axle wheels shall be trimmed with stainless steel "Lincoln Hat" hub and lug nut covers.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
Each tire installed on the apparatus shall be equipped with a tire pressure monitoring device. The device shall consist of a
valve stem cap to with an LED tire alert to indicate tire pressure conditions. The LED shall flash when the tire drops 8 psi
below the factory setting.
HOSE AND HARNESS ROUTING
Battery cables, hydraulic hoses and air lines shall be routed through the vertical face of the chassis frame rails using
bulkhead connectors. The use of grommets through frame rails, as well as running hoses or cables under, over or ahead of
the chassis frame rails to achieve positive connections shall not be acceptable.
For ease of maintenance, the wiring harnesses, hydraulic hoses and air hoses shall be divided down each frame rail. The
hydraulic and air hoses shall be run, primarily, down the inside of the right side frame rail, while the electrical harnesses
shall be run, primarily, down the left side frame rail. Harnesses and hoses shall be mounted using rubber coated, stainless
steel holders and, where necessary, heat resistant zip loom.
AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
The air brake system shall meet the requirements of FMVSS-121. The system shall consist of three-(3) reservoirs with a
total capacity of 5100 cubic inches. The system shall be of dual circuit and quick build up design powered by an engine
mounted gear driven air compressor. The system shall be protected by a heated air dryer with heated automatic moisture
ejector on the wet tank and quarter turn brass drain valves on the other tanks.
The system shall be plumbed using color-coded nylon airlines with brass push-lock fittings.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES W/ATC & ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL
The apparatus shall have a Wabco ABS-based Electronic Stability Control (ESC), which offers another level of vehicle
control. This automatic braking management system reduces the possibility of a side rollover and assists in the directional
stability of apparatus. Upon reaching critical lateral acceleration thresholds, the system intervenes to regulate the vehicles
deceleration and braking functions. Reducing the engine’s RPM by overriding the foot throttle input and applying the
engine retarder (if equipped) to slow the apparatus giving the driver added control and maneuverability. The ESC shall
also apply braking power to selective wheel of the front and rear axles to assist in stabilizing the apparatus to its intended
direction. This selective braking application and reduction of speed and torque reduces the possibility of spinouts and side
rollovers even in adverse conditions.
The system includes a Wabco 4-channel Anti-Lock Braking System shall be installed which includes four-(4) wheel
sensors and four-(4) modulators to control and compensate braking force at each wheel. This system shall monitor all
wheel ends regardless of suspension type, and which axle it sees braking forces first.
An ABS warning light shall be installed on the driver's dash that remains illuminated until the vehicle is moving at least
four-(4) miles per hour. An ABS test switch shall be installed in the "Diagnostic Information Panel" that when pressed,
03/24/15
6
sends the system into diagnostic mode causing the ABS light to blink (I/O) indicating a flash code. A listing of flash code
definitions is listed in the Wabco Owner's Manual.
Automatic Traction Control (ATC) shall be installed to sense wheel slip, apply air pressure to brakes, and reduce engine
torque to provide improved traction. An ATC indicator light shall illuminate when the system is active.
A mud and snow switch shall be provided. When the switch is in the "ON" position, it shall allow momentary wheel slip
to obtain traction under extreme mud and snow conditions.
The system also includes a Steering Angle Sensor (SAS), which informs the system of the degree in which the steering is
turned to one side or the other. Along with the SAS, an ESC module is mounted mid frame at the rear of the chassis cab to
detect roll, pitch, and yaw angles and computes which wheel(s) brake(s) shall be acted upon.
AIR DRYER
The air system shall include a Bendix AD-9 air dryer with integral 12-volt heated moisture ejector. The air dryer shall
have a desiccant cartridge and incorporate an integral turbo cutoff valve. The turbo cutoff allows the air dryer to purge
water and contaminants without any loss of turbo boost or engine horsepower.
ENGINE
The vehicle shall be equipped with a Cummins ISL 450 turbocharged diesel engine. Standard features include an
electronic governor, electronically controlled unit injectors, Farr air cleaner, a 12-volt starter Delco 39 MT, and an 18.7
CFM compressor. The oil filter shall be a full flow and bypass design.
This engine conforms to the US 2013 EPA regulations for heavy-duty diesel engines.
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Model: ISL
Number of Cylinders: Six (6)
Bore and Stroke: 4.49" X 5.69"
Displacement: of 8.9 L
Rated Horsepower: 450 @ 2100 RPM
Peak Torque: 1250 @ 1400 RPM
Governed Speed: 2200 RPM
ENGINE COMPRESSION BRAKE
The engine shall come equipped with a Jacobs “C-Brake” compression brake controlled by two-(2)
switches located in the cab, an on/off and low/medium/high. The compression brake shall interface with
the anti-lock brake controller to prevent engine brake operation during adverse braking conditions.
A pump shift, interlock circuit shall be provided to prevent the engine brake from activating during pumping operation.
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
03/24/15
7
The engine cooling system shall have the capacity to cool the engine according to the engine manufacture’s requirements.
RADIATOR
The engine radiator shall be of a bolted design and have a minimum core area of 1400 square inches. The top and bottom
tanks shall be stamped 16-gauge steel. The tanks shall be attached to the header assemblies with a minimum of fifty-(50),
5/16" bolts. The spacing between fasteners shall not exceed 2.00 inches in order to minimize the possibility of leaks.
The header plates shall be made of 16-gauge brass while the tubes shall be .0068-inch thick brass and .076 by .625 inches
in size. The tubes shall have a smooth bore with welded seems which allows for cleaning of the radiator.
The radiator shall contain three rows of tubes with a minimum of 87 tubes per row for a total of not less than 261 tubes.
The tubes shall be arranged in an inline profile across the core. Louvered serpentine fins constructed of copper with a
density not greater than 16 fins per inch shall be used in the construction of the radiator.
The radiator tubes shall be attached to the header plates with a dual bonding process. The coolant side connection shall be
welded, while the air side shall be soldered.
The top tank shall include an integral de-aeration tank, which removes air from the engine water. A low coolant warning
shall be incorporated to alert the driver.
The bottom tank of the radiator shall incorporate an oil to water plate-type cooler for the transmission. The cooler is
designed to cause a turbulent flow of the transmission oil through the core to force heat transfer. The cooler shall be
sufficient to cool Allison Transmission without output retarders.
A high efficiency fan shall be direct driven by the engine and surrounded by a fan shroud. The sweep of the fan shall not
exceed the width of the radiator core.
CHARGE AIR COOLER
The charge air cooler shall be constructed of aluminum with cast, aluminum side tanks. The cooler shall have a frontal
core area of not less than 888 square inches.
The exterior fins shall be louvered serpentine design constructed of .006-inch thick aluminum and have a density no
greater than seven-(7) fins per inch. The internal fins shall be designed to create air turbulence in order to increase heat
transfer efficiency.
The charge air cooler shall be mounted directly ahead of the radiator and to the radiator headers. Rubber isolators shall be
used at the mounting points to reduce transmission of vibrations.
The piping between the charge air cooler and engine shall use four-(4) ply silicone woven Nomex hoses with stainless
steel bands. The bands are used to maintain the shape of the hose during changing turbo boost pressures. The hoses shall
be attached with stainless steel constant tension hose clamps.
COOLING SYSTEM FAN
03/24/15
8
The engine cooling system shall incorporate a thermostatically controlled fan clutch. When the fan clutch is disengaged,
the vehicle shall have improved vehicle performance, cab heating in cold climates, and fuel economy, while eliminating
the potential dangers associated with a fan going from non-rotating to rotating as found with other style fan clutches.
The fan shall automatically lock-up when the vehicle is placed in pumping mode.
A shroud and recirculation shields system shall be used to ensure that once air has passed through the radiator, the same
air is not drawn through again.
RADIATOR COOLANT, LONG LIFE
The coolant system shall contain a mixture to keep the coolant from freezing to a temperature of -34 degrees F.
The coolant supplied shall be Long Life Coolant compatible with the engine manufacturer's requirement.
COOLANT HOSES
The entire chassis cooling system shall have premium rubber hoses.
COOLANT HOSE CLAMPS
Gates PowerGrip clamps shall be provided for all coolant and heater hoses. The maintenance-free clamps retain dynamic
tension and never need retightening. These clamps stop leaks, even on out-of-round applications. The clamps are made
from a heat sensitive thermoplastic with memory to prevent over or under tightening. The clamps shall have a temperature
range of -40 degrees F to -302 degrees F.
AUXILIARY ENGINE COOLER
The cooling system shall have a tube and bundle engine cooler mounted in the upper radiator water pipe. Water from the
fire pump shall be circulated through 1/2" tubing to the cooler. A valve located on the pump panel shall control the
cooling circuit.
ALTERNATOR
The alternator shall be a Delco Remy model 55SI 430 amp. The alternator shall be engine driven via a poly-groove power
belt with an automatic tensioner. The alternator shall be a brushless design. The alternator shall meet all current applicable
NFPA 1901 Edition requirements for performance.
BATTERY SYSTEM
The battery system shall be a single system consisting of six-(6) Group 31, 12-volt DC, heavy-duty, high cycle automotive
batteries. The battery bank shall have a group rating of 3750 cold cranking amperes (CCA) and a reserve of 1,080 minutes
at 80 degrees Fahrenheit.
All battery wiring shall be "GXL" battery cable capable of handling 125% of the actual load. It shall be run through a
heat resistant flexible nylon "HTZL" loom rated at a minimum of 300 degrees Fahrenheit. All cable connections shall be
machine crimped and soldered.
03/24/15
9
BATTERY BOXES
The chassis batteries shall be mounted in welded and bolted stainless steel battery box. The battery hold-downs shall be
made of structural, stainless steel angle. Painted carbon steel battery boxes shall not be acceptable.
SWITCH, MASTER BATTERY DISCONNECT
The chassis batteries shall be wired in parallel to a single 12-volt electrical system, controlled through a heavy-duty, Guest
brand rotary type, master disconnect switch. The master disconnect switch shall be located within easy access of the
driver upon entering or exiting the cab. All electrical circuits shall be disconnected when the switch is in the "OFF"
position.
ON-BOARD ELECTRICAL AIR COMPRESSOR PUMP PLUS CHARGER
A system shall be installed that automatically charges the chassis air and electrical system.
AIR COMPRESSOR
The small on-board air compressor shall be mounted on the vehicle to maintain the air pressure in the air brake system
while the vehicle is not in use. A pressure switch shall sense the system pressure and operate the compressor whenever the
pressure drops below a predetermined level.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input:
Output:
Motor Type:
Pressure Switch:
12 volts @ 11 amps maximum
.30 SCFM @ 80 PSI, .35 SCFM @ 60 PSI
Permanent Magnet .10HP
Adjustable set-Point (Factory set to 75 PSI cut in, 95 PSI cut out)
BATTERY CHARGER
The on-board automatic battery charger shall be mounted in the vehicle to maintain the chassis electrical system.
The Pump Plus 1200 charger senses battery voltage drop and recharges the batteries to full capacity. The state of charge is
indicated on a remotely located bar graph display whenever power is applied to the vehicle. The battery saver contained in
the Pump Plus 1200 charger is a three-(3) amp power supply with a relay to remove the accessory loads from the battery
and connect them to the power supply when the charger is energized with AC power. This shall permit the charger to
recharge the batteries without supplying the accessory load.
A selector switch shall be provided on the charger to operate the compressor either as a DC compressor or as an AC
compressor. In either switch position, the compressor shall operate from the vehicle battery. When the DC position is
selected, the compressor shall operate whenever the pressure switch senses low system pressure so that the vehicles air
system can be charged when the vehicle is away from a 120 volt AC source. When the department wishes to limit
compressor operation only when the vehicle is connected to the 120-volt AC source, the switch should be place in the AC
position.
03/24/15
10
SPECIFICATIONS
Input:
Output:
Battery Charger:
Battery Saver:
Voltage Sense:
120 volts, 60 Hz, 10 amps
12V DC, @ 15 amps
12 volts DC @ 40 amps
12 volts DC @ 3 amps
Remote Electronic
Indicators:
• Power - Indicates input power applied
• Battery Saver - Indicates Battery Saver load exceed 3 amps
• Bar Graph - Remotely located indicates state of charge of batteries
20 AMP SUPER AUTO-EJECT(S)
There shall be provided one (1) super auto-eject type receptacle(s) model 091-55-20. A solenoid wired to the vehicle
starter is energized when the engine is started. This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. The receptacle
shall be provided with a weatherproof cover. The cover shall be spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering
when the shoreline is not connected. The super auto eject receptacle shall be mounted in a location specified by the
department and is designed to accept a 120V AC from a shoreline plug.
The UL maximum allowable amperage draw on receptacles is generally 80% of their listed rating, for example, the 20amp receptacle should not carry more than 16-amp continuous load. When adding the different amperage draws of the
components being installed on the chassis, be sure to figure in whether the components shall draw a continuous load or
intermittent load.
Location: Driver's side cab wheel well area
The Air Eject cover(s) shall be a Kussmaul 091-55YW, yellow in color.
SHORE POWER INLET PLATE
A shore-power "Inlet Plate" shall be permanently affixed at or near the power inlet.
The plate shall indicate the following:
•
•
•
Type of Line Voltage
Current Rating in Amps
Power Inlet Type (DC or AC)
TRANSMISSION
The chassis shall be equipped with an Allison 3000 EVS automatic transmission. It shall have 4th gear operating controls
and programmed for Fire Apparatus vocation. An electronic oil level indicator shall be provided as well as a diagnostic
reader port connection. The transmission shall be geared to provide one-to-one ratio in fourth gear for fire pump
03/24/15
11
applications. This dedicated "lockup" circuit is provided for pump operation. The transmission fifth gear shall be an
overdrive ratio, permitting the vehicle to reach its top speed at the governed engine speed.
The transmission shall be equipped with an automatic neutral feature. Applying the parking brake shall command the
transmission to neutral, regardless of drive range requested on the shift selector which shall require re-selecting the drive
range to shift out of neutral.
The transmission shall be equipped with dual PTO ports with engine speed capabilities. The transmission shall be cooled
by the radiator-mounted heat exchanger. The transmission fluid shall meet Allison specification TES-295.
TRANSMISSION SHIFTER, PUSH BUTTON
The transmission shall be controlled by an Allison push button shifter internally illuminated for night operation. The
shifter shall be mounted on the dash to the right of the steering column. The transmission shall be capable of five-(5)
speed operation.
The transmission shall be equipped with the oil level sensor (OLS); this sensor shall allow the operator to obtain an
indication of the fluid level the shift selector. The sensor display shall provide the following checks, correct fluid level,
low fluid level and high fluid level.
DRIVELINES
The chassis shall be equipped with Neapco 1710 series driveshaft with full round yokes and universal joints. The
driveshaft tubing shall be a minimum of 4.00" diameter with .134" wall thickness. The drivelines shall be balanced at a
minimum of 3000 RPM.
FUEL TANK
The chassis shall be equipped with a 65-gallon rear mounted fuel tank. The tank shall be constructed of 12-gauge steel
with stainless steel mounting straps and rubber isolators secured to the bottom flange of the chassis framerails. The tank
shall be baffled to prevent sloshing, vented, and have a drain plug installed on the bottom. A 240-33 ohm fuel-sending
unit shall be provided and broadcast across the SAE J1939 data link.
The tank shall be certified to meet FMCSR 393.65 and 393.67.
FUEL LINES
The fuel lines shall be wire braid reinforced fuel grade hose. They shall have reusable fittings and be routed along the
inside of the frame rails. Fuel lines shall be protected against chaffing by non-conductive, frame mounted standoff
fasteners and, where necessary, with heavy-duty plastic zip loom.
FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE(S)
One (1) fuel shutoff valve(s) shall be installed in the suction side of the fuel lines near the fuel filters to prevent the loss of
prime during fuel filter maintenance.
FUEL FILTER
03/24/15
12
The Cummins engine shall be supplied with a fuel water separator with a bottom drain valve.
UREA STORAGE TANK
There shall be a 5-gallon urea tank located under the extended portion on the cab. A urea level gauge shall be provided in
the cab on the main instrument panel.
There shall be a DEF fuel fill assembly mounted in the left crew cab extension. The fill assembly shall be equipped with a
14-gauge 304 brushed stainless steel door and fuel fill cap with retention ring. The assembly shall be properly labeled
"DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID ONLY".
EXHAUST SYSTEM
The apparatus shall contain a particulate filter and SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) device downstream of the engine's
turbo. This filter and SCR device are required to maintain US 2010 EPA Emissions. This filter and SCR device replaces
the conventional style filter. The location has been engineered, tested, and set to allow for proper regeneration. Therefore,
this filter cannot be removed, altered, or relocated.
An indicator light panel for this system shall be located in the cab informing the driver of the systems status. At times a
forced regeneration may be required, which would be indicated by a combination of illuminating and/or flashing lights
depending on the engine model.
A momentary switch labeled "Regen" shall be located within reach of the driver's seated position. The regeneration switch
initiates the forced regeneration. A momentary DPF inhibit switch prevents the vehicle from having the ability to
regenerate. Once the inhibit feature has been activated the ignition switch must be cycled off/on to return the vehicle to
normal regen. All vehicles equipped with pumping applications shall allow for passive regeneration whenever the system
requires and the engine is at its proper parameters unless inhibited by the DPF inhibit switch. In no way shall this feature
affect the RPM of the engine being controlled by the pump operator.
The engine exhaust system shall be horizontal in design using stainless steel tubing mounted under the frame rail right
side extending forward of the rear wheels.
An exhaust temperature mitigation device shall be installed. The temperature mitigation device shall lower the
temperature of the exhaust by combining ambient air with the exhaust gasses at the exhaust outlet.
CUSTOM CAB
The cab shall be an engine forward extended, medium four-door, (raised roof) full tilt. The cab shall be an "Open Interior"
roll cage design requiring no inner walls or vertical interior supports. The cab roof shall be raised 8 inches providing
additional headroom above the crew area. The raised portion shall start midway over the driver and officer seats. The cabs
seating capacity for emergency personnel shall be six.
All storage areas inside the cab shall fully comply with NFPA 1901 restraint requirements of 9G’s.
CRASH TEST
03/24/15
13
The cab shall exceed the strict and detailed requirements of the Economic Commission for Europe Structural Standard,
ECE-29R. The test shall consist of an impact load test and a vertical load test to the cab.
The cab shall have a frontal impact tests via pendulum, with an impact load in excess of 127% of the ECE-29R Standard.
The estimated speed of the 3736-lb (1698-kg) pendulum shall be a minimum of 18.2 mph. The cab doors shall be closed
during the impact test but be able to open after impact. There shall be no passenger intrusions or any structural component
failures. The cab shall meet or exceed all criteria of this portion of the test.
In conjunction with the frontal impact test, a vertical load test shall be implemented to the cab. The cab roof shall be
loaded with a minimum of 65,979 lbs. (29.53 metric tons). There shall be no failure to the cab structure or mountings, any
passenger compartment intrusion or degradation of occupant survival space, or any other structural failure. The cab shall
meet or exceed all criteria of this portion of the test.
A complete photographic, video, data, and dimensional record of these tests shall be available and placed on record for
customer evaluations.
CAB MATERIALS
The cab shall be constructed entirely of aluminum alloy extrusions and 3/16" (.188) thick, 5052-H32 alloy, marine grade
aluminum sheets. The corner posts, door slam posts, roof rails and doorframes shall be made of custom extrusions
designed specifically for this cab with slots for inserting the skin. The rear wall and roof shall be reinforced with a grid of
rectangular extrusions, which are welded to the overall cab extrusion framework. The front corner caps shall consist of
castings designed specifically for this cab with relief areas cast in place for attachment of roof skin and intersecting
structural extrusions. Overlapping formed corner caps are not acceptable.
CAB DIMENSIONS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Overall width skin to skin: 96 inches
Overall vehicle width: 116 inches (w/standard mirrors)
Overall length: 136 inches
Cab Height Front: 87 inches
Cab Height Rear: 95 inches
Center of front axle to back of cab: 62 inches
Windshield area: 4100 square inches
Front grill opening: 430 square inches
Side grill opening: 105 square inches
Cab full tilt angle: 45 degrees
Cab full tilt height: 187 inches
Floor to ceiling in front: 60 inches
Floor to ceiling in rear: 66 inches
Engine cover height: not to exceed 27-1/2" front-to-back and side-to-side
The Driver shall have no less than 24-1/4" of hip room
The Officer shall have no less than 23-1/4" of hip room
DOUBLE WALL CAB FACE
03/24/15
14
The cab front shall be of double wall construction resulting in a sealed firewall. The inner and outer shall both be formed
from 3/16" thick, 5052 H32 alloy aluminum with structural aluminum reinforcements. This design provides for increased
structural integrity, crew safety, and reduced road noise in the passenger area. The outer wall is used for mounting
forward lighting, grill and windshield wipers. The inner portion shall be treated with a heavy black undercoating material
for corrosion prevention.
SEALED ENGINE TUNNEL
The engine tunnel shall be a structural part of the passenger cab, constructed from welded 3/16” aluminum plate and
reinforced with aluminum extrusions. The rear of the engine tunnel shall be no less than 57” inches from the rear wall of
the cab, allowing maximum legroom for forward facing passenger. After welding, the seams shall be completely sealed
with silicone caulking.
Engine enclosures that are not an integral part of the cab structure are not acceptable.
The interior of the engine tunnel shall be insulated with 1” thick foil backed insulating foam, attached with stud and
button method. A cross-section analysis of the insulation shall reveal a 1/8” thick barrier material for additional noise and
heat insulation.
CAB FLOORS
Cab floors shall be constructed from an aluminum extruded frame and 3/16” thick aluminum plate. Floor mats and
insulation are detailed later in this specification.
The forward cab floor shall be as large as possible for both the driver and officer. Floorboards shall extend in width from
the side of the engine tunnel, all the way to the cab door inner panel. They shall extend forward from the seat riser to the
inner portion of the double wall cab face. The officer shall have approximately 28” of foot room.
The entire rear floor of the cab, to reduce trip and fall hazards, shall be a single plane. In applications requiring the use of
a top-mounted PTO, a raised area in the floor may be required.
For maximum crew comfort and eliminate leg fatigue during emergency responses, the floor beneath the rear facing jump
seats shall be large enough for a seated firefighter to rest both feet side-by-side. Cab floor designs that are wide enough
for only one foot shall not be accepted.
CAB CORROSION PROTECTION
A corrosion preventative material shall be applied during cab construction. A ten-(10) year warranty against corrosion
perforation shall be provided for the cab.
WHEEL WELL LINERS
Full wheel well liners shall be installed beneath the cab to protect the bottom of the cab from road splash. The liners shall
be constructed of aluminum and be full width.
The wheel well liners shall be attached with threaded fasteners and be easily removable for service.
03/24/15
15
FENDERETTES
Bright polished stainless steel fenderettes shall be installed at the wheel well openings. A rubber gasket shall be installed
between the fenderette and cab to eliminate contact of dissimilar metals.
WINDSHIELD
The windshield shall have approximately 4100 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. It shall be a two-(2) piece
design with tinted automotive safety glass, with a wraparound design. A .030-inch thick vinyl layer shall separate the
laminated glass.
All other cab glass shall be tinted and tempered.
INTERMITTENT WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Two electric "Pantograph" style windshield wipers shall be installed on the front face of the cab. The motors shall operate
through a 72-degree sweep and include 24-inch blades to give superior wiper coverage. A washer reservoir of not less
than 70 ounces shall be mounted a latched door recessed in the officer's step.
A switch located on the turn signal control arm shall operate the intermittent wipers.
EXTERIOR GRAB HANDLES
Stainless steel handrails with a knurled, slip-resistant finish shall be positioned behind each cab door. Grab rails shall be
minimum 24” in length. Molded rubber gasket shall be mounted between the grab handles and the cab in order to prevent
corrosion due to dissimilar metals being in contract.
EXTREME DUTY CAB INTERIOR
Cab floors shall be covered with a pebble grain rubber matting with barrier type insulation. Edges of the insulation shall
be trimmed with extruded aluminum angle for a pleasing appearance.
An insulated covering shall be fitted over the engine tunnel. Made from the same material as the cab floor insulation, this
covering shall insulate the cab from engine heat and noise. A Cast Products aluminum door on top of the engine tunnel
shall provide access for fluid checks.
The back side of the engine cover, as well as a 2” to 3” return on the top side, shall be covered with a sprayed aluminum
panel and be of sufficient strength to allow for 9G resistant mounting of any optional hand lights, entry tools, or other fire
rescue equipment specified by the customer.
The cab shall have a custom built, smooth aluminum plate dashboard, overhead console, glove box, instrumentation panel
and switch panel. The front overhead shall include room for the three sun visors and the door open indicator light.
The front door posts shall be trimmed with styled aluminum covers that conceal any wiring, as well as including a
mounting area for rubberized grab handles. The center windshield post shall be covered F-Shield paint finish.
03/24/15
16
Prior to installing the headliner and rear wall panel, minimum R-7 insulation, shall be installed between the interlocking
extrusions.
These covers serve to finish the interior, cover wiring harnesses and insulate the interior from sound and heat.
SUN VISORS
The cab shall be equipped with a minimum of three (3) sun visors. The visors shall be installed on the overhead panel and
provide approximately 90 per cent coverage across the width of the cab. The visors shall be approximately 26 inches wide
and six (6) inches tall.
GLOVE BOX
The glove box shall be an integral part of the welded aluminum dashboard assembly and located on the officer side of the
cab. The storage area of the glove box shall bolt in place for easy service access. The door shall be drop down style and
constructed from brushed stainless steel with a recessed latch. The area above the glove box shall be flat for a work
surface or optional MDT mounting.
CAB STEPS
All cab steps shall be of a stationary, fixed design that use no moving parts and requires no periodic maintenance other
than cleaning.
There shall be an open-grip, bright finish step at each cab door opening. The area under the step shall be enclosed to
prevent road dirt from entering the cab. There shall be provisions made at the front of the step for easily flushing out any
dirt accumulation.
At each door, opening there shall also be an intermediate cab step. Intermediate steps shall be full width of the doorstep
area and constructed from embossed aluminum tread plate.
CAB STEP HEIGHTS
The distance from level ground to the first cab step shall be 19-21 inches (24” with Independent Front Suspension),
without using swing-down style or under-cab “stirrup” auxiliary steps.
The distance from first cab step to intermediate step shall be approximately 12.5 inches front and rear.
The distance from intermediate step to cab floor shall be approximately 9.5 inches in the front and 12 inches in the rear.
CAB DOORS
All cab doors shall be full length, designed to cover the step well area. Each cab door shall be flush type with a minimum
opening of 85 degrees.
The front doors shall be approximately 40" inches wide by 78.5" inches tall. The doors shall have a two-piece window,
one operational and one fixed. The combined viewing area shall be no less than 796 square inches. For added safety, the
front door windows shall slant down for maximum visibility.
03/24/15
17
The rear doors shall be approximately 34" inches wide by 86.5" inches tall. The doors shall have a two-piece window, one
operational and one fixed. The combined viewing area shall be no less than 867 square inches. There crew area windows
shall have a dark tint applied.
The doors shall include a bulb style rubber seal around the perimeter of each door frame ensuring a weather tight fit.
The cab doors shall use internal and external paddle latches with a rubber gasket isolating the latch from the painted
outside surface. The external latch shall have a chrome plated finish and the interior stainless steel. Both latches shall be
oversized for easy access with a gloved hand.
Dovetail catch assemblies shall be installed in the doorjamb. The dovetail catch shall be V-shaped providing a positive
catch and release system.
DOOR HINGES
Each cab door shall be attached to the cab with two concealed automotive style hinges with restraining strap.
CAB DOOR LOCKS
There shall be individual manual twist type door locks at each door handle. In accordance with FMVSS 206, all exterior
door locks shall be keyed alike.
WINDOW REGULATORS
All cab door windows shall be electrically operated. The driver's door shall contain four-(4) switches to control the
operation at each door. All remaining doors shall contain one-(1) heavy-duty switch to control the window operation at
that door.
FIXED CAB WINDOW, LEFT SIDE
A window of not less than 16-1/2" wide by 33-1/2" high shall be installed in the left sidewall of the cab between the front
and rear door. The glass shall be tempered and retained with one-piece triple locking rubber lacing dark tint.
FIXED CAB WINDOW, RIGHT SIDE
A window of not less than 16-1/2" wide by 33-1/2" high shall be installed in the right sidewall of the cab between the
front and rear door. The glass shall be tempered and retained with one-piece triple locking rubber lacing dark tint.
CAB TILT LOCK
The cab shall be supported at four points. At the front, there shall be two center bonded bronze bushings. At the rear, there
shall be two hydraulic locking latches.
The cab shall tilt 45 degrees by means of a pair of hydraulic cylinders driven by the electric pump. The tilt system
geometry shall be designed in such a way that the maximum hydraulic pressure in the system does not exceed one-half the
03/24/15
18
pressure rating of the cylinders or pump when the cab is empty. This allows the Fire Department to leave some equipment
in the cab when maintenance is required (although this equipment must be secured).
Once the cab is fully tilted, a safety latch shall automatically engage and act as a positive lock. The lock is released by a
pull cable. The hydraulic cylinders shall be equipped with velocity fuses to prevent the cab from falling, should the
hydraulic system fail.
The front of the cab pivots and rides on the center bonded bushings by means of lubricated pivot pins that retain the cab
yoke in the bushings. The bushings allow limited movement of the cab, and isolate the cab from noise and vibration.
The rear mounts consist of a pair of hydraulic cab latches mounted on rubber cushioned mounting brackets. Latches
release when the pressure in the tilt system exceeds 500 PSI.
An ignition interlock system shall be installed for cab tilt operation. Cab tilt operation requires the master battery switch
to be in the on position with the parking brake applied.
CAB TILT PUMP W/MANUAL BACKUP
An electric over hydraulic cab lifting pump shall be provided to tilt the cab for engine and transmission service. The pump
shall be operated by a remotely wired control box with coiled cord, weather resistant plug, and receptacle. An interlock
shall be provided preventing the cab from inadvertently rising until the transmission is placed in the neutral position and
the parking brake is set.
In the event of electrical failure, a hydraulic manual backup shall be provided to tilt the cab.
CAB PAINT FINISH, TWO TONE
The custom cab shall have a two-tone paint finish. The paint colors shall be furnished by the customer. The break in the
color shall be at the bottom of the chassis window, unless otherwise specified by the department.
All cab exterior components including doors and glass, shall be removed. The complete cab exterior shall be thoroughly
sanded, solvent cleaned and finished with high luster polyurethane paint before mounting of body to assure full coverage
of paint to all surfaces.
UPPER CAB PAINT COLOR/CODE
The upper cab paint code shall be White, 854064.
UPPER CAB PAINT FINISH
The upper cab exterior shall have no mounted components prior to painting to assure full coverage of metal treatments.
These steps are followed as recommended by the paint manufacturer to provide a lasting and high quality gloss finish. All
paint products shall be provided by DuPont.
PRIMARY/LOWER CAB PAINT FINISH
03/24/15
19
The primary/lower cab exterior shall have no mounted components prior to painting to assure full coverage of metal
treatments.
These steps are followed as recommended by the paint manufacturer to provide a lasting and high quality gloss finish. All
paint products shall be provided by DuPont.
PRIMARY/LOWER CAB PAINT COLOR/CODE
The primary/lower cab paint code shall be Red, 854008.
CAB PAINT BREAK LINE STRIPE
A 1/2" wide Spun Gold paint pin stripe with black shade shall be added to the cab, two tone paint scheme. This stripe
shall be applied at the break line.
FRONT GRILLE
The front grille shall be a mirror polished stainless steel box style assembly with 448 square inches of open area. The
grille shall measure 48" wide x 23.13" high x 1.56" deep.
The front grille shall be personalized that reads DEL RIO with backlit LED lights activated by the battery on/off switch.
SIDE INTAKE GRILLES W/EMBER SEPARATOR
Bright stainless steel grilles shall be installed approximately 70" above ground level one-(1) each side cab between the
front and rear cab doors. The grilles shall have a minimum open area of not less than 119 square inches serving as an air
intake and warm air dispersant system.
An Ember Separator shall be installed between the stainless steel grill and the air filter system allowing fresh air to pass
through to the engine while preventing particles of .039 inches (1.0 mm) or larger from entering the system in accordance
with the latest version of NFPA easily accessible through the exterior stainless steel grille.
HEATED/REMOTE CAB MIRRORS
Two cab mounted Ramco heated/ remote single lens mirrors, with bus style arms shall be installed on the cab front
corners. The convex mirror shall be mounted above the flat lens assembly.
EXTERIOR TRIM, REAR CAB STEP WELL
The rear cab door stepping surfaces shall be trimmed with aluminum tread plate. There shall be tread plate covers that
provide access to the chassis battery system.
TREAD PLATE BACK OF CAB
The entire back wall of the cab shall be covered with 1/8" (.125") thick aluminum tread plate. The tread plate shall be
coated with a rust inhibitor and fastened to the cab with stainless steel fasteners. A bead of caulking shall be applied to the
perimeter of the tread plate.
03/24/15
20
INTERIOR CAB FINISH
The interior of the cab shall be painted with a dark gray “F-Shield”. The cab metal finish shall be covered with a coat of
adhesion promoting primer.
“F-Shield” is a 100% solids, state-of-the art, VOC-free, plural-component, pure polyuria elastomeric membrane. This
The headliner (front and rear) and rear wall (if applicable) shall be covered with heavy-duty gray vinyl.
FLOOR MATS/ENGINE TUNNEL COVERING
The floor mats and engine tunnel shall be covered with gray pebble grain vinyl with 1/4" (.250") foam backing. The edges
of the floor mats shall be trimmed with bright aluminum angle.
INTERIOR TRIM, REAR WALL ALUMINUM PANAL
The entire interior rear wall of the cab shall be covered with 3/16" (.1875") smooth aluminum plate coated with “FShield”.
The color of the rear wall panel shall match the interior of the cab unless otherwise specified.
CAB GRAB HANDLES, INTERIOR
Two-(2) interior grab handles installed in the cab on the "A" posts, one-(1) each side. The grab handles shall be
constructed of rubberized steel.
Four-(4) interior grab handles installed in the cab, one-(1) each side on top of the front door panels adjacent to fixed
window and one-(1) each side on the rear door panels. The grab handles shall be constructed of 1-1/4" knurled stainless
steel. The gab rails shall be mounted with chrome plated end stanchions.
There shall be one-(1) interior grab handle installed on the inside of each rear cab door. The handles shall extend
horizontally with width of the window just above the window sill. The grab handles shall be constructed of bright
stainless steel.
UPPER DOOR PANELS
There shall be four-(4) interior upper front and rear door panels installed constructed of brushed stainless steel extending
from the bottom of the window to the top of the lower kick plate.
03/24/15
21
LOWER DOOR PANELS
There shall be four-(4) interior lower front and rear door panels installed constructed of brushed stainless steel extending
from the bottom of the upper door panel to the bottom of the door.
REFLECTIVE STOP SIGNS
There shall be four-(4) "STOP" signs installed in the cab, one-(1) on the lower door panel of each cab door.
INSTRUMENTATION
For easy viewing, gauges shall be white faced with black lettering and adjustable intensity, green LED backlighting. In
order to reduce replacement and maintenance costs, the gauges provided shall be separate from one another and not in a
cluster or arrangement. The gauges shall meet SAE J-1939 protocol to eliminate redundant sending units. Gauges must be
fully sealed to 6 psi. Gauges shall have an operating temperature range of -40F to 185F. The gauge crystal shall be
polycarbonate, anti-fog, and anti-scratch coated. The panels shall be divided into groups of instruments that make
identification sensible and easy to view.
The following panels shall be included:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
One driver side hinged gauge panel
One driver side message center and indicator light panel
Driver side pump shift panel (if required)
Driver side park brake panel
Driver side diagnostic connector
Driver side ignition/climate control panel
Center mounted rocker switch and siren panel, with a maximum capacity of 20 switches
Officer side information panel
The following instruments shall be included:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Dial Type speedometer with digital odometer and trip odometer that is active when pumping
Dial Type tachometer with digital hour meter and trip hour meter along with a digital, four-line diagnostic display
Dial Type engine oil pressure gauge with warning light and alarm
Dial Type water temperature with warning light and alarm
Dial Type transmission temperature with warning light and alarm
Dial Type front air pressure gauges with warning light and alarm
Dial Type rear air pressure gauge with warning light
Dial Type voltmeter
Dial Type fuel level gauge with low fuel indicator level
Dial Type Diesel Exhaust Fluid gauge with low level indicator
Air cleaner restriction light
High beam indicator
Parking brake indicator
Turn signal indicators
03/24/15
22
•
Diagnostic indicators for airbag, engine, transmission, and ABS
An anti-lock braking system (ABS) test switch and parking brake control valve shall be located to the right of the steering
column.
SERVICE ACCESS
The driver's instrumentation area shall be made of textured black non-glare panels affixed to the aluminum dash. There
shall be a single gauge panel, secured with a bottom hinge and four (4) quarter-turn fasteners. Access to the gauge clusters
shall be accomplished simply by releasing the latches and pulling the panel outward. Other gauge access designs are not
acceptable.
The chassis electrical panel shall be located in the center of the aluminum dash, between the switch panel and the
windshield. There shall be a lift up cover, with two (2) recessed lift-and-turn latches for quick access to the panel. The
underside of the panel shall have a pre-printed diagram that clearly depicts the function of each circuit breaker and relay.
The vehicle load manager shall be located in this panel. The opening to the electrical shall measure approximately 19”
wide near the switch panel and 37” wide toward the windshield.
Electronic diagnostic connections for the engine, transmission, and ABS brakes shall be located in the lower-left panel on
the cab dash.
DRIVER’S INFORMATION DISPLAY
There shall be a 10.8" x 2.44" display panel on the driver’s gauge cluster that will illuminate various caution and warning
indicator lamps. This display also contains a 340 x 90 monochrome LCD for display of specific and user selectable data.
The display unit reads data from the J1939-11 powertrain communications network. Display will be capable of but not
limited to the following features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Auto Self-Test
Viewing the state of each digital or analog input to the unit
Viewing the state of each output
Allows users ability to set service reminders by distance or hours of operation
Allows users ability to set data screens in various formats i.e. bar graph / text
Viewable active and stored powertrain ECU fault data.
Diagnostics screen allows user to select and view a specific source such as engine / transmission
Display is selectable between English and metric readings.
Messages and Icons will pop up in display when a condition exists such as:
Transmission oil life, filter or other service needed as reported by the Allison Transmission ECU
Engine conditions: Low oil pressure, high coolant temperature, low coolant level, water in fuel, check / stop
engine, regeneration needed, high exhaust temp
Indicator lights may also accompany pop up messages:
• Door ajar indicator will also pop up a "Do Not Move Vehicle, Check all doors and Items that Raise or extend
beyond apparatus cab or body" message
03/24/15
23
CHASSIS ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The chassis shall include a single starting electrical system which shall include a 12 volt direct current system, suppressed
per SAE J551. The wiring shall be appropriate gauge cross link with 311 degree Fahrenheit insulation. All SAE wires in
the chassis shall be color coded and shall include the circuit number and function where possible. The wiring shall be
protected by 275 degree Fahrenheit minimum high temperature flame retardant loom.
CHASSIS COLOR CODED WIRING
All chassis wiring shall be type "GXL" in accordance with S.A.E. J1128 and NFPA-1901. ALL wiring shall be COLOR
CODED and continuously marked with the circuit number and function.
A battery "loop back" ground circuit shall be supplied for the EDS system to reduce the possible effects of
Electromagnetic and Radio Frequency Interference.
The chassis cab, engine and transmission shall be electrically bonded to the chassis frame rails with braided ground straps.
MAIN CENTER DASH
The main center dash area shall include three (3) removable panel’s located one (1) to the right of the driver position, one
(1) in the center of the dash and one (1) to the left of the officer position. The center panel shall be within comfortable
reach of both the driver and officer. The panel shall be constructed of 5052-H32 Marine Grade, 1/8 inch thick aluminum
plate.
The left dash panel shall include ten (10) switches. There shall be eight (8) switches across the top of the panel and two
(2) staggered on the lower portion of the panel. The transmission shifter and instrument lamp dimmer control shall be
provided on the right side of the panel.
The center dash panel shall include lighted rocker switches with a legend. The non-specified switches shall be twoposition, black switches with an indicator light. All switch legends shall have backlighting provided. The center portion
shall be used for electronic siren mounting.
The right dash panel shall be blank.
VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
Apparatus shall be equipped with a Class1 “Vehicle Data Recorder and Seat Belt Warning System” (VDR/SBW) that is
connected to the power train CAN (Controller Area Network) bus consisting of transmission (TCM), engine control
(ECM) and antilock brake (ABS) modules mounted on the apparatus. The VDR/SBW will function per NFPA 1901-2009
sections 4.11 (Vehicle Data Recorder) utilizing the power train’s J1939 data and 14.1.3.10 (Seat Belt Warning) using the
Class1 “Seat Belt Input Module” for seat occupied and belt status information.
The VDR data shall be downloadable by USB cable to a computer using either Microsoft™ or Apple™ Operating
Systems using Class 1/ O.E.M. supplied reporting software.
There shall be a seat belt indicator system supplied in the cab. The indicator system shall indicate seat belt use for each
individual seating position when the seat is occupied, the seat belt remains unfastened and the parking brake is released.
03/24/15
24
A display panel shall be supplied in the dash area. The panel shall have an audible indicators and a red light display to
indicate that a seat belt has not been fastened.
SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
Mounted in the overhead console in the driver's area the indicator system shall indicate seat belt use for each individual
seating position when the seat is occupied, the seat belt remains unfastened and the parking brake is released.
STEERING COLUMN
The steering column shall be a Douglas Autotec tilt and telescope. A lever mounted on the side of the column shall
control the tilt and telescope features. A Signal-Stat (self-canceling) turn signal switch shall be mounted to the column.
The steering shaft from the column to the meter box shall have a rubber boot to cover the shaft slip and a second rubber
boot to seal the passage hole in the floor.
The steering wheel shall be 18 inches in diameter.
The Signal-Stat turn signal switch shall include the following functions:
•
•
•
•
•
Left and right turn signals
High beam dimmer control
Hazard warning switch
Two speed with intermittent windshield wiper control
Windshield washer control
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
The climate control system shall use three-(3) heater-air conditioner units.
The front circuits shall use two-(2) heater-air conditioning units, mounted under the dash on the driver's side and under the
officer's side. These units are each rated at 14,700 BTU heating and 19,200 BTU cooling. The units shall blow up toward
the windshield through adjustable vents in the dash. Additionally, there shall be two-(2) adjustable vents each side to
direct air at the lower portion of the driver and officer seating areas. Two switches, including low/med/high and heat/off/
ac, shall control the front system.
A blend air switch shall be installed to operate both the front heating and cooling systems. This provides hot and dry air
for defogging purposes.
The rear circuit shall use one large heater-air conditioner unit with a rating of 34,150 BTU cooling and 36,000 BTU
heating. It shall be mounted under the forward facing rear seats. Ducting shall run up the rear wall to adjustable vents
(minimum of six) running along the center of the ceiling toward the front of the cab. Two-(2) switches including
high/med/low and heat/off/AC shall control the unit. In addition to the rear control switches, there shall be an ON/OFF
switch located near the driver to disable the rear unit if needed.
The entire roof and back wall shall be heavily insulated with 1" foam to enhance the cooling system.
03/24/15
25
Both heaters shall be plumbed with a shut off valve at the engine.
The air conditioning system shall be powered through two (2) engine driven 9.5 cubic inch compressors.
Two (2) roof top condensers, each rated at 38,700 Btu, shall be provided.
The two-(2) roof top condenser housings shall be black in color.
C.A.P.S. COMPLETE AIR BAG PROTECTION SYSTEM
C.A.P.S. Complete Airbag Protection - All Outboard Seating Positions
There shall be inflatable side roll protection system for outer seating positions inner seating positions shall receive IBP's.
The C.A.P.S. ® roll protection system shall activate and deploy when the side roll sensor detects an imminent rollover.
The system shall deploy inflatable tubular structures (ITS) for the front of cab occupants or inflatable head curtains (IHC)
for all occupants in the outboard seating positions of the cab. All protected static seating locations shall be equipped with
integrated buckle pretensioners (IBP) which removes excess slack from the seat belt. All tubular protected seating
positions shall automatically be repositioned to a lower seating position by use of a "Suspension Seat Safety System"
(S4S) when an imminent rollover is detected.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS & FUNCTIONALITY
Roll Sensor
The C.A.P.S. ® System Roll Sensor is an electronic module used to deploy advanced occupant restraint systems in the
event of a vehicle roll over. In response to a roll event, the Roll Sensor activates safety devices in a pre-programmed
sequence. An event recorder tracks onboard data before and after a roll event. Real time diagnostics monitor all critical
subsystems. The roll sensor is designed to meet the environmental and electrical conditions of the apparatus. The roll
sensor shall have a minimum of eight pyrotechnic safety device outputs with full diagnostics. It shall be programmable
sequencing for left and right rolls. The roll sensor shall have a power reserve for one second in case of power loss during a
roll event. A (10-second) roll event data recorder shall record the angle and rate of roll eight seconds before and two
seconds after a roll event and shall record fault status and switch status at the time of the roll. The sensor shall be capable
of SAE J1708/J1587 diagnostics using proprietary communication protocol for roll event "reconstruction data" and shall
be SAE J1939 capable. In addition, the roll sensor shall also have five non-firing outputs rated for 250 mA. These outputs
can drive lamps, relays, or signal data logging devices. One output is reserved for the dash-warning lamp, which
illuminates for 10 seconds on power-up to indicate proper operation. Faults and roll events shall illuminate the lamp
continuously. There are four switch closure-sensing inputs to record switch status in the event data recorder.
SEAT MATERIAL
The seats shall be covered with Durawear material.
SEAT COLOR
03/24/15
26
The cab seats shall be gray in color.
INFLATABLE TUBULAR STRUCTURE (ITS), DRIVER'S SEAT
There shall be one-(1) Inflatable Tubular Structure (ITS) designed to protect the occupant's head in the event of a rollover.
The tubular side airbag shall be installed outboard of the driver's seated position above the side window secured to the
vehicle at each end. The system uses a stored-gas powered inflator to inflate the airbag. The diameter of the airbag
increases during inflation when deployed and decreases in length. The deployed airbag; generates tension between
attachment points and is positioned to protect the specified range of occupants. While in the stowed position, the airbag is
contained behind a trim cover, which releases the airbag during deployment. The trim components are elastomeric
extrusions that are integrated into the vehicles interior to meet styling and functional requirements.
DRIVER'S SEAT
The driver's seat shall be a Bostrom Model Sierra high-back with air ride suspension. The seat shall have 4-way
adjustability by the driver in accordance with SAE J1517. The seat shall be equipped with an integrated 3-point seat belt
with an automatic retractor. The belt shall be red in color to meet current NFPA requirements.
OFFICER'S SEAT
The officer's seat shall be a Bostrom Tanker 450 SCBA with air suspension seat. Seat back shall include a spring-loaded
flip-up headrest. The seat shall be equipped with a 3-point shoulder harness with lap belt and an automatic retractor built
into the seat assembly. The belt shall be red in color to meet current NFPA requirements.
INFLATABLE TUBULAR STRUCTURE (ITS), OFFICER'S SEAT
There shall be one-(1) Inflatable Tubular Structure (ITS) designed to protect the occupant's head in the event of a rollover.
The tubular side airbag shall be installed outboard of the officer's seated position above the side window secured to the
vehicle at each end. The system uses a stored-gas powered inflator to inflate the airbag. The diameter of the airbag
increases during inflation when deployed and decreases in length. The deployed airbag; generates tension between
attachment points and is positioned to protect the specified range of occupants. While in the stowed position, the airbag is
contained behind a trim cover, which releases the airbag during deployment. The trim components are elastomeric
extrusions that are integrated into the vehicles interior to meet styling and functional requirements.
There shall one-(1) SCBA seat cavity removable panel provided for a smooth back when the breathing air apparatus is not
in use.
There shall be a SmartDock Gen II hands-free SCBA holder provided with the seat. The SCBA holder shall be a strap-free
docking station with single motion insertion and hands-free release when the occupant rises out of the seat.
CREW SEAT, DRIVER'S SIDE REAR FACING
One-(1) outboard, rear facing, seat shall be installed behind the driver. The seat shall be Bostrom Tanker 450 SCBA nonsuspension seat. The seat back shall include spring-loaded flip-up headrest. The seat shall be equipped with 3-point seat
belt with automatic retractor. The belt shall be red in color to meet current NFPA requirements.
INFLATABLE HEAD CURTAIN (IHC), DRIVER'S SIDE OUTBOARD REAR FACING SEAT
03/24/15
27
The Inflatable Head Curtain shall be a state-of-the-art, pyrotechnic device designed to be compact concealed outboard of
the rear facing seat driver's side. The Inflatable Head Curtain protects the head and neck during a crash event. It uses an
inflator to achieve its inflated state within the specified designed parameters. The IHC is designed to provide adequate
head coverage for a range of occupants from 5th percentile female to the 95th percentile male. The curtain typically
deploys and inflates in less than 50 milliseconds after the firing current is applied. In its deployed state, the curtain covers
approximately 0.17 sq. meters (1.8 sq. ft.) and occupies a volume of approximately 20 liters (1220 cubic inches). Due to
its unique construction and specialized coating, the airbag is capable of maintaining adequate pressure for a minimum of 5
seconds.
INTEGRATED BUCKLE PRETENSIONER (IBP), DRIVER'S SIDE OUTBARD REAR FACING SEAT
There shall be one-(1) Integrated Buckle Pretensioner (IBP) provided for the outboard rear facing seat, driver's side. The
Buckle Pretensioner is designed using a micro gas generator applying tension to the occupant's seatbelt in the event of a
roll over. Upon receiving a signal from the rollover sensors, the Buckle Pretensioner is deployed retracting the cable and
buckle removing slack from the belt.
The Integrated Buckle Pretensioner system is only effective when the occupant's seatbelt is in the locked position.
CREW SEAT, OFFICER'S SIDE REAR FACING
One-(1) outboard, rear facing, seat shall be installed behind the officer. The seat shall be Bostrom Tanker 450 SCBA nonsuspension seat. The seat shall include a spring-loaded flip-up headrest. The seat shall be equipped with a 3-point seat
belt. The belt shall be red in color to meet current NFPA requirements.
There shall be one-(1) SCBA seat cavity removable panel provided for a smooth back when the breathing air apparatus is
not in use.
INFLATABLE HEAD CURTAIN (IHC), OFFICER'S SIDE OUTBOARD REAR FACING SEAT
The Inflatable Head Curtain shall be a state-of-the-art, pyrotechnic device designed to be compact concealed outboard of
the rear facing seat officer's side. The Inflatable Head Curtain protects the head and neck during a crash event. It uses an
inflator to achieve its inflated state within the specified designed parameters. The IHC is designed to provide adequate
head coverage for a range of occupants from 5th percentile female to the 95th percentile male. The curtain typically
deploys and inflates in less than 50 milliseconds after the firing current is applied. In its deployed state, the curtain covers
approximately 0.17 sq. meters (1.8 sq. ft.) and occupies a volume of approximately 20 liters (1220 cubic inches). Due to
its unique construction and specialized coating, the airbag is capable of maintaining adequate pressure for a minimum of 5
seconds.
INTEGRATED BUCKLE PRETENSIONER (IBP), OFFICER'S SIDE OUTBARD REAR FACING SEAT
There shall be one-(1) Integrated Buckle Pretensioner (IBP) provided for the outboard rear facing seat, officer's side. The
Buckle Pretensioner is designed using a micro gas generator applying tension to the occupant's seatbelt in the event of a
03/24/15
28
roll over. Upon receiving a signal from the rollover sensors, the Buckle Pretensioner is deployed retracting the cable and
There shall one-(1) SCBA seat cavity removable panel provided for a smooth back when the breathing air apparatus is not
in use.
CREW SEATS, INBOARD FORWARD FACING
Two-(2) inboard, forward facing seats shall be installed in the crew area. The seats shall be Bostrom Tanker 450 SCBA
non-suspension seats. Seat backs shall include spring-loaded flip-up headrest. The seat shall be equipped with a 3-point
seat belt. The belts shall be red in color to meet current NFPA requirements.
INTEGRATED BUCKLE PRETENSIONER (IBP), INBOARD FORWARD FACING SEATS
There shall be two-(2) Integrated Buckle Pretensioners (IBP) provided for the inboard forward facing seats. The Buckle
Pretensioners are designed using a micro gas generator applying tension to the occupant's seatbelt in the event of a roll
over. Upon receiving a signal from the rollover sensors, the Buckle Pretensioners are deployed retracting the cable and
There shall be a SmartDock Gen II hands-free SCBA holder provided with each seat. The SCBA holders shall be a strapfree docking station with single motion insertion and hands-free release when the occupant rises out of the seat.
There shall be two-(2) SCBA seat cavity removable panels provided for a smooth back when the breathing air apparatus
are not in use.
CHARGING PORT(S), 12-VOLT DUAL USB
There shall be one (1) Kussmaul model 019-219, 12-volt USB dual charging port(s) provided in the cab. The charging
port(s) shall be equipped with one-(1) 1.0 amp connection and one-(1) 2.1 amp connection with built in LED indicator
that indicates when the device(s) are powered.
The charging port(s) shall be wired to direct battery power with the appropriate wire size and fuse.
The charging port(s) shall be located in the emergency switch panel.
12-VOLT POWER OUTLET(S)
There shall be two (2) 12-volt power outlets provided in the cab.
The power outlet(s) shall be wired to direct battery power with the appropriate wire size and fuse.
03/24/15
29
ELECTRONIC SIREN
There shall be one-(1) Whelen model WS-295HFS2 hands free siren control head mounted in the center switch panel. The
siren button shall be activated when the siren is in hands free mode. The siren shall incorporate a rotary selector. There
shall be an on/off power switch, a push button switch for manual siren or air horn tones, and a noise-canceling
microphone with volume control.
BACK-UP ALARM
There shall be one-(1) electronic back-up alarm installed at the rear of the apparatus. The alarm shall be wired to the
transmissions output signal and is automatically activated when the transmission is shifted into reverse.
LIGHTS, CAB DOME
Four-(4) combination clear/red LED dome lights with one-(1) piece bezels shall be installed in the cabs headliner. The
push on / push off switches for the clear and red dome lights are integrally mounted in the dome lights lens.
The white LED lights shall be activated when any cab door is in the open position automatically switching off all red
lights currently on and reactivated when the door is closed.
LIGHT, DOOR AJAR
A red door ajar flashing light, Whelen OS Series LED shall be mounted on the driver's side face of the overhead panel. A
chrome flange is to be supplied with the light.
This light is wired with a flasher to the power panel for completion to circuit on the body.
The light circuit shall be wired so that the light circuit is deactivated when the parking brakes of the apparatus are applied.
A label shall be applied adjacent to the light 'DOOR OPEN'.
LIGHTS, STEP WELL
Four-(4) Whelen OS Series LED model 0SC0EDCR shall be provided, one-(1) in each cab step well. All step well lights
shall be illuminated when any door is opened. The steady burn illumination light shall incorporate three clear LED and a
clear non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens. The hard coated lens shall provide extended life/luster protection against
UV and chemical stresses. The encapsulated assembly shall provide protection against environmental elements. The solid
state illumination light shall be vibration resistant. An installation kit including mounting hardware, neoprene gasket and
45 degree angle chrome housing shall be provided for surface mounting. The 0AC0EDCR will contain a 12” nonterminated pigtail. The illumination light meets SAE J592 requirements and is covered by a five year factory warranty.
LIGHTS, ENGINE MAINTENANCE
Two-(2) white 4" LED round lights shall be mounted under the cab. The lights shall automatically activate when the cab is
tilted.
03/24/15
30
STANDARD FRONT LIGHTING
The headlamps, turn signals, front warning, and intersection lights shall be located within chrome warning light modules.
HEADLIGHTS
Four-(4) halogen rectangular headlights shall be installed in the warning light modules, two-(2) each side. The headlights
shall be mounted in the lower positions of the module.
TURN SIGNALS
Whelen model M6T amber LED turn signal lamps shall be installed above warning light modules directly below the
windshield.
TURN SIGNAL/MARKER LIGHTS
Whelen model 400 amber LED lamps shall be mounted outboard of the turn signal at a 45-degree angle
off the front of the cab. The lamps are part of the warning light module, and are visible from both the
front and side of the vehicle.
LED CORNERING LIGHTS
Whelen model 400 flashing LED-cornering lamps shall be mounted below the marker light in the warning light module.
The lamps are mounted at a 45-degree angle off the front of the cab and are visible from the side and front of the vehicle.
DOT LIGHTS
There shall be five-(5) LED marker lights installed on the cabs roof located as high as practical and spaced per DOT
guidelines.
INBOARD LOWER FRONT WARNING LIGHTS
There shall be two-(2) Whelen model M6RC red LED lights installed inboard of the turn signal in the warning light
modules. The lights shall be red with clear lens.
OUTBOARD LOWER FRONT WARNING LIGHTS
There shall be two-(2) Whelen model M6RC red LED lights installed outboard of the inner LED light in the warning light
modules. The lights shall be red with clear lens.
CAB GROUND LIGHTS
There shall be one-(1) Whelen model T0CACCCR 2" (5mm) LED light mounted under each cab door illuminating the
area below providing a safe entrance and exit for cab occupants. All cab ground lights shall automatically activate when
any cab door is opened and by a switch located on the dash.
FRONT BUMPER
03/24/15
31
There shall be an 80,000 psi high tensile strength painted steel bumper provided fabricated from 10-1/2” x 3-1/2” x .375
steel channel bolted to the chassis frame rails utilizing grade 8 hardware protecting the front of the apparatus during headon or angled collisions.
The bumper shall be painted job color.
BUMPER GUIDE POLES
Two-(2) chrome guide poles shall be installed, one-(1) each side of the front bumper wired to the chassis running lights.
MODIFICATION, FRONT BUMPER EXTENSION
The front bumper extension shall be extended to twenty-eight (28) inches to accommodate the booster reel.
GRAVELSHIELD
A gravelshield constructed of 1/8" (.125") embossed aluminum tread plate shall be installed above the frame extension
between the bumper and the front face of the cab.
SPEAKER, PASSENGER'S SIDE
There shall be one-(1) speaker shall be installed thru the front face of the bumper, passenger side, outboard.
The speaker shall be a Cast Products, 100-watts wired to the electronic siren.
AIR HORN, PASSENGER'S SIDE
There shall be one-(1) 24" long Grover air horn installed in compliance with NFPA thru the front bumper, passenger's
side, outboard of the frame rail. The air horn shall be plumbed to the chassis, air supply system thru an air protection
valve, and manufactured from spun brass material with an easily separated die cast sounding unit for serviceability.
AIR HORN, DRIVER'S SIDE
There shall be one-(1) 24" long Grover air horn installed in compliance with NFPA thru the front bumper, driver's side,
ouboard of the frame rail. The air horn shall be plumbed to the chassis, air supply system thru an air protection valve, and
manufactured from spun brass material with an easily separated die cast sounding unit for serviceability.
AIR HORN FOOT SWITCHES
Two-(2) foot operated switches shall be installed, one (1) on each side on the driver and officer's side wired to the air
horn(s).
SWITCH, HORN/AIR HORN SELECTOR
A driver controlled horn/air horn selector switch shall be installed in the cab and operate either air horn(s) or chassis
electric horn through the horn ring button.
03/24/15
32
SPEAKER, DRIVER'S SIDE
There shall be one-(1) speaker shall be installed thru the front face of the bumper, driver's side, outboard.
The speaker shall be a Cast Products, 100-watts wired to the electronic siren.
MECHANICAL SIREN
One (1) Federal Signal Q2B siren model #Q2B-012PSD electro-mechanical siren shall be mounted on the extended front
bumper, driver's side outboard. The Q2B siren shall be a streamlined, chrome plated siren designed to provide reliable
and long-life operation. The electro-mechanical siren shall produce the distinctive Q2B sound that is a registered
trademark of Federal Signal, and shall be provided with a heavy duty clutch and an electric brake.
The Q2B siren shall measure 10.5” high x 14” long x 10” deep and shall produce 123 decibels at ten feet. The siren shall
operate off the vehicles 12V system. The Q2B siren shall be pedestal mounted in the front of emergency vehicles.
The siren brake switch shall be located within reach of the driver.
SIREN WIRING
The siren activation switch shall be wired thru the chassis park brake and operate in the "Response Mode" only.
SIREN FOOT SWITCH
A foot operated switch shall be installed on the officer's side wired to the mechanical siren.
SWITCH, HORN/SIREN SELECTOR
A driver controlled horn/siren selector switch shall be installed in the cab and operate either the mechanical siren or
chassis electric horn through the horn ring button.
{Bidder Comply}
CHROME BELL
A chrome bell shall be supplied and mounted on the extended front bumper as directed by the Fire Department.
Location: Officer's side of the extended front bumper
STAINLESS STEEL WHEEL TRIM
The front and rear axle wheels shall be trimmed with stainless steel hub and lug nut covers. The front axle’s hub cover
shall be equipped with holes for oil level viewing.
FIRE PUMP MOUNTING
03/24/15
33
Extra heavy-duty mounting brackets shall be bolted to the chassis frame rails for the installation of the fire pump. The
mounting brackets shall be positioned aligning the pump insuring the angular velocity of the driveline joints are the same
at each end allowing for full capacity performance with minimal vibration.
COMPARTMENT, OXYGEN BOTTLE
There shall be a compartment fabricated to store two-(2) D size oxygen bottles. The bottles shall be stacked one on top of
each other. The compartment shall be located in the lower side cab extensions on the officer’s side.
The compartment door shall be brushed stainless steel with thumb latch, hinged toward the forward side. The door shall
have a stop mechanism to not allow the door to open in the cab door area or no more than 90-degrees.
PAC-TRAC TOOL BOARD(S)
Two (2) Pac-Trac tool board(s) shall be installed in the cab for the mounting of additional equipment. The tool board slats
shall be provided with Trac Lock inserts and fasteners.
Locations: One-(1) each side on the back wall of the cab, outboard of the center forward facing seats above the EMS
compartments
COMPARTMENT, OUTBOARD FORWARD FACING
Two-(2) forward facing EMS compartments constructed of 1/8" smooth aluminum shall be mounted in the cab, one-(1)
each side outboard on the rear wall. The compartments shall be sprayed with "F-Shied" to match the interior of the cab.
Each compartment shall be 24" wide x 10". The compartments shall be accessed from the top only. A black cargo net
shall be installed over each opening to secure the contents.
12-VOLT FUSE BLOCK(S)
There shall be one (1) Blue Sea fuse block(s) 5025 installed in a location determined by the customer. The unit shall
include a six-(6) 12 volt constant power supply ports and grounding buss with easily changeable fuses. The unit shall have
a 100 amp total operating range.
Location: Officer's side of the engine tunnel
MAP BOOK HOLDER
A map book holder shall be installed in the cab as directed by the Fire Department. The map book holder shall be
constructed of smooth aluminum with a Velcro retaining strap. The map book holder shall be painted to match the interior
color of the cab.
STORAGE BINS, EMS BAGS
03/24/15
34
There shall be a storage bin fabricated from smooth aluminum installed one-(1) each side of the forward facing seats.
Each bin shall be wedge shaped and hold an EMS gear bag. A Velcro strap shall be provided over each bin to secure the
contents.
RADIO
A Jensen radio with weather band, AM/FM stereo receiver, compact disc (CD) player, and rear iPod input pigtail
connector, satellite radio capability, a front panel mini stereo input jack, and four (4) speakers shall be installed in the cab.
The CD player shall be compatible with CD-R, CD-RW and MP3 format discs. The radio shall be installed in the left
hand overhead position. The speakers shall be installed inside the cab with two (2) speakers recessed within the headliner
of the front of the cab just behind the windshield and two (2) speakers on the upper rear wall of the cab.
A small antenna shall be located on the left hand side of the cab roof for AM/FM and weather ban reception.
RADIO INSTALLATION
There shall be two (2) radio(s) supplied by the Fire Department shall be installed in the cab by the apparatus body builder.
Location: TBD
The items must be sent to the manufacturer in advance, and marked with name and shop order number for identification.
RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT(S)
There shall be one (1) standard antenna-mounting base(s), model MNO, with 17 feet of coax cable and weatherproof cap
provided for a two (2)-way radio installation. The mount(s) shall be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the light
bar. The cable(s) shall be routed under the officer's seat.
RADIO POWER CIRCUIT
A 50 amp switched battery power circuit with manual reset shall be installed centered in the dash to activate the radio.
POWER AND GROUND STUDS
The electrical distribution panel shall include two (2) power studs. The studs shall be size #10 and each of the power studs
shall be circuit protected with a fuse of the specified amperage. One (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 40
amp battery direct load and one (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 20 amp ignition switched load. The
two (2) power studs shall share one (1) #10 ground stud.
SIREN, LOW FREQUENCY
A Whelen Low Frequency Siren and Speaker System model HOWLER shall be provided. The siren and speaker system
shall incorporate a 12V/200W amplifier and two injection molded Howler speakers. The amplifier assembly shall have the
ability for either 100 or 200 watt output. The amplifier PC board shall have input polarity protection and output short
circuit protection. The amplifier shall have a built-in timer to limit excessive reverberation. The amplifier shall include a
20A/32V fuse. The amplifier shall have a Scan-Lock™ button located in the front. Three LEDs located in the rear of the
amplifier provide a visual indication of the selected tone duration. There shall be eight tone duration selections from 7.5 to
03/24/15
35
60 seconds. The speaker is conformal coated to protect against elements.
The Howler shall be used as an additional warning system in conjunction with existing separate siren systems. The
Howler shall have the ability for Scan-Lock programming of both the siren tone style and duration. The Howler shall
function with any sweeping tone, Hi/Low, and electronic mechanical tone generated by the primary siren. The Howler
low frequency tones shall be synchronized with the primary siren tones to penetrate high noise and traffic situations. The
Howler siren module, with aid of the primary siren speaker output wires, shall divide the frequency to one of three
frequency bands with the aid of the dip switch; the selections are 1/4 tone and 1/2 tone, or a composite of 1/4 tone and 1/2
tone. The Howler shall have two external cancel controls that will allow a positive or negative activation to cancel the
tone. Mounting brackets are included and designed for specific vehicle chassis and end user must select proper bracket kit.
The Howler is covered by a two year factory warranty.
Location: TBD
CARRYING CAPACITY PLATE
A permanently attached carrying capacity plate in accordance with NFPA 1901 Standards shall be installed in plain view
of the driver.
The tag shall include the following:
•
•
•
•
Overall height
Overall length
GVWR
Seating capacity
SEATING CAPACITY PLATE
A permanently attached Seating Capacity Plate shall be mounted in the cab in plain view that reads “Seating Capacity – 6
People”.
Each seating position that is not, intended to be used during transit shall be individually labeled as follows:
"WARNING THIS SEAT IS NOT TO BE OCCUPIED WHILE VEHICLE IS IN MOTION"
OCCUPANCY/SEAT BELT PLATE
Occupancy / Seat Belt plates shall be provided and installed visible from each seated position, which reads:
"OCCUPANTS MUST BE SEATED AND BELTED WHEN THE APPARATUS IN MOTION"
"DO NOT WEAR HELMET" PLATE
A plate shall be installed visible from each seating position that states:
"DO NOT WEAR HELMET WHILE SEATED"
03/24/15
36
OVERALL HEIGHT/LENGTH/WEIGHT PLATE
An Overall Height/Length/Weight information plate shall be installed that can be clearly identified and visible to the
driver while in the seated position showing the apparatus completed overall height, length, (in feet and inches) and gross
vehicle weight (in tons) current to the apparatus manufactured date.
If changes to the vehicle occur while in service, the department must revise the overall height-length-weight plate.
FLUID CAPACITY PLATE
A permanently affixed fluid date plate shall be installed in the driving compartment to indicate the type and quantities of
the following fluid used in the vehicle.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
Chassis Transmission Fluid
Pump Transmission Lubrication Fluid (if applicable)
Pump Primer Fluid (if applicable)
Drive Axle Lubrication Fluid
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Air Conditioning Lubrication Oil
Power Steering Fluid
Cab Tilt Mechanism Fluid
Transfer Case Fluid
Equipment Rack Fluid
Air Compressor System Lubricant
Generator System Lubricant
Front Tire Pressure - Cold
Rear Tire Pressure - Cold
The following information shall also be supplied on the Fluid Data Plate:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Chassis Manufacturer
Production Number
Paint Number
Year Built
Date Shipped
Vehicle Identification Number
MOVEMENT WARNING PLATE
A permanently affixed Movement Warning plate shall be installed near the door ajar light that reads:
“DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS WHEN LIGHT IS ON".
"DO NOT RIDE" PLATE
03/24/15
37
A permanently affixed "DO NOT RIDE" warning plate shall be installed located on the stepping areas of the vehicle
warning personnel that riding on or in these areas while the vehicle in motion is prohibited.
PUMP ENCLOSURE, TOP MOUNT
The pump enclosure superstructure shall be constructed of aluminum tubing, channel, angle, and break-formed
components. All break formed components shall be constructed from 3/16" (.1875) aluminum. The crossmembers support
the substructure and the exterior panels independently from the cab and body. The front of the pump module shall be
covered with aluminum tread plate to keep road debris from the front of the pump. The crossmembers shall be isolated
from the frame rails using torsion mounts.
The pump enclosure shall be supported at the top of the frame rails, in a minimum of four-(4) places. The module shall be
secured with angle brackets bolted to both the pump enclosure support cross rails and the side of the chassis frame rails.
This design is required to eliminate shifting and stress on the pump enclosure, pump panels, and running boards.
The pump enclosure shall provide an area for the installation of crosslays or a dunnage area.
Any pump enclosure constructed using any material other than aluminum or utilizing any other mounting method is not
acceptable.
SEPARATE PUMP MODULE
The pump module will be a self-supported structure mounted independently from the body and chassis cab. The pump
module will be constructed entirely of extrusions and aluminum plate and shall be bolted to the chassis frame rails. The
framework will be formed from beveled aluminum alloy extrusions and electrically seam welded both internally and
externally at each joint using 5356 aluminum alloy welding wire. The main framework shall be 3.00 x 3.50, 6063-T6
aluminum extrusion. Aluminum angle will be welded such that a recessed pump panel can be mounted inside the
extrusion perimeter. The module shall be mounted to the chassis frame rails utilizing a "U" bolt spring mounting system.
The pump module design must allow normal frame deflection without imposing stress on the pump module stucture or
side running boards.
PUMP PANELS
The operator's controls and gauges shall be mounted on pump panels constructed of 1/8" (.125) black anodized, non-glare
aluminum. No vinyl coverings shall be acceptable as these surfaces are subjected to rough service and vinyl is susceptible
to tearing.
The pump controls shall be located at the top of the enclosure. This panel shall be removable for access to gauges and
auxiliary controls. The top mount Master gauge panel shall be hinged with quarter-turn latches at each end.
All gauges and controls shall be properly identified with color-coded metal tags. The tags shall be affixed with 3M brand
industrial adhesive. The gauges shall be functionally grouped above each control.
Two-(2) access doors shall be provided below the operator's panel for inspection or service of the pump. The doors shall
be constructed of 3/16" (.1875") aluminum tread plate with D-ring handles on each panel.
03/24/15
38
The upper portion of the right side pump panel shall have hinged double doors for access to the pump compartment and
primer reservoir. The doors shall be constructed of .125" aluminum tread plate.
All instruments and controls shall be provided and installed as a group at the pump panel. The central midpoint or
centerline of any valve control shall be no more than 72" vertically above the platform that is designed to serve as the
operator's standing position. The instruments shall be placed to keep the pump operator as far as practical from all
discharge and intake connections and in a location where they are readily visible and operationally functional while the
operator remains stationary.
FULLY HINGED PUMP PANEL, RIGHT SIDE
One-(1) vertically hinged pump panel with push style latch shall be installed and constructed of the same material as
stated in the pump module specifications. The hinged panel replaces the current right hand lower removable panel for ease
of access to the pump compartment during routine maintenance.
LIGHT SHIELD, TOP CONSOLE
A polished aluminum extruded light shield shall be provided above the pump operators control panel.
LIGHT SHIELD, LEFT SIDE
A polished aluminum extruded light shield shall be provided above the left side pump panel.
LIGHT SHIELD, RIGHT SIDE
A polished aluminum light shield extrusion shall be provided above the right side pump panel.
PUMP PANEL LIGHT, TOP CONSOLE
One-(1) individual OnScene Access LED pump panel light shall be mounted with on/off switch under the light shield
above the operator's control panel. For optimum visibility during nighttime operations, the light shall be mounted as high
as possible.
PUMP PANEL LIGHT, LEFT SIDE
One-(1) individual OnScene Access LED pump panel light with on/off switch shall be mounted under the light shield left
side. For optimum visibility during nighttime operations, the light shall be mounted as high as possible.
PUMP PANEL LIGHT, RIGHT SIDE
One-(1) individual OnScene Access LED pump panel light with on/off switch shall be mounted under the light shield
right side. For optimum visibility during nighttime operations, the light shall be mounted as high as possible.
LIGHTS, PUMP COMPARTMENT
One-(1) compartment light shall be installed in the pump compartment for inspection or routine maintenance wired to the
pump panel light switch.
03/24/15
39
TOP MOUNT WALKWAY W/TOOL COMPARTMENTS
A 20" wide walkway shall be provided for the pump operator. The walking surface shall be manufactured from 3/16" nonskid aluminum tread plate. The walkway shall be accessible from either side of the apparatus utilizing running board
steps. The distance from the top surface of the running boards to the top surface of the walkway shall not exceed NFPA
standards. A crosswalk warning sign shall be installed centered on the exterior wall of the cab per NFPA standards
Tool compartments shall be installed one-(1) each side of the walkway. The compartments shall be constructed from
3/16" (.1875") smooth aluminum plate and be as large as possible. Each compartment shall have a door constructed from
aluminum tread plate, with stainless steel (piano) hinges and D-Ring latches.
STEPS BETWEEN WALKWAY AND RUNNING BOARD
There shall be a wide Cast Product lighted step installed one-(1) each side of the body between the top mount walkway
and the running boards.
These steps shall meet all NFPA 1901 requirements.
LIGHTS, TOP MOUNT WALKWAY
Two-(2) clear lens LED lights shall be installed to illuminate the top mount walkway area. The lights shall be activated by
a switch in the cab.
RUNNING BOARD W/HOSE TRAY, LEFT SIDE
A running board shall be provided on the left side of pump module constructed of “Embossed” 3/16” (.1875) aluminum
tread plate flanged down and in 2.50” x 1.00” for maximum rigidity then bolted to the modules substructure to facilitate
removal.
A hose tray shall be installed in the running board constructed from 1/8” smooth aluminum plate approximately 9” wide x
32” long x 10” deep with drain holes provided in each corner to promote drainage. A restraining strap shall be provided
securing the contents of the hose well.
The running board stepping surface shall comply with the latest version of NFPA 1901.
The hose tray shall be drop in "Floating" style.
RUNNING BOARD W/HOSE TRAY, RIGHT SIDE
A running board shall be provided on the right side of pump module constructed of “Embossed” 3/16” (.1875) aluminum
tread plate flanged down and in 2.50” x 1.00” for maximum rigidity then bolted to the modules substructure to facilitate
removal.
03/24/15
40
A hose tray shall be installed in the running board constructed from 1/8” smooth aluminum plate approximately 9” wide x
32” long x 10” deep with drain holes provided in each corner to promote drainage. A restraining straps shall be provided
securing the contents of the hose well.
The running board stepping surface shall comply with the latest version of NFPA 1901.
HANDRAILS, TOP MOUNT WALKWAY
One-(1) pair of 30" handrails shall be installed at the front of the pump module. The handrails shall be mounted vertically
one-(1) each side near the top mount walkway. The handrails shall be constructed from 1-1/4" knurled aluminum. The
handrails shall be mounted with chrome plated end stanchions.
The handrails shall meet or exceed NFPA 1901 requirements.
HANDRAILS, ABOVE DUNNAGE AREA
One-(1) pair of 12" handrails shall be installed at the top of the pump enclosure. The handrails shall be mounted centered
one-(1) each side of the dunnage area. The handrails shall be constructed from 1-1/4" knurled aluminum. The handrails
shall be mounted with chrome plated end stanchions.
The handrails shall meet or exceed NFPA 1901 requirements.
AIR OUTLET(S), PUMP PANEL
One (1) air outlet(s) complete with shutoff valve, shall be mounted on the pump panel. This shall be plumbed to the
chassis air system.
AIR HORN SWITCH, PUMP PANEL
A push button momentary switch mounted on the pump panel shall activate the chassis air horn(s).
PRESSURE GOVERNOR and ENGINE MONITORING DISPLAY
Fire Research PumpBoss series PBA400-A00 pressure governor and monitoring display kit shall be installed. The kit shall
include a control module, intake pressure sensor, discharge pressure sensor, and cables. The control module case shall be
waterproof and have dimensions not to exceed 6 3/4" high by 4 5/8". The control knob shall be 2" in diameter with no
mechanical stops, have a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center. It shall not extend more than 1 3/4" from
the front of the control module. Inputs for monitored engine information shall be from a J1939 databus or independent
sensors. Outputs for engine control shall be on the J1939 databus or engine specific wiring. Inputs from the pump
discharge and intake pressure sensors shall be electrical.
The following continuous displays shall be provided:
Engine RPM; shown with four daylight bright LED digits more than 1/2" high
03/24/15
41
Check engine and stop engine warning LEDs
Engine oil pressure; shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display
Engine coolant temperature; shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display
Transmission Temperature: shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display
Battery voltage; shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display
Pressure and RPM operating mode LEDs
Pressure / RPM setting; shown on a dot matrix message display
Throttle ready LED.
A dot-matrix message display shall show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It shall show monitored
apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. All LED intensity shall be
automatically adjusted for day and night time operation.
The program shall store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine to be displayed with the push of a
button. It shall monitor inputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions:
High Battery Voltage
Low Battery Voltage (Engine Off)
Low Battery Voltage (Engine Running)
High Transmission Temperature
Low Engine Oil Pressure
High Engine Coolant Temperature
Out of Water (visual alarm only)
No Engine Response (visual alarm only).
The program features shall be accessed via push buttons located on the front of the control module. There shall be a USB
port located at the rear of the control module to upload future firmware enhancements.
The governor shall operate in two control modes, pressure and RPM. No discharge pressure or engine RPM variation shall
occur when switching between modes. A throttle ready LED shall light when the interlock signal is recognized. The
governor shall start in pressure mode and set the engine RPM to idle. In pressure mode the governor shall automatically
regulate the discharge pressure at the level set by the operator. In RPM mode the governor shall maintain the engine RPM
at the level set by the operator except in the event of a discharge pressure increase. The governor shall limit a discharge
pressure increase in RPM mode to a maximum of 30 psi. Other safety features shall include recognition of no water
conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.
The pressure governor and monitoring pressure display shall be programmed at installation for a specific engine.
FILL SUBSURFACE/RETURN LINE
There shall be one-(1) subsurface/return line installed in the booster tank. The subsurface/return line shall prevent aeration
of the water in the booster tank under low water conditions. The subsurface/return line piping shall be of the same size as
the “Tank Fill”.
MASTER GAUGES, 6"
03/24/15
42
Two compound 6" master gauges shall be provided and installed on the pump operator's panel. The intake and discharge
gauges shall be liquid filled with a silicon solution to assure visual readings and reduce inner lens condensation. The body
of the gauges shall be constructed of Zytel nylon with chrome-plated bezels. The face of the gauges shall be white with
black markings reading from -30 to 600 PSI and accurate within 1%.
PRESSURE GAUGES, 2-1/2"
The discharges shall be provided with 2-1/2" pressure gauges. The discharge gauges shall be liquid filled with a solution
to assure visual readings and reduce inner lens condensation. The body of the gauges shall be constructed of Zytel nylon
with chrome-plated bezels. The face of the gauges shall be Spun Metal with black background and white markings
reading from zero to 400 PSI.
The gauges shall be installed at each discharge control on the pump operator's panel. On side mount pump applications
with push pull handles each gauge shall incorporate a Thuemling Instrument Group 1-piece module assembly consisting
of the gauge, push-pull and trim bezel.
The pressure gauges shall maintain performance of all features and be free from defects in material and workmanship
which includes fluid fill leakage and discoloration for seven years.
GAUGE BEZELS, COLOR CODED
The pump panel master and pressure gauge bezels shall be color coded.
PUMP PANEL TAGS
All discharges, gauges, and controls will be properly identified by color-coded metal tags. The metal tags will be affixed
with 3M industrial adhesive.
PUMP SYSTEM, WATEROUS CS SINGLE STAGE
PUMP ASSEMBLY
The pump shall be of single stage construction and comply with all applicable requirements of the latest standards for
automotive fire apparatus of the National Fire Protection Association.
The pump shall be free from objectionable pulsation and vibration under all normal operating conditions.
The pump body shall be closed-grained gray iron and must be horizontally split in two sections for easy removal of the
entire impeller shaft assembly, and designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck without disturbing
setting of the pump in the chassis or apparatus piping, which is connected to the pump. Pump body halves shall be bolted
together on a single horizontal face to minimize leakage and facilitate reassembly.
The discharge manifold shall be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and provide at least three full 3-1/2"
openings located one outlet on the right side of the pump body, one outlet on the left side of the pump body, and one
outlet directly on top of the pump discharge manifold.
03/24/15
43
The impeller shall be bronze with double suction inlets, accurately balanced (mechanically and hydraulically), of mixed
flow design with reverse-flow, labyrinth-type, and utilize wear rings that resist water bypass and loss of efficiency due to
wear.
The wear rings are to be bronze, and shall be easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need
for replacing the entire pump casing due to wear.
The impeller shaft shall be stainless steel, accurately ground to size, and supported at each end by oil or grease-lubricated
anti-friction ball bearings for rigid and precise support. Bearings shall be protected from water and sediment by suitable
stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. The impeller shaft shall be of two-piece construction separable between the
pump and pump transmission to allow true separation of the transmission from the pump without disassembly of either
component. No! Sleeve type bearings shall be used.
The pump transmission shall be rigidly attached to the pump body assembly and be of the latest design incorporating a
high strength, involuted, tooth-form Hy-Vo chain drive and driven sprockets capable of operating at high speeds to
provide smooth, quite transfer of power. The shift engagement is accomplished by a free sliding collar and shall
incorporate an internal locking mechanism to insure that collar shall be maintained in ROAD or PUMP position.
For chassis equipped with automatic transmissions, the pump transmission driveline shall have a torque-rating equal to or
greater than the maximum net engine torque multiplied times the first gear ratio and torque converter ratio.
The suction fittings shall include removable, die cast, zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the
pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
A 3" clapper check valve shall be installed between the suction side of the pump and the tank-to-pump valve. This 3"
clapper valve shall eliminate the possibility of a pressure surge expanding the water tank.
Pump system shall utilize an integral discharge manifold system that allows a direct flow of water to all discharge valves.
PACKING GLANDS
The stuffing boxes shall be integral with the pump body and be equipped with two-piece glands to permit adjustment or
replacement of packing without disturbing the pump. Lantern rings shall be located at inner ends of stuffing boxes so that
all rings of packing can be removed without removal of the lantern rings. Water shall be fed into stuffing box lantern rings
for proper lubrication and cooling when the pump is operating.
PUMP SHIFT W/MANUAL OVERRIDE
An air operated pump shift shall be installed in the chassis cab to engage the fire pump. Provisions shall be made for
placing the pump drive system in operation using controls and switches that are clearly identified and within convenient
reach of the operator while in the cab.
A green indicator light shall be installed on the cab dash and labeled "Pump Engaged".
Where an automatic chassis transmission is provided, a green indicator light in the driving compartment and a green
indicator light located at the pump operator's position shall be provided and shall be energized when both the pump shift
has been completed and the chassis transmission is engaged in pump gear.
03/24/15
44
The light in the driving compartment shall be labeled "OK TO PUMP". The light on the pump operator shall be positioned
adjacent to and preferably above the throttle control and shall be labeled "Warning: DO NOT OPEN THROTTLE
UNLESS LIGHT IS ON". The green light on the pump operator's panel shall be energized when the pump is engaged, the
transmission is in drive, and the parking brake is set.
A pump shift manual override installed on the lower left pump panel providing a method of engaging the pump in the
event of a failure of the powered pump shift.
PUMP PRIMING SYSTEM
A 12-volt positive displacement vane primer shall be installed, electrically driven conforming to the standards outlined in
the current edition of NFPA. The system is an oil-less system and environmentally safe. It contains an electric rotary vane
type positive displacement primer that operates off 12V or 24V power. The primer motor is totally enclosed to prevent
dust, dirt and water from penetrating. The unit is constructed of corrosion resistant anodized aluminum, stainless steel, and
composite materials, for wear and corrosion resistance. The control shall be pump panel mounted to operate the priming
valve and start the priming motor.
VALVE, MASTER DRAIN
There shall be a master drain valve recessed mounted below the pump module under the side running board, connecting
all drain lines, with the capacity to discharge water simultaneously from all locations to below the chassis frame rails.
U.L. TEST POINTS
Two-(2) U.L. test plugs shall be pump panel mounted for testing of vacuum and pressures.
U.L. CERTIFICATION, 1250 GPM
The vehicle shall be third party tested and certified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. UL testing is recognized as a
leading, third party, product safety certification organization for over 100 years. UL has served on the NFPA (National
Fire Protection Association) technical committee for over thirty-(30) years.
The testing organization must meet the following minimum requirements:
•
Must be nationally recognized testing laboratory recognized by OSHA
•
Must comply with the ASTM (American Society for Testing Materials) standard E543 "Determining the
qualifications for nondestructive testing agencies"
•
Must have more than forty (40) years of Automotive Fire Apparatus safety testing experience and more than
fifteen (15) years of factory aerial device testing and Certification experience
•
Must not represent, be associated with, or in the manufacture or repair of automotive fire apparatus
•
Must provide proof of ten-(10) million dollars in excess liability insurance for bodily injury and property damage
combined
03/24/15
45
The pump shall meet and perform the following test to receive a U.L. Certification.
•
100% of rated capacity at 150 PSI net pump pressure
•
•
•
PUMP TEST CERTIFICATION PLATE
A permanently affixed plate shall be installed at the pump operator's panel. It shall provide the rated discharge and
pressures together with the speed of the engine as determined by the certification test for each unit. It shall also provide
the position of the parallel/series pump used and the no load governed speed of the engine as stated by the engine
manufacturer on a certified brake horsepower curve.
A label shall be provided on the pump operator's panel that states the following:
"Warning: Death or serious injury might occur if proper operating procedures are not followed". The pump operator as
well as individuals connecting supply or discharge hoses to the apparatus must be familiar with water hydraulics hazards
and component limitations.
SUCTION HEADERS
A 6" NST non-gated suction header with removable screen, and long handled cap shall be provided on the left side of the
pump.
A 6" NST non-gated suction header with removable screen, and long handled cap shall be provided on the right side of the
pump.
INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
There shall be an Akron model 59 suction side relief valve provided in the pump system. The relief valve is adjustable
from 50-175 psi and set at the factory at 125 psi.
TANK TO PUMP
One (1) 3” ball valve shall be installed between the pump and the water tank. The tank to pump valve shall be a quarter
turn fixed pivot design constructed from bronze. The valve shall be a (twist lock) lever controlled from the pump
operator's control panel.
TANK FILL
There shall be a 1-1/2" pump to tank fill line installed, with a 1-1/2" inline bronze valve and high-pressure flexible hose
tested to 1200 PSI. The valve shall be (twist lock) lever controlled from the pump operator's panel.
ENGINE COOLER
03/24/15
46
The engine cooler shall be installed in-line from the discharge side of the pump, and installed in the engine cooling
system. There shall be a 1/2", quarter turn valve installed thru the pump panel and shall be clearly labeled.
PUMP COOLER
The pump shall have a 3/8" line installed from the pump discharge, to the water tank to cool the pump during long periods
of pumping when water is not being discharged. The pump cooler shall be controlled from the pump operators panel by a
3/8" valve consisting of a cast bronze body with 1/4 turn chrome plated bronze ball, reinforced Teflon seals, and blowout-proof stem rated to 600 PSI.
The valve shall be installed thru the pump panel and clearly labeled.
PLUMBING SYSTEM
All suction and discharge lines up to 3" shall be constructed of a minimum of Schedule 10 stainless steel pipe, where
vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen threaded pipes, Victaulic or Roustabout couplings shall be used. All
suction and discharge outlets shall have National Standard Threads (NST) and designed for 500 PSIG including, valves,
drain cocks, lines, intake, and outlet closures, excluding the tank fill and tank to pump lines (tank side of the valves).
PUMP/PLUMBING PAINTING
The pump shall be painted black. This includes all intakes, discharges, manifolds, and associated valves.
AKRON / WATEROUS LEVER CONTROL VALVE PACKAGE
All specified discharge valves shall be Waterous bronze chromium plated with Stainless Steel internal parts lever
controlled from the pump operator's panel. All other valves shall be Akron.
Waterous Chromium plated bronze ball valves
•
•
•
•
•
•
Modular design with interchangeable ends for mounting flexibility
Floating self-adjusting seal assembly
Complies with NFPA requirements
Variety of valve ends
Design for fast servicing
Full flow construction
The Akron Swing-Out Heavy-Duty valves are designed for operating pressures to 250 psi (17 bars)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
10-year warranty against manufacturer's defects
Available in 1"to 4" sizes
90° handle travel 316 stainless steel ball with Hydromax technology
Improved sealing & increased gating ability
Flow optimization reduces turbulence while in the gated position and requires lower operating forces
No lubrication or regular maintenance required
Simple two seated design (no O-Rings to cut or lose during assembly or maintenance)
03/24/15
47
•
•
•
Wide range of available adapters
Designed and tested to exceed NFPA requirements
Cast, machined and assembled at our facilities in Wooster, Ohio
All valve packages shall meet current NFPA 1901 Standards for valve operating speeds when controlled by gear, electric
actuator, or slow close device.
SUCTION, 2-1/2" LEFT REAR PANEL
One-(1) 2-1/2” lever operated ball valve shall be installed at the pump panel, left rear plumbed to the suction side of the
pump with 2-1/2” piping, 2-1/2" FNST chrome inlet swivel, brass inlet strainer, chrome plug with chain, and 3/4” drain
valve. The valve shall be controlled at the top mount operator’s panel.
A warning plate permanently affixed in close proximity of the suction inlet shall be installed stating:
"WARNING - SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH COULD OCCUR IF INLET IS SUPPLIED BY A PRESSURIZED
SOURCE WHEN THE VALVE IS CLOSED".
SUCTION, 2-1/2" RIGHT REAR PANEL
One-(1) 2-1/2” ball valve shall be installed at the pump panel, right rear plumbed to the suction side of the pump with 21/2” piping, 2-1/2" FNST chrome inlet swivel, brass inlet strainer, chrome plug with chain, and 3/4” drain valve. A
control handle shall be provided at the valve.
A warning plate permanently affixed in close proximity of the suction inlet shall be installed stating:
"WARNING - SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH COULD OCCUR IF INLET IS SUPPLIED BY A PRESSURIZED
SOURCE WHEN THE VALVE IS CLOSED".
DISCHARGE ELBOWS
All 2-1/2" side discharge outlets shall terminate with chrome-plated 30-Degree elbows with 2-1/2" MNST threads,
chrome vented cap and chain.
BOOSTER REEL
An Akron Brass, Cord Reel item ERWB-16-28 low profile electric rewind booster reel shall be installed in the center of
the front bumper. All metal parts, except for the electric motor, chain and sprocket teeth, shall be powder painted red or
silver at no additional charge. All hardware shall be stainless steel. Each booster reel shall have disks with rolled edges to
prevent sharp edges. Each booster reel shall include a 1” NPT 90˚ swivel with female threads on the inlet and 1” NH male
threads on the outlet. It shall also come standard with a chain guard, hand crank and tensioner. The reel shall have a
capacity of holding 250’ of 3/4" or 150’ of 1” booster hose. The reel shall be rated at 1000 psi with a 2:1 safety factor. The
booster reel shall be shipped completely assembled and ready to install and include mounting instructions. The booster
reel shall come with the solenoid, switch and circuit breaker as standard at no additional charge and be covered by a 5
year warranty, including the motor.
03/24/15
48
A rewind switch shall be provided near the reel. All electric switch connections shall be coated to protect against
moisture.
Chrome rollers and guides shall be provided.
The booster reel shall be controlled from the pump operator's panel.
COVER, BOOSTER REEL
There shall be an aluminum diamond plate cover installed over the booster reel, constructed of 1/8" aluminum tread plate
material. The cover shall be designed to enclose and protect the booster reel.
NO. 1 SPEEDLAY, 1-3/4" DOUBLE LAY
One-(1) pre-connected speedlay compartment shall be provided below the top mount operator's panel accommodating
200' of 1-3/4" double jacket hose, with stainless steel nylon guided rollers installed at each end, and stainless steel scuff
plates around the perimeter of the speedlay protecting the painted surfaces.
One-(1) 2" ball valve with 3/4” drain and Chicksan swivel shall be provided plumbed to the speedlay with 2" highpressure flexible hose stainless steel couplings tested to 1200 PSI, the valve shall be lever controlled at the pump
operator's panel.
Each discharge is equipped with a quarter-turn drain valve.
One-(1) 2" ball valve with 3/4” drain and Chicksan swivel shall be provided plumbed to the speedlay with 2" highpressure flexible hose stainless steel couplings tested to 1200 PSI, the valve shall be lever controlled at the pump
operator's panel.
One-(1) 2-1/2" ball valve with 3/4” drain and Chicksan swivel shall be provided plumbed to the speedlay with 2-1/2"
high-pressure flexible hose stainless steel couplings tested to 1200 PSI, the valve shall be lever controlled at the pump
operator's panel.
03/24/15
49
REMOVABLE SPEEDLAY HOSE TRAYS
There shall be three-(3) removable, speed lay hose trays provided with the apparatus constructed of 3/16" smooth
aluminum with handles at each end held in place by horizontal bulkheads at each end of the compartments.
SPEEDLAY COVERS
Two-(2) Hypalon speedlay covers shall be provided one each side of the apparatus secured with Velcro sides and stainless
steel bottom pushpins preventing hose from inadvertently deploying during normal operations meeting the current NFPA
requirements.
The end flaps shall be red in color.
DISCHARGES, 2-1/2" LEFT FRONT PANEL
Two-(2) Akron 2-1/2" Heavy-Duty ball valves with 3/4” drains shall be installed at the pump panel, left front, plumbed to
the discharge side of the pump lever controlled from the pump operator's panel.
DISCHARGE, 2-1/2" RIGHT FRONT UPPER PANEL
One-(1) Akron 2-1/2" Heavy-Duty ball valve with 3/4” drain shall be installed at the pump panel, right front upper,
plumbed to the discharge side of the pump lever controlled from the pump operator's panel.
DISCHARGE, 4" RIGHT FRONT LOWER PANEL
One-(1) Akron 4" Heavy-Duty (Slo-Close) ball valve with 3/4” drain shall be installed at the pump panel, right front
lower, plumbed to the discharge side of the pump equipped with 4" NST threads chrome cap and chain handwheel
controlled at the pump operator's panel.
DECK GUN PLUMBING, 3"
One-(1) Akron 3" Heavy-Duty (Slo-Close) inline valve with 3/4” drain shall be plumbed to the Deck Gun discharge outlet
with 3” pipe terminating 3" FNPT x four-(4) bolt flange lever controlled at the pump operator's panel.
DISCHARGE, 2-1/2" LEFT REAR
One-(1) Akron 2-1/2" Heavy-Duty ball valve with 3/4” drain shall be plumbed to the left rear of the apparatus terminating
2-1/2" FNPT x 2-1/2"MNST with chrome cap and chain lever controlled at the pump operator's panel.
WATER TANK
The tank shall have a capacity of 750 U.S. gallons and shall be constructed of PT3™ polypropylene material. This
material shall be a non-corrosive stress relieved thermoplastic and UV stabilized for maximum protection. Tank shell
thickness may vary depending on the application and may range from ½ to 1” as required. Internal baffles are generally
3/8” in thickness.
03/24/15
50
ISO CERTIFICATION
The tank must be an inverted "L" shape in design and fabricated by a tank manufacturer that is ISO 9001:2008 certified in
each of its locations. The ISO certification must be to the current standard in effect at the time of the design and
fabrication of the tank.
DESIGN
Each tank is designed to the customer’s specification and/or drawing submittal. An approval drawing is sent to the
customer prior to commencing manufacturing. Upon receipt of the signed approval drawing, the tank is scheduled for
production.
CONSTRUCTION
The booster and/or foam tank shall be of a specific configuration and is so designed to be completely independent of the
body and compartments. Joints and seams shall be fused using nitrogen gas as required and tested for maximum strength
and integrity. The tank construction shall include PolyProSeal™ technology wherein a sealant shall be installed between
the plastic components prior to being fusion welded. This sealing method shall provide a liquid barrier offering leak
protection in the event of a weld compromise. The top of the booster tank is fitted with removable lifting assembly
designed to facilitate tank removal. The transverse and longitudinal swash partitions shall be manufactured of a minimum
of 3/8" PT3™ polypropylene. All partitions shall be equipped with vent and air holes to permit movement of air and water
between compartments. The partitions shall be designed to provide maximum water flow.
All swash partitions interlock with one another and are completely fused to each other as well as to the walls of the tank.
All partitions and spacing shall comply with NFPA 1901. The walls shall be welded to the floor of the tank providing
maximum strength as part of the tank’s unique Full Floor Design™. Tolerances in design allow for a maximum variation
of 1/8” on all dimensions.
WATER FILL TOWER AND COVER
The tank shall have a combination vent and manual fill tower. The fill tower shall be constructed of 1/2" PT3™
polypropylene and shall be a minimum dimension of 8" x 8" outer perimeter. The fill tower shall be blue in color
indicating that it is a water-only fill tower. The tower shall be located in the left front corner of the tank unless otherwise
specified by the tank manufacturer to the purchaser. The tower shall have a 1/4" thick removable polypropylene screen
and a PT3™ polypropylene hinged cover. The capacity of the tank shall be engraved on the top of the fill tower lid. Inside
the fill tower there shall be a combination vent/overflow pipe. The vent overflow shall be a minimum of schedule 40
polypropylene pipe with a minimum I.D. of 4" that is designed to run through the tank, and shall be piped to discharge
water behind the rear wheels as required in NFPA 1901 so as to not interfere with rear tire traction.
The tank cover shall be constructed of 1/2" thick PT3™ polypropylene and UV stabilized, to incorporate a multi-piece
locking design, which allows for individual removal and inspection if necessary. The tank cover(s) shall be flush or
recessed 3/8" from the top of the tank and shall be fused to the tank walls and longitudinal partitions for maximum
integrity. Each one of the covers shall have hold downs consisting of 2" minimum polypropylene dowels spaced a
maximum of 40” apart. These dowels shall extend through the covers and shall assist in keeping the covers rigid under
fast filling conditions. A minimum of two lifting dowels shall accommodate the necessary lifting hardware.
SUMP
03/24/15
51
There shall be one (1) sump standard per tank. The sump shall be constructed of a minimum of 1/2" PT3™ polypropylene
and be located in the left front quarter of the tank, unless specified otherwise. On all tanks that require a front suction, a 3"
schedule 40 polypropylene pipe shall be installed that shall incorporate a dip tube from the front of the tank to the sump
location. The sump shall have a minimum 3" NPT threaded outlet on the bottom for a drain plug per NFPA. This shall be
used as a combination clean-out and drain. All tanks shall have an anti-swirl plate located approximately 3” above the
inside floor.
OUTLETS
There shall be two (2) standard tank outlets: one for the tank-to-pump suction line, which shall be sized to provide
adequate water flow to the pump; and, one for tank fill line, which shall be sized according to the NFPA minimum size
chart for booster tanks. All tank fill couplings shall be backed with flow deflectors to break up the stream of water
entering the tank, and be capable of withstanding sustained fill rates of up to 1000 GPM. The addition of rear suction
fittings, nurse valve fittings, dump valve fittings, and through-the-tank sleeves to accommodate rear discharge piping must
be specified. All auxiliary outlets and inlets must meet all NFPA guidelines in effect at the time of manufacture.
MOUNTING
The UPF Poly-Tank® III shall rest on the body cross members in conjunction with such additional cross members, spaced
at a distance that would not allow for more than 530 square inches of unsupported area under the tank floor. In cases
where overall height of the tank exceeds 40 inches, cross member spacing must be decreased to allow for not more than
400 square inches of unsupported area. The tank must be isolated from the cross members through the use of hard rubber
strips with a minimum thickness and width dimension of 1/4” x 1” and a Shore A Hardness of approximately 60
durometer. The rubber must be installed so it shall not become dislodged during normal operation of the vehicle.
Additionally, the tank must be supported around the entire bottom outside perimeter and captured both in the front and
rear as well as side to side to prevent tank from shifting during vehicle operation. A picture frame type cradle mount with
a minimum of 2" x 2" x 1/4” mild steel, stainless steel, or aluminum angle shall be provided or the use of corner angles
having a minimum dimension of 4" x 4" x 1/4” by 6” high are permitted for the purpose of capturing the tank. Although
the tank is designed on a free floating suspension principle, it is required that the tank have adequate vertical hold down
restraints to minimize movement during vehicle operation. If proper retention has not been incorporated into the apparatus
hose floor structure, an optional mounting restraint system shall be located on top of the tank, half way between the front
and the rear on each side of the tank. These stops can be constructed of steel, stainless steel or aluminum angle having
minimum dimensions of 3" x 3" x 1/4” and shall be approximately 6” to 12” long. These brackets must incorporate rubber
isolating pads with a minimum thickness of 1/4” inch and a hardness of 60 durometer affixed on the underside of the
angle. The angle should then be bolted to the body side walls of the vehicle while extending down to rest on the top
outside edge of the upper side wall of the tank. Hose beds floors must be so designed that the floor slat supports extend
full width from side wall to side wall and are not permitted to drop off the edge of the tank or in any way come in contact
with the individual covers where a puncture could occur. Tank top must be capable of supporting loads up to 200 lbs. per
sq. foot when evenly distributed. Other equipment such as generators, portable pumps, etc. must not be mounted directly
to the tank top unless provisions have been designed into the Poly-Tank® III for that purpose. The tank shall be
completely removable without disturbing or dismantling the apparatus structure.
CAPACITY CERTIFICATION
All water and foam tanks shall be tested and certified as to capacity on a calibrated and certified tilting scale. Each tank
shall be weighed empty and full to provide precise fluid capacity. Each Poly-Tank® III is delivered with a Certificate of
03/24/15
52
Capacity delineating the weight empty and full and the resultant capacity based on weight. Engineering estimates for
capacity calculations shall not be permitted for capacity certification.
TANKNOLOGY™ TAG
A tag shall be installed on the apparatus in a convenient location and contain pertinent information including a QR code
readable by commercially available smart phones. The information contained on the tag shall include the capacity of the
water and foam (s), the maximum fill and pressure rates, the serial number of the tank, the date of manufacture, the tank
manufacturer, and contact information. The QR code shall allow the user to connect with the tank manufacturer for
additional information and assistance.
WATER TANK SIZE CERTIFICATION
The manufacturer shall certify the capacity of the water tank prior to the delivery of the apparatus. This capacity shall be
recorded on the manufacturer's record of construction and the certification shall be provided when the apparatus is
delivered.
GAUGE, WATER LEVEL
A Fire Research TankVision model WLA200-A00 tank indicator kit shall be installed. The kit shall include an electronic
indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable. The indicator shall show the volume of water in the tank on
nine (9) super bright LED’s. A wide view lens over the LED’s shall provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The
indicator case shall be waterproof, manufactured of aluminum, and have a distinctive blue label.
The program features shall be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program shall support self-diagnostics
capabilities, self-calibration, and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings shall include flashing
LED’s at 1/4 tank, down chasing LED’s when the tank is almost empty, and an output for an audio alarm.
The indicator shall receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor shall be mounted from the
outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe shall place on the interior of the tank. Wiring shall be weather
resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.
GAUGE, AUXILAIRY WATER LEVEL
There shall be a pair of Whelen "PS Tank" water level status lights, with 96 steady burn green, blue, amber, and red
LED’s. The light shall provide bright, easy indication of water status. The unit is surface mounted, has low current
consumption, fully encapsulated, and carries a five (5) year warranty from Whelen. The lights shall be mounted per
customer requirements, typically one each side on or near the cab. The units shall activate with the application of the park
brake.
APPARATUS BODY
The apparatus body and subframe shall be constructed entirely of marine grade aluminum plate and extrusions.
SUBFRAME
03/24/15
53
The main body support crossmember extrusions shall be 3" x 4" 6061T6 aluminum alloy, double "I" beam with a wall
thickness of 7/16" (.438"). These crossmembers shall extend the full width of the body to support the compartment
framing. The crossmembers shall be welded to a 3/4" (.750") x 3" solid aluminum, 6061T6 aluminum (alloy frame rail)
extrusion. The frame rail extrusion shall be shaped in contour with the chassis frame rails. The frame rail extrusion shall
be mounted over a 1/2" (.5") thickness, reinforced rubber cushion to isolate the aluminum subframe from the chassis steel
frame rails. The apparatus body structure shall be securely fastened to the chassis frame rails with a minimum of six (6)
5/8" (.625") crossmember OD, steel U-bolts. The main body support crossmember shall have a gusset above and below
each crossmember. The gussets shall be constructed of 2.0" x 4.0" 6063T6 aluminum alloy extrusion with a .190" wall
thickness. The gussets shall be continuously welded with 5356 aluminum alloy welding wire to add support to the body
sidewalls. The main body supports and the longitudinal double "I" beam supports shall have a "C" shaped rubber tank
cushion installed on the top of each member. This rubber extrusion shall conform to the shape of the double "I" beam
extrusion to keep the tank cushion in place. This method is used to prevent damage to the tank.
Absolutely no pop-rivets, screws or any other hardware shall be used to hold the rubber tank cushion in place.
BODY CONSTRUCTION - FLAT BACK DESIGN
The complete apparatus body structure shall be an all welded construction and be free from nuts, bolts and other fasteners.
Upon completion of the weldments, the body shall be completely sanded and deburred for removal of all sharp edges.
The body framework shall be formed from beveled aluminum alloy extrusions and electrically seam welded at each joint
using 5356 aluminum alloy welding wire. Body sides shall be formed from 5052 H-32 (marine grade) smooth aluminum
plates. The horizontal surfaces above the compartment tops shall be constructed from aluminum tread plate.
The horizontal and vertical frame member extrusions shall be 2.0" x 4.0" with a .190" wall thickness. The extrusion shall
be made from 6063T6 aluminum alloy. This extrusion shall have .190" outside radius corners. The longitudinal frame
member, below the lower compartments shall be a 2.0" x 4.0" 6063T6 aluminum alloy extrusion with .190" radius
corners. Each body corner shall be a 3.5" x 9.75" 6063T6 extruded aluminum section with .210" wall thickness, and shall
be welded as an integral part of the body. This extrusion shall have a 1" corner radius.
The wheel well shall be constructed from 2" x 4" x .190" wall thickness. The extrusion shall be made from 6063T6
aluminum alloy and have .190" outside radius corners. The extrusion shall be slotted the full length to permit an internal
fit of 1/8" (.125") aluminum tread plate panels. The wheel well liners shall be constructed of 3003 H-14 smooth aluminum
plates. They shall be bolted in place for ease of maintenance. The wheel well fenderettes shall be constructed of a #304
Stainless steel with a #7 polished finish.
A deflection shield shall be mounted to the body subframe to keep road debris from entering the water tank area.
The hosebed sides shall be constructed of 3/16" (.1875") 5052 H-32 (marine grade) smooth aluminum plate welded to the
extruded framework. There shall be a 3" x 3.5" 6063T6 aluminum extrusion with .190" wall thickness running the entire
length of the hosebed at the top for structural rigidity. The hosebed decking shall be constructed from anodized aluminum
extrusions. The extrusions shall be 3/4" (.750") x 8.125" and have 3/4" (.750") x 3.00" hat channel attached to the
underside to form a one-piece grid. The entire deck shall be removable, in one piece, to allow ease of serviceability to the
tank. The hosebed shall include an extrusion across the front and rear of the compartment for the installation of adjustable
hosebed dividers.
COMPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION
03/24/15
54
The compartment sidewalls shall be of one-piece construction. The walls shall be formed from 3/16"(.1875") 5052 H-32
(marine grade) smooth aluminum plate. All compartment floors shall be formed from 3/16"(.1875") aluminum tread plate.
The floors shall be welded in place with a continuous weld all around the perimeter to insure maximum strength.
The external compartment tops shall be constructed of 1/8" (.125") aluminum tread plate. The tops shall have a formed
edge, which serves as a drip rail for the compartments below. The compartment tops shall be secured with stainless steel
screws to allow for ease of removal for access to the bodies wiring harnesses.
The compartment seams shall be sealed with permanent pliable silicone caulking.
Each compartment shall be vented through a 3"W x 15"H louver that is machined stamped in a panel located in each body
corner extrusion. The panel shall be removable to provide access to service wiring and other mounted components.
COMPARTMENTATION
LEFT SIDE
L1
There shall be one (1) left front compartment installed ahead of the rear axle. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up
door. The interior compartment dimensions shall be approximately 34"W x 71"H x 28"D in the lower and 15"D in the
upper. The compartment shall have a useable door opening of approximately 31"W x 58"H.
L2
There shall be one (1) compartment installed over the wheel well. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up door. The
compartment shall be approximately 58"W x 39"H x 15"D. The compartment shall have a useable door opening of
approximately 55"W x 26"H.
L3
There shall be one (1) left rear compartment installed behind the rear axle. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up
door. The interior dimensions shall be approximately 44"W x 71"H x 15"D in the upper and transverse in the lower. The
compartment shall have a useable door opening of approximately 41"W x 58"H.
RIGHT SIDE
R1
There shall be one (1) right front compartment installed ahead of the rear axle. This compartment shall have one (1) rollup door. The interior compartment dimensions shall be approximately 34"W x 71"H x 28"D in the lower and 15"D in the
upper. The compartment shall have a useable door opening of approximately 31"W x 58"H.
R2
There shall be one (1) compartment installed over the wheel well. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up door. The
compartment shall be approximately 58"W x 39"H x 15"D. The compartment shall have a useable door opening of
approximately 55"W x 26"H.
R3
There shall be one (1) right rear compartment installed behind the rear axle. This compartment shall have one (1) roll-up
door. The interior dimensions shall be approximately 44"W x 71"H x 15"D in the upper and transverse in the lower. The
compartment shall have a useable door opening of approximately 41"W x 58"H.
03/24/15
55
CENTER REAR
B1
There shall be one (1) compartment installed at the center rear of the apparatus. This compartment shall have a roll up
door. The compartment shall have a useable door opening of approximately 43"W x 21"H.
COMPARTMENTS, ROOF TOP STORAGE
Four-(4) roof top compartments shall be installed, two-(2) each side of the upper body. The compartments shall be
constructed from 3/16" smooth aluminum plate and shall be integral with the body. Each compartment shall have a door
constructed from aluminum tread plate. The doors shall have a stainless steel piano type hinge and chest style latch. The
interior compartment dimensions shall be determined by customer requirements for equipment storage and engineering.
Compartments shall have a 1/2" flange around the opening to prevent water from entering the compartment when the door
is closed. The doors shall be held open with gas shocks.
VERTICAL LOAD TEST, APPARATUS BODY
The fire body shall exceed a vertical load testing. The vertical load test to the fire body shall follow the same strict and
detailed requirements of the Economic Commission for Europe Structural Standard, ECE-29R as applied to the cab.
The fire body shall be placed under a vertical load test to show structural integrity. There shall be 65,979 lbs. (29.53
metric tons) applied to the fire body. There shall be no structure failures to the body and body compartments.
A complete photographic, video, data, and dimensional record of these tests shall be available and placed on record for
customer evaluations.
BODY MODIFICATION, COMPARTMENT HEIGHT RAISE
The side compartment heights shall be raised seven (7) inches from standard.
BODY MODIFICATION, 102" WIDE BODY
The apparatus body shall be 102" wide in place of the standard 96" wide body.
COMPARTMENT DOORS, REAR ROLL UP
A ROM roll-up door shall be installed on the rear compartment of the apparatus.
Slats are to double-wall (box frame) aluminum extrusion. Exterior surfaces are to be flat. Interior surfaces are to be
concave to prevent loose equipment from jamming doors. The slats must be anodized to eliminate oxidation. The slats are
to have inner-locking end shoes on every slat secured by a Punch-Dimple process. The slats are to have interlocking joints
with a folding locking flange. Between each slat shall be a PVC/vinyl inner seal to prevent any metal-to-metal contact.
The track shall be one-piece aluminum, which has an attaching flange and finishing flange incorporated into its design,
which provides a finish look to installation without additional trim or caulking. The track is to have a replaceable side
seal. The side seal shall prevent water and dust intrusion into the compartment.
03/24/15
56
There shall be an aluminum drip rail above each compartment door with a built in replaceable wiper seal.
Each roll up door shall have a counter balance to assist in lifting and eliminate the risk of accidental closing.
A full width lift bar, operable by one hand, shall be used as a positive latch device for securing each individual
compartment door in the closed position.
The outside door shall have a natural finish.
There shall be an anodized aluminum sill plate installed over the compartment door.
COMPARTMENT DOORS, SIDE ROLL UP
ROM roll-up doors shall be installed on the side compartments of the apparatus as specified.
Slats are to double-wall (box frame) aluminum extrusion. Exterior surfaces are to be flat. Interior surfaces are to be
concave to prevent loose equipment from jamming doors. The slats must be anodized to eliminate oxidation. The slats are
to have inner-locking end shoes on every slat secured by a Punch-Dimple process. The slats are to have interlocking joints
with a folding locking flange. Between each slat shall be a PVC/vinyl inner seal to prevent any metal-to-metal contact.
The track shall be one-piece aluminum, which has an attaching flange and finishing flange incorporated into its design,
which provides a finish look to installation without additional trim or caulking. The track is to have a replaceable side
seal. The side seal shall prevent water and dust intrusion into the compartment.
There shall be an aluminum drip rail above each compartment door with a built in replaceable wiper seal.
Each roll up door shall have a counter balance to assist in lifting and eliminate the risk of accidental closing.
A full width lift bar, operable by one hand, shall be used as a positive latch device for securing each individual
compartment door in the closed position.
The outside door shall have a natural finish.
There shall be an anodized aluminum sill plate installed over the compartment door.
KEYED LOCK, ROLL UP DOOR
There shall be seven (7) stainless steel lock(s) with keys installed on the specified compartment roll-up door(s).
COMPARTMENT, LADDER STORAGE
There shall be one-(1) equipment storage compartment installed beside the tank on the right side constructed of 1/8"
(.125) smooth aluminum plate for the storing of NFPA required equipment. Individual internal compartments shall house
one-(1) 24' extension ladder, one-(1) 14' roof ladder, one-(1) 10' folding ladder, and two-(2) pike poles with silencing pads
made from Polypropylene installed on each compartment floor to assist in the loading and unloading of the required
equipment.
03/24/15
57
The compartment shall have vertically hinged door constructed from 1/8" (.125) smooth aluminum plate with stainless
steel piano hinge and paddle latch door open mechanism. The door shall be installed utilizing stainless steel nuts and
bolts, other fastening device such as self-tapping screws or pop rivets shall not be acceptable.
The door shall be wired to the door ajar system.
STORAGE TUBES, PIKE POLE
Two-(2) aluminum tubes shall be installed on the apparatus for pike pole storage. One-(1) end shall be notched to allow
the poles to be locked in place.
Locations: Ladder compartment
STORAGE SLOT, LITTLE GIANT LADDER
There shall be one-(1) storage slot with the capacity to hold one-(1) Little Giant ladder.
Location: Transverse in the compartment L3/R3, mounted to the ceiling
STORAGE SLOT, BACKBOARD
There shall be one-(1) compartment with the capacity to hold one-(1) long style backboard. The location of this
compartment shall be determined by the Fire Department. The department must supply make and model of backboard.
Location: Ladder compartment
BODY WHEEL WELL PANELS, PAINTED
The body wheel well panels shall be painted job color in place of aluminum tread plate.
WHEEL WELL AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT
There shall be an air bottle compartment located in the rear wheel well left front to house two-(2) spare SCBA cylinders.
The bottom of the tubes shall be supported to eliminate breakage. The tubes are vented to facilitate moisture drainage. The
compartment door shall be a stainless steel with a positive mechanical latch.
WHEEL WELL AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT, LEFT REAR
There shall be an air bottle compartment located in the rear wheel well left rear to house two-(2) spare SCBA cylinders.
03/24/15
58
WHEEL WELL AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT FRONT
There shall be an air bottle compartment located in the rear wheel well right front to house two-(2) spare SCBA cylinders.
WHEEL WELL EXTINGUISHER COMPARTMENT, RIGHT REAR
There shall be an extinguisher compartment located in the rear wheel well right rear to house two-(2) extinguishers (21/2" water or 20-pound ABC). The bottom of the compartment shall also be supported to eliminate breakage. The
compartment shall be vented to facilitate moisture drainage. The compartment door shall be stainless steel with a positive
mechanical latch.
BODY TRIM
The standard body trim shall include the following:
There shall be drip rail installed over the compartment door openings.
A drip rail shall be located over each compartment door. This drip rail shall form a lip over the exterior door pans to
prevent water from running into a compartment.
The vertical rear face of the body shall be covered with smooth aluminum plate.
Two-(2) handrails shall be located on the rear of the apparatus, one-(1) handrail per side. Each handrail shall be
constructed of 1-1/4" knurled aluminum. The handrails shall be mounted with chrome plated end stanchions. Each
handrail shall be sufficient in length to meet all standard requirements.
No rear stanchions shall be provided on this unit.
FUEL FILL, RECESSED WITH DOOR
There shall be a cast aluminum recessed fuel fill assembly with a non-locking door mounted on the left side of the
apparatus body. The fuel fill assembly shall be equipped with a fuel fill cap, retention ring and hinged door. The assembly
shall be properly labeled "DIESEL FUEL ONLY".
03/24/15
59
MUD FLAPS, REAR
The rear axle mud flaps shall be constructed from hard black rubber and installed at the rear of the body fenders.
RUBRAIL
There shall be an aluminum rubrail installed on both sides of the lower body compartments. The rubrail shall be
constructed from "C" channel extrusion. The aluminum rubrail shall be bolted in place with stainless steel bolts, and
spaced from the fire body to provide body protection. The solid rubrail shall serve as protection to the side doors when
encountering close objects. Tread plate rubrails or welded on shall not be acceptable.
REAR STEP
The 10" rear step shall be constructed of 3/16" (.1875") aluminum tread plate. The rear step shall be flanged down 2.50"
and in 1.00" to maximize strength and rigidity. The rear step shall be bolted on for removal or replacement.
All running board and step surfaces shall comply with NFPA 1901.
CHROME FOLDING STEP(S), FRONT OF BODY
There shall be six (6) large chrome-folding step(s) with a minimum surface area of thirty-five (35) square inches. The
step(s) shall be mounted on the front face of the forward compartment as directed by the customer.
Locations: Three-(3) each side on the front compartment face
STEP(S), REAR FIXED W/LED LIGHT
There shall be two (2) rear lighted step(s) installed on the apparatus. The step(s) shall be Cast Products and have a
minimum of thirty-five (35) square inches of surface area to conform to the NFPA 1901 standards. The step(s) shall
include a 12-volt LED light to illuminate the area below.
TOW EYES, REAR
Two-(2) 3/4" thick rear tow eyes constructed of A-36 steel shall be mounted below the frame at the rear of the vehicle.
The tow eyes shall be attached to steel weldments that are mounted to the apparatus. The eyes shall have a minimum
dimension of three-(3) inches. The tow eyes shall be used for towing, not lifting the vehicle.
HANDRAIL, BELOW HOSE BED
There shall be an intermediate handrail installed on the apparatus below the hose bed. The handrail shall be constructed of
1-1/4" knurled aluminum. The handrail shall be mounted with chrome plated end stanchions.
HOSE BED DIVIDER(S)
03/24/15
60
Two (2) hose bed divider(s) shall be manufactured from 1/4" (.250") smooth aluminum plate with an extruded aluminum
base welded to the bottom. The divider shall have an extruded track to slide in to allow the hose bed to adjust for different
hose capacities. One end of the divider shall have a 3" radius corner. The divider shall be sanded to prevent damage to
hose.
Location: Above ladder compartment and center of hose bed
The center divider shall be notched to connected hose load.
HOSE BED COVER
A 1/8" (.125") aluminum tread plate hose bed cover shall be provided. The cover shall be two (2) door types with
continuous stainless steel hinge along each side. The hosebed cover shall have aluminum assist handles and door hold
open springs. An open door indicator switch shall be provided and wired the open door indicator system in the cab.
Two (2) Hypalon end flaps shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The flaps shall be constructed of 16 oz. heavyduty, fire retardant Hypalon.
The covers shall be wired the door ajar system.
The end flaps shall be secured using footman loops. The cover(s) shall completely protect the hose and prevent the hose
from inadvertently deploying during normal operation.
The cover shall meet the TIA 03-1 NFPA requirement.
The covers shall be red in color.
HOSE BED CAPACITY
The hosebed shall have the capacity to hold the following:
1500' of 5" large diameter supply hose
400' of 2-1/2" double jacket fire hose (over ladder compartment)
SHELF, ADJUSTABLE
There shall be one (1) adjustable shelf (shelves) constructed from 3/16" (.1875) smooth aluminum. The shelf shall be
approximately 0-28"W x 12-15"D. The adjustable track shall be made from aluminum extrusions. Each shelf shall have a
2" lip on all sides for additional strength.
Location: Compartment L1
The shelf shall be mounted right of the compartment divider in the upper section of the compartment.
03/24/15
61
SHELF, ADJUSTABLE
Location: Compartment R1
The shelf shall be mounted in the upper section of the compartment.
SHELF, ADJUSTABLE
There shall be two (2) adjustable shelf (shelves) constructed from 3/16" (.1875) smooth aluminum. The shelf shall be
Locations: Compartment L3 and compartment R3
The shelves shall be mounted in the upper section of the compartments.
SHELF, ADJUSTABLE
Locations: Compartment R2
TRAY(S), 500 POUND ROLL OUT
There shall be two (2) roll-out tray(s) supplied, constructed from 3/16" (.1875") smooth aluminum plate. The tray shall be
approximately 19-36"W x 24-28"D. The tray(s) shall have a 3" lip on all sides for additional strength. The tray(s) shall be
mounted on Slide Master Slides with a combined capacity of 500 pounds.
The trays shall be floor mounted in the compartments.
TRAY(S), 500 POUND ROLL OUT
There shall be two (2) roll-out tray(s) supplied, constructed from 3/16" (.1875") smooth aluminum plate. The tray shall be
approximately 37-48"W x 24-28"D. The tray(s) shall have a 3" lip on all sides for additional strength. The tray(s) shall be
mounted on Slide Master Slides with a combined capacity of 500 pounds.
03/24/15
62
PAC-TRAC TOOL BOARD(S)
Two (2) Pac-Trac tool board(s) shall be installed in the specified compartment(s) for the mounting of additional
equipment. The tool board slats shall be provided with Trac Lock inserts and fasteners.
Locations: One-(1) each side on back of the cab, outboard of the forward facing crew seats
TOOL BOARD(S), HINGED ALUMINUM
One (1) 3/16” thick aluminum tool board(s) shall be installed in the specified compartment(s) for the mounting of
additional equipment. The board(s) shall be welded to a 2” x 2” perimeter mounted aluminum extrusion for strength to
form a hinged tool board. The tool board shall be secured to a stainless steel piano style hinge bolted to a reinforcing
extrusion welded to the front wall of the compartment left side. The resulting hinge mounting shall space the tool board
away from the compartment wall sufficiently so that tools may be mounted on both sides of the board.
The door shall be held in the open position by a gas shock. The door shall be held in the closed position by a non-locking
lever latch with 2-point catch.
COMPARTMENT DIVIDER(S)
Two (2) compartment divider(s) shall be mounted in the specified compartment. The divider shall be constructed of 3/16"
(.1875") smooth aluminum plate.
Locations: Compartment L1, compartment L3 and compartment R3
The L1 divider shall be located in the upper section to seperate the air pack bracket from the rest of the compartment.
The L3/R3 dividers shall be located in the lower section of the compartments to isolate compartment B1.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
BODY ELECTRICAL
The body electrical system shall be designed as an integrated electrical package specifically engineered for fire apparatus
application. The integrated electrical system shall be comprised of power distribution panels, which interface to the body
and chassis through an engineered harnessing system.
03/24/15
63
All chassis wiring shall be type "GXL" in accordance with S.A.E. J1128 and NFPA-1901. Wiring shall be color coded
and include function codes every three (3) inches on both sides.
The electrical wiring harness shall be covered by a black split convoluted loom, rated at a minimum of 275º F.
DISTRIBUTION PANELS
The electrical distribution panels and circuits must be housed in each rear corner compartment or extrusion. The
distribution panel shall incorporate a power and ground stud for connection to the internal circuits.
All internal wire end terminals, including locking bulkhead connectors, shall be mechanically affixed to the wire ends by
machine terminal crimping presses. No hand-crimped terminals shall be acceptable.
All internal splices shall be ultrasonically welded connections - no butt style connections shall be acceptable. All internal
wiring shall be of the high temperature GXL type wire and shall be protected by wiring duct wherever possible.
Each side electrical distribution panel shall consist of fifteen - (15) power distribution relays. The power distribution
relays shall be replaceable, SPDT automotive style, rated at a minimum of 30 amperes.
The power distribution relays shall incorporate separate inputs, which are able to accept outputs from a load management
system. The load management inputs must allow for the addition of a load management system before, during or after the
time of delivery without requiring a rewiring of the existing distribution panel circuits.
Connections to the distribution panel shall utilize Deutsch style bulkhead connectors. Screw clamp type connections are
not acceptable.
The distribution panel shall also contain circuit's ancillary to the required DOT signals and other body functions.
The complete body electrical system shall be 100% documented and contain independent circuit diagrams with point to
point wiring information, as shall as a general component diagram included in the apparatus manual.
The body electrical panel shall be capable of being completely disconnected and fully tested by a computerized circuit
analyzer.
All electrical equipment switches shall be mounted on a switch panel mounted in the cab convenient to the driver. Light
switches shall be of the marine grade rocker type with integral indicator light to show when lights are energized. All
switches shall be appropriately identified.
12-VOLT TESTING
The apparatus low voltage system shall be tested and certified. A copy of certification shall be provided to the purchaser
with the apparatus.
Reserve Capacity Test
03/24/15
64
The unit shall be run until all engines, engine compartment temperatures are stabilized and the battery system is fully
charged. The engine shall be shut off and the minimum continuous electrical load be activated for ten-(10) minutes. All
electrical loads shall be shutoff after ten-(10) minutes and the battery system shall then be capable of restarting the engine.
Alternator Performance Test at Idle
Minimum continuous electrical loads shall be activated while the unit is at idle speed.
Alternator Performance Test at Full Load
The total continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running up to the manufacturer's governed speed.
The test duration shall be a minimum of two-(2) hours. Activation of the load management system shall be permitted
during the test. If however, an alarm is sounded by excessive battery discharge as detected by the system or a system
voltage of less than 11.8 volts DC for a 12-volt nominal system for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a test
failure.
Low Voltage Alarm Test
The engine shall be shut off and the total continuous electrical load shall be activated and continue to be applied until the
excessive battery discharge alarm activates. The test shall be considered a failure if the alarm has not sounded within 140
seconds after the voltage drops to 11.8 volts.
EMI/RFI PROTECTION
The apparatus shall be manufactured to incorporate the latest designs in the electrical system with components that are
state of the art to insure electromagnetic interference (EMI) and radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are
suppressed at the source.
The apparatus shall have the ability to operate in typical fire and rescue situations with no adverse effects from EMI
and/or RFI.
The apparatus shall utilize components that are fully protected and wiring that utilizes shielding and loop backgrounds
where required to control EMI/RFI susceptibility. The apparatus shall be bonded through ground straps. Relays and
solenoids that are suspect to generating spurious electromagnetic radiation are diode and/or resistor protected to prevent
transient voltage spikes.
In order to prevent the radio frequency interference completely the purchaser shall be requested to provide a listing of the
type, power output, and frequencies of all radio and bio medical equipment that is proposed to be used on the apparatus.
LIGHT(S), 8" LED COMPARTMENT
One (1) On Scene Solutions “Access Series” 8" LED light(s) shall be provided with 15 HB, surface mount LED’s per 10”
light section and produce a minimum of 200 lumens per 10” length. Each "Access Series" shall be capable of operating at
a voltage of 9VDC to 14VDC. Each “Access Series” shall be cuttable in 2” increments and feature a high quality, impact
resistant Lexan™ enclosure.
The light stick shall be waterproof and rated at 100,000 hours of service. Each light stick shall be provided with a 5 year
free replacement warranty.
03/24/15
65
Two (2) On Scene Solutions “Access Series” 24" LED light(s) shall be provided with 15 HB, surface mount LED’s per
10” light section and produce a minimum of 200 lumens per 10” length. Each "Access Series" shall be capable of
operating at a voltage of 9VDC to 14VDC. Each “Access Series” shall be cuttable in 2” increments and feature a high
quality, impact resistant Lexan™ enclosure.
One (1) On Scene Solutions “Access Series” 36" LED light(s) shall be provided with 15 HB, surface mount LED’s per
Location: Compartment B1
Four (4) On Scene Solutions “Access Series” 56" LED light(s) shall be provided with 15 HB, surface mount LED’s per
Locations: Compartment L1, compartment L3, compartment R1 and compartment R3
DOOR AJAR SWITCHES
All apparatus body doors shall be provided with an auto door switch. These switches shall operate the compartment
interior lights and activate the door ajar indicator on each side of apparatus body when the door is opened. There shall be a
red door ajar light mounted in the cab, in view of the driver to indicate an unsecured door. There shall be a buzzer
mounted in the cab that shall alert the driver.
03/24/15
66
LIGHTBAR, 72" WHELEN FN72QLED 2FLDRR
A Whelen Edge Ultra Freedom Super-LED Series lightbar model FN72QLED 2FLDRR shall be provided. The Edge
Ultra Freedom lightbar shall incorporate an anodized extruded aluminum “I” beam chassis with two red Linear-LED
corner modules , two red 400 Series Linear-LED endcap lights, six red 400 Series Linear-LED lights, and two white 400
Series Linear-LED lights with clear optic lenses. The Linear-LED corner modules shall incorporate 12 red Super-LEDs,
two clear optic collimators, and utilize a metalized reflector for maximum output. The red 400 Series Linear-LED lights
shall incorporate 12 red Super-LEDs, two clear optic collimators, and utilize a metalized reflector for maximum output.
The white 400 Series Linear-LED lights shall incorporate 12 white Super-LEDs, two clear optic collimators, and utilize a
metalized reflector for maximum output. All Linear-LED lights conformal coated PC boards shall provide additional
protection against environmental elements. The hard coated lenses shall provide extended life/luster protection against UV
and chemical stresses. The FN72QLED shall include rubber endcap gaskets, lens divider gaskets, and cord seal to help
prevent water and other elements from entering the lightbar
The lightbar shallbe controlled in the following manner:
Calling for Right of Way - All Positions
Blocking Right of Way - Clear shallnot be Active
The lights shallbe activated by a single emergency light switch located on the master light switch panel in the cab.
The lightbar shallmeet NFPA 1901 edition as configured.
OPTICOM
There shall be one-(1) GTT Opticom 2100 series with GPS installed on the apparatus and controlled by a switch in the
cab. The unit shall operate in accordance with the current NFPA requirements.
LIGHTS, ZONE B/D UPPER CAB RAISED ROOF
One (1) Whelen M6 Series Super-LED model M6RC shall be installed each side of the raised roof portion of the cab. The
warning light shall incorporate red Super-LEDs, a clear non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens, clear optic collimator
and utilize a metalized reflector for maximum output. The hard coated lens shall provide extended life/luster protection
against UV and chemical stresses. The encapsulated lens/reflector assembly and conformal coated PC board shall provide
additional protection against environmental elements. The solid state warning lights shall be vibration resistant. The selfcontained flashing light shall have 164 Scan-Lock flash patterns including synchronize feature and steady burn. The
warning light is covered by a five year factory warranty. The surface mount module includes a M6FC chrome flange and
hardware for horizontal mounting.
Locations: Upper cab extension area above the water level lights.
LIGHTS, ZONE B/D UPPER FRONT BODY
Two-(2) Whelen M9 Series Super-LED model M9R shall be installed, one-(1) each side of the upper front corner of the
body. The warning light shall incorporate red Super-LEDs, a red non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens, clear optic
03/24/15
67
collimator and utilize a metalized reflector for maximum output. The hard coated lens shall provide extended life/luster
protection against UV and chemical stresses. The encapsulated lens/reflector assembly and conformal coated PC board
shall provide additional protection against environmental elements. The solid state warning lights shall be vibration
resistant. The self-contained flashing light shall have 164 Scan-Lock flash patterns including synchronize feature and
steady burn. The warning light is covered by a five year factory warranty. The surface mount module includes a M9FC
chrome flange and hardware for horizontal mounting.
LIGHTS, ZONE B/D UPPER REAR BODY
Two-(2) Whelen M9 Series Super-LED model M9R shall be installed, one-(1) each side of the upper rear corner of the
body. The warning light shall incorporate red Super-LEDs, a red non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens, clear optic
LIGHTS, ZONE C MIDDLE OUTBOARD
Two-(2) Whelen M6 Series Super-LED model M6R shall be installed, one-(1) each side on the middle rear of the
apparatus in the outboard position. The warning light shall incorporate red Super-LEDs, a red non-optic hard coated
polycarbonate lens, clear optic collimator and utilize a metalized reflector for maximum output. The hard coated lens shall
provide extended life/luster protection against UV and chemical stresses. The encapsulated lens/reflector assembly and
conformal coated PC board shall provide additional protection against environmental elements. The solid state warning
lights shall be vibration resistant. The self-contained flashing light shall have 164 Scan-Lock flash patterns including
synchronize feature and steady burn. The warning light is covered by a five year factory warranty. The surface mount
module includes a M6FC chrome flange and hardware for horizontal mounting.
LIGHTS, ZONE C UPPER OUTBOARD
Two-(2) Whelen M9 Series Super-LED model M9R shall be installed, one-(1) each side on the upper rear of the apparatus
in the outboard position. The warning light shall incorporate red Super-LEDs, a red non-optic hard coated polycarbonate
lens, clear optic collimator and utilize a metalized reflector for maximum output. The hard coated lens shall provide
extended life/luster protection against UV and chemical stresses. The encapsulated lens/reflector assembly and conformal
coated PC board shall provide additional protection against environmental elements. The solid state warning lights shall
be vibration resistant. The self-contained flashing light shall have 164 Scan-Lock flash patterns including synchronize
feature and steady burn. The warning light is covered by a five year factory warranty. The surface mount module includes
a M9FC chrome flange and hardware for horizontal mounting.
LIGHTS, ZONE A LOWER
Two-(2) Whelen M6 Series Super-LED model M6RC lights shall be installed, one-(1) each side front of the apparatus.
The warning light shall incorporate red Super-LEDs, a clear non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens, clear optic
03/24/15
68
LIGHTS, ZONE B/D FRONT LOWER
Two-(2) Whelen M6 Series Super-LED model M6RC lights shall be installed, one-(1) each side forward portion of the
apparatus. The warning light shall incorporate red Super-LEDs, a clear non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens, clear
optic collimator and utilize a metalized reflector for maximum output. The hard coated lens shall provide extended
life/luster protection against UV and chemical stresses. The encapsulated lens/reflector assembly and conformal coated
PC board shall provide additional protection against environmental elements. The solid state warning lights shall be
vibration resistant. The self-contained flashing light shall have 164 Scan-Lock flash patterns including synchronize feature
and steady burn. The warning light is covered by a five year factory warranty. The surface mount module includes a
M6FC chrome flange and hardware for horizontal mounting.
Locations: One-(1) each side on the bumper extension ends
LIGHTS, ZONE B/D MIDSHIP LOWER
Four-(4) Whelen M6 Series Super-LED model M6RC lights shall be installed, two-(2) each side midship of the apparatus.
The warning light shall incorporate red Super-LEDs, a clear non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens, clear optic
Locations: One-(1) each side in the cab extension and
one-(1) each side in the body wheel well area
LIGHTS, ZONE B/D REAR LOWER
Two-(2) Whelen LINZ6 Series Super-LED model LINZ6R lights shall be installed, one-(1) each side rearward portion of
the apparatus. The warning light shall incorporate six red Super-LEDs, a clear non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens,
clear optic collimator and utilize a metalized reflector for maximum output. The hard coated lens shall provide extended
and steady burn. The warning light is covered by a five year factory warranty. The surface mount module includes a black
flange and hardware for horizontal mounting.
Locations: One-(1) each side below compartment L3 and R3
03/24/15
69
LIGHTS, ZONE C LOWER
Two-(2) Whelen M6 Series Super-LED model M6RC shall be installed, one-(1) each side on the lower rear of the
apparatus. The warning light shall incorporate red Super-LEDs, a clear non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens, clear
optic collimator and utilize a metalized reflector for maximum output. The hard coated lens shall provide extended
and steady burn. The warning light is covered by a five year factory warranty.
STOP, TURN AND BACK-UP LIGHTS
Stop, turn and backup lights shall be Whelen M6 Series, individual fixtures. Fixtures shall be mounted on each rear face
of the body recessed in model M6FCV3, highly polished, aluminum trim ring. The red stop (LED) light shall be model
M6BTT, the turn light shall be a model M6T amber (LED) type with directional arrow, and the backup light shall be a
white (LED) model M6BUW.
LIGHTS, UPPER REAR SCENE OUTBOARD BODY CORNERS
There shall two-(2) scene lights shall be installed, one-(1) each side on the upper rear outboard corners of the body.
The upper rear body scene lights shall be Whelen Model M9LZC scene lights. Each scene light Each scene light shall
have a linear designed LED light head with a two screw mounting assembly and chrome plated trim ring flange.
The upper rear body mounted scene lights shall be controlled by a scene light switch located in the cab labeled REAR
SCENE and when the transmission is placed into reverse.
CLEARANCE LIGHTS AND REFLECTORS
Clearance lights and reflectors shall be LED lights, which include (2) red marker lights, (4) red rectangular reflectors, (2)
amber rectangular reflectors and (1) red three light cluster recessed in the rear step.
DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS, BODY WHEEL WELL
Two-(2) Britax 428.111.12V auxiliary side directional/marker lights shall be provided, one-(1) each side in the body
wheel well area and wired to the running lights & turn signals.
LIGHT(S), UNDERBODY
Four (4) Whelen model T0CACCCR 2" (5mm) LED underbody "Ground Effect" light(s) shall be installed at a location to
be determined during the pre-construction conference. The underbody light(s) shall illuminate the ground beneath the fire
apparatus. The light(s) shall have a clear lens.
Locations: One-(1) under each side pump panel running board and one-(1) each side under the rear step
03/24/15
70
LIGHT, LICENSE PLATE
A Whelen OS Series LED model 0SC0EDCR shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus to illuminate the license plate.
The steady burn illumination light shall incorporate three clear LED and a clear non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens.
The hard coated lens shall provide extended life/luster protection against UV and chemical stresses. The encapsulated
assembly shall provide protection against environmental elements. The solid state illumination light shall be vibration
resistant. An installation kit including mounting hardware, neoprene gasket and 45 degree angle chrome housing shall be
provided for surface mounting. The 0AC0EDCR will contain a 12” non-terminated pigtail. The illumination light meets
SAE J592 requirements and is covered by a five year factory warranty.
LIGHT(S), LED PERIMETER ILLUMINATION
Ten (10) Whelen OS Series LED model 0SC0EDCR perimeter illumination light(s) shall be provided as specified. The
steady burn illumination light shall incorporate three clear LED and a clear non-optic hard coated polycarbonate lens. The
hard coated lens shall provide extended life/luster protection against UV and chemical stresses. The encapsulated
assembly shall provide protection against environmental elements. The solid state illumination light shall be vibration
resistant. An installation kit including mounting hardware, neoprene gasket and 45 degree angle chrome housing shall be
provided for surface mounting. The 0AC0EDCR will contain a 12” non-terminated pigtail. The illumination light meets
SAE J592 requirements and is covered by a five year factory warranty.
Locations: Three-(3) on each front compartment face to illuminate the folding steps and four-(4) on the rear of the
apparatus
LIGHT, CENTER BROW
One-(1) brow light shall be installed on the front cab roof, centered. The mounting bracket shall be attached to the bottom
of the lamp head and be machined to conform to the roof radius. Wiring shall extend from a weatherproof strain relief at
the rear of the lamp head.
One (1) Whelen Pioneer Plus Model PCP2 light head(s) shall be provided. The 150 watt +12v DC Pioneer lighthead shall
incorporate Super-LED combination flood/spot light installed in a die-cast white powder coated aluminum housing. The
PCP2 configuration shall consist of 30 white Super-LEDs for the spot light with an eight degree TIR reflector on the left
side, 30 white Super-LEDs in the flood light with a clear optic collimator/metalized reflector assembly on the right side,
and a clear non-optic polycarbonate lens. The Pioneer flood/spot light shall have 16,000 usable lumens. The PCP2 shall
have independent control of the flood and spot optics.
The metalized lens/reflector assembly shall utilize a liquid injected molded silicone gasket to be resistant to water,
moisture, dust, and other environmental conditions. The hard coated lens shall provide extended life/luster protection
against UV and chemical stresses. The PCP2 shall be shall be vibration resistant. The Pioneer PC boards shall be
conformal coated for additional protection. Two breathable membrane patches shall be installed to the bottom of the
housing to maintain a consistent internal pressure. The PCP2 shall have extended LED operation with low current
consumption and low operating temperature. The Pioneer shall be SAE 1113-42 compliant and Class 5 testing for EMI.
The PCP2 is covered by a five year factory warranty.
The cab mounted brow light(s) shall be controlled by a light switch located in the cab labeled BROW LIGHT.
03/24/15
71
LIGHTS, RECESSED SIDE OF CAB
There shall be a recessed light shall be installed on the side of the cab between the front and rear doors.
Two (2) Whelen Pioneer Plus Model PFP1 light head(s) shall be provided. The light(s) shall be installed in a PBA103
semi recessed chrome 15° housing. The wiring shall extend from a weatherproof strain relief at the rear of the lamp head.
The 75 watt +12v DC Pioneer lighthead(s) shall incorporate Super-LED single flood light installed in a die-cast white
powder coated aluminum housing. The PFP1 configuration shall consist of 30 white Super-LEDs, a clear optic
collimator/metalized reflector assembly and a clear non-optic polycarbonate lens. The Pioneer flood light shall have 8,100
usable lumens.
The lens/reflector assembly shall utilize a liquid injected molded silicone gasket to be resistant to water, moisture, dust,
and other environmental conditions. The hard coated lens shall provide extended life/luster protection against UV and
chemical stresses. The PFP1 shall be shall be vibration resistant. The Pioneer PC boards shall be conformal coated for
additional protection. Two breathable membrane patches shall be installed to the bottom of the housing to maintain a
consistent internal pressure. The PFP1 shall have extended LED operation with low current consumption and low
operating temperature. The Pioneer light shall be SAE 1113-42 compliant and Class 5 testing for EMI. The PFP2 is
covered by a five year factory warranty.
The cab mounted recessed scene lights shall be controlled by individual scene light switches located in the cab labeled
LEFT SCENE and RIGHT SCENE and when the respective side cab door(s) are opened.
LIGHTS, RECESSED FRONT BODY CORNERS
There shall be a recessed light shall be installed on the side of the body in the upper front corners.
usable lumens.
The front body side mounted recessed light(s) shall be controlled by a switch located in the cab.
LIGHTS, RECESSED REAR BODY CORNERS
There shall be a recessed light shall be installed on the side of the body in the upper rear corners.
03/24/15
72
usable lumens.
The rear body side mounted recessed light(s) shall be controlled by a switch located in the cab.
BODY PAINT FINISH, SINGLE COLOR
The body exterior shall have no mounted components prior to painting to assure full coverage of metal treatments. Box
pan compartment doors shall be painted separately to assure proper paint coverage on body, doorjambs, and door edges.
All painted surfaces shall follow the following procedure to insure a lasting finish:
•
•
•
•
•
Metal surfaces shall be sanded to remove all burrs and imperfections, before etching and treatment.
A wax & grease solvent shall be used to clean and prep the aluminum surface. The surface shall then be rinsed
with fresh water. This step removes wax, grease and other surface contaminants, thus leaving a bright, clean, and
conditioned surface.
A self-etching, metal primer shall be applied next. The self-etching primer shall fill all of the minor imperfections,
scratches, etc. in the metal. This step produces a corrosion resisting conversion coating that prevents off oxidation
and other surface contaminants leaving a surface that gives excellent paint adhesion.
A sandable primer shall be sprayed on the metal that seals the surface for the polyurethane paint. A minimum
coating thickness of 2 MIL shall be applied. Primer is then sanded smooth leaving the best surface for topcoat.
The apparatus body shall then be painted with a minimum of three-(3) coats of color.
These steps are followed as recommended by the paint manufacturer to provide a lasting and high quality gloss finish.
DuPont shall provide all paint products.
BODY PAINT COLOR/CODE
The apparatus body paint code shall be White, 854064.
PAINT, INTERIOR COMPARTMENT
The interior of the body compartments shall be painted with “F-Shield”.
03/24/15
73
SCOTCHLITE STRIPE
There shall be a 6" wide Scotchlite stripe, with an additional 1" wide stripe located above and below. The stripes shall be
located no higher than 60" from the ground installed on the apparatus cab and body. The stripes shall cover a minimum of
sixty percent (60%) of each side of the apparatus and forty percent (40%) of the front and rear of the apparatus. The stripe
shall be installed to meet the current NFPA requirements.
The striping shall be white in color.
The pin/secondary stripe shall be white in color.
The reflective stripe shall run straight from the headlights to the front body compartments with a hockey stick design and
run to the rear of the body on each side of the apparatus.
STRIPE, REAR CHEVERON
A minimum of fifty percent of the rear vertical surface of the unit shall be overlaid with a reflective material, installed in
an alternating "Chevron" pattern (sloping down and away from the centerline) at a 45-degree angle. Each stripe shall be 6”
wide and the colors of stripping shall be in compliance, with the current edition of NFPA 1901.
CHEVRON REFLECTIVE STRIPE, FRONT BUMPER
The front bumper shall be overlaid with a reflective material, installed in an alternating "Chevron" pattern (sloping down
and away from the centerline) at a 45 degree angle colors of the striping shall be of the discretion of the purchaser.
The Chevron striping shall be 3M red and lime green.
LETTERING
There shall be a maximum of sixty (60) 3" tall Spun Gold letters applied to the apparatus. The lettering shall also have a
one color shade applied.
The lettering shall be gold in color.
The shade shall be black in color.
EXTRA LETTER(S), 12"
There shall be twelve (12) 12" tall Scotchlite letters applied to the apparatus. Lettering color and shading to match original
letters.
The lettering shall read DEL RIO and located on each side of the upper body.
03/24/15
74
Letter Color: Red with black outline
NUMBER PLACARDS
A total of four-(4) aluminum number placards will be provided and mounted at the front, rear and sides of the vehicle.
The placards shall be painted red in color.
The number placards will be 10" high x 10" wide with drop in plates, appropriately numbered to Fire Department
requirements. The numbers on the drop in plates will be white reflective material.
FIRE DEPARTMENT DECALS
There shall be one (1) pair Fire Department decals/Maltese Crosses installed on the apparatus. The decals shall match the
Fire Department requirements.
WARRANTY, BODY PARTS & LABOR
There shall be a two-(2) year extended body mechanical parts and labor warranty provided with the apparatus. The
apparatus shall be free of defects in material and workmanship for a warranty period of two-(2) year after the date on
which the apparatus is first delivered to the original purchaser.
WARRANTY, CAB/CHASSIS PARTS & LABOR
The manufacturer shall provide a limited parts and labor warranty to the purchaser of the cab and chassis for a period of
two-(2) year, or the first 24,000 miles, whichever occurs first. The warranty period shall commence on the date the vehicle
is delivered to the end user.
WARRANTY, CAB STRUCTURAL
The cab structure shall be warranted for a period of ten-(10) years or one hundred thousand (100,000) miles which ever
may occur first. The warranty period shall commence on the date the vehicle is delivered to the end user.
WARRANTY, BODY STRUCTURAL
There shall be a ten-(10) year body warranty on each new fire body/heavy-duty rescue apparatus. The bodies are to be free
of structural failures caused by defective design or workmanship for a warranty period of ten-(10) years after the date on
which the vehicle is first delivered to the original purchaser or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first.
WARRANTY, CAB PAINT
The cab and chassis shall be covered by a limited manufacturer paint warranty which shall be in effect for ten-(10) years
from the first owner’s date of purchase or in service or the first 100,000 actual miles, whichever occurs first.The warranty
period shall commence on the date the vehicle is delivered to the end user.
03/24/15
75
WARRANTY, BODY PAINT/CORROSION
There shall be a four-(4) year paint/corrosion warranty provided. This warranty shall cover perforation, blistering, peeling,
or any other adhesion defects caused by defective manufacturing methods, or material selections, for a warranty period of
four-(4) years or 100,000 miles which occurs first, after the date of which the vehicle is first delivered to the original
purchaser.
WARRANTY, FRAME RAIL
The chassis frame and crossmembers shall be provided with a lifetime material and workmanship limited warranty to the
original purchaser. The warranty shall cover the chassis frame and crossmembers as being free from defects in material
and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service.
Proposals offering warranties for frames not including cross members shall not be considered.
WARRANTY, MERITOR AXLE
FRONT AXLE
The front axle shall be warranted by Meritor for two-(2) years with unlimited miles under the general service application.
REAR AXLE
The rear axle shall be warranted by Meritor for two-(2) years with unlimited miles under the general service application.
WARRANTY, DEISEL ENGINE
The Cummins engine shall be warranted for a period of five-(5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first.
WARRANTY, TRANSMISSION
The Allison EVS series transmission shall be warranted for a period of five-(5) years with unlimited mileage. Parts and
labor shall be included in the warranty.
WARRANTY, ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The ABS brake system shall be warranted for a period of three-(3) years/300,000 miles.
WARRANTY, WATEROUS FIRE PUMP
Waterous warrants, to the original Buyer only, that products manufactured by Waterous will be free from defects in
material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of five-(5) years from the date the product is first
placed in service, or five and one-half-(5 1/2) years from the date of shipment by Waterous, whichever period shall be the
first to expire; provided the buyer notifies Waterous, in writing, of the defect in said product within the warranty period,
and said product is found by Waterous to be nonconforming with the aforesaid warranty.
WARRANTY, PLUMBING SYSTEM
03/24/15
76
There shall be a ten-(10) year pump plumbing warranty provided. The warranty covers all plumbing components used in
construction of the fire apparatus water/foam plumbing system against defects and workmanship, provided the apparatus
is used in a normal and reasonable manner. The warranty is extended only to the original user-purchaser for a period of 10
years from the date of delivery.
WARRANTY, WATER TANK
The poly tank manufacturer warrants each tank to be free from manufacturing defects in material and workmanship for
the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in fire suppression). The warrant is transferable, with
written approval of the manufacturer. Each tank is inspected and tested for leaks prior to leaving the manufacturing
facility. The tank shall be installed in the vehicle in accordance to the manufacture's guidelines.
There are no warranties, expressed or implied, which extend beyond the description of the face hereof. There is no
expressed or implied warranty of merchantability or a warranty of fitness for a particular purpose. Additional, this
warranty is in lieu of all other obligations or liabilities on the part of the Manufacturer.
MANUAL, CHASSIS OPERATION
There shall be two-(2) digital copies of the chassis operation manual provided with the chassis. The digital data shall
include a parts list specific to the chassis model.
MANUALS, ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION OPERATION
There shall be two-(2) printed hard copy sets of the engine operation manual and two-(2) printed hard copy sets of the
transmission operation manual specific to the model ordered included with the chassis.
MANUALS, APPARATUS BODY
The contractor shall supply, at time of delivery, at two-(2) sets of complete operation and service
documentation covering the completed apparatus as delivered and accepted.
The documentation shall address at least the inspection, service, and operations of the fire apparatus and
all major components thereof.
The manuals shall be digital.
MANUALS, FIRE PUMP
There shall be two-(2) copies of pump manuals provided to the department.
WIRING DIAGRAMS, CAB/CHASSIS
There will be a complete digital set of electrical schematics provided at the time of delivery. These schematics will have
each circuit properly numbered and in color.
03/24/15
77
The schematic will show each connector in the circuitry and the position in which each circuit enters, exits, or terminates.
The schematic will be drawn in such a manner as to allow individual circuitry to be followed throughout the apparatus.
These schematics will not have the circuitry condensed into a single line or sets of lines. Multiple sheets will be
acceptable so long as each of the harnesses is properly identified to the connecting sheet and harness. There will be a
border around the paper(s), which contain alpha and numeric characters for indexing coordinate reference. There will be
an indexing or part reference document for quick location of items shown on the schematics.
WIRING DIAGRAMS, APPARATUS BODY
There will be a complete set of generic electrical schematics provided at the time of delivery. These schematics will have
each circuit properly numbered and in color.
The schematic will show each connector in the circuitry and the position in which each circuit enters, exits, or terminates.
The schematic will be drawn in such a manner as to allow individual circuitry to be followed throughout the apparatus.
These schematics will not have the circuitry condensed into a single line or sets of lines. Multiple sheets will be
acceptable so long as each of the harnesses is properly identified to the connecting sheet and harness. There will be a
border around the paper(s), which contain alpha and numeric characters for indexing coordinate reference. There will be
an indexing or part reference document for quick location of items shown on the schematics.
This document will refer the user to the appropriate drawing and page number and to sections of the drawing(s) by the
means of letter and number coordinates. The schematic will show all harnesses used in the apparatus cab, chassis and
body that is supplied by the chassis and body manufacturer.
Modifications to the manufactured standard harnesses are to be documented and properly indexed for quick identification.
A complete wire number, color, and function listing will accompany the schematics.
LADDER(S), 10' FOLDING
There shall be one (1) Duo-Safety Model 585-A, 10' folding ladder(s) provided with the apparatus. The ladder(s) shall be
aluminum, single-section with rubber feet. The ladder(s) shall meet or exceed the latest NFPA standards.
LADDER(S), 14' ROOF
There shall be one (1) Duo-Safety model 775-A, 14' roof ladder(s) supplied with the apparatus. The ladder(s) shall be
aluminum, single-section with folding steel roof hooks on one end and steel spikes at the other. The ladder(s) shall meet
or exceed the latest NFPA standards.
LADDER(S), 24' 2-SECTON EXTENSION
There shall be one (1) Duo-Safety model 900-A, 24' two-section ladder(s) supplied with the apparatus. The extension
ladder(s) shall be aluminum with steel spurs on one end. The ladder(s) shall meet or exceed the latest NFPA standards.
LADDER(S), LITTLE GIANT
03/24/15
78
There shall be one (1) Little Giant multi-purpose folding ladder(s) supplied with the apparatus.
3' FIBERGLASS PIKE POLE(S)
There shall be two (2) Akron model UL-3-D, 3' fiberglass pike pole(s) supplied with the apparatus. It shall consist of a 3'
hollow fiberglass pole, 1-1/4" OD with standard steel pike and D-handle.
30" HOOLIGAN TOOL(S)
There shall be one (1) Paratech 30" hooligan tool(s) supplied with the apparatus. The hooligan tool shall have a separate
claw and head section. The claw and head shall be press-fitted and welded to a 30" stress-proof bar. The hooligan tool
shall be chrome plated.
FLAT HEAD AXE
Two (2) Akron model FHY-6, 6 pound steel flat head axe with 36" yellow fiberglass handle shall be supplied with the
apparatus.
AXE MOUNTING BRACKETS
One (1) set(s) of Pac Trac model 1004 tool mounting bracket(s) to mount the axe(s) shall be installed on the apparatus as
directed by the Fire Department.
PICK HEAD AXE
One (1) Akron model PHY-6, 6 pound steel pick head axe with 36" yellow fiberglass handle shall be supplied with the
apparatus.
AXE MOUNTING BRACKETS
One (1) set(s) of Pac Trac model 1004 tool mounting bracket(s) to mount the axe(s) shall be installed on the apparatus as
directed by the Fire Department.
HOSE, 100' x 1" BOOSTER
There shall be one (1) 100' length(s) of 1" synthetic rubber booster hose with an 800 PSI rating provided with the
apparatus.
HOSE, 50' x 1-3/4" DOUBLE JACKET
There shall be ten (10) length(s) of 50' x 1-3/4" Key double jacket hose supplied with the apparatus. The hose shall be
constructed in the following manner: jacket construction eliminates moisture absorption and problems that make handling
difficult in freezing weather. Prior to the jackets and liners being combined, each outside jacket must be completely Nfused by a mechanical process to provide complete coverage of a Hypalon compound. The heat applied shall be a
minimum of 400 degrees F. The lining shall have a thickness of not less than .015". Shore hardness shall not exceed 40
03/24/15
79
durometer on the "D" scale. The tinsel strength of the lining shall not be less than 45 PSI. The hose shall be tested to 800
lbs.
The hose shall be yelow in color.
HOSE, 50' x 2-1/2" DOUBLE JACKET
There shall be ten (10) length(s) of 50' x 2-1/2" Key double jacket hose supplied with the apparatus. The hose shall be
constructed in the following manner: jacket construction eliminates moisture absorption and problems that make handling
difficult in freezing weather. Prior to the jackets and liners being combined, each outside jacket must be completely Nfused by a mechanical process to provide complete coverage of a Hypalon compound. The heat applied shall be a
minimum of 400 degrees F. The lining shall have a thickness of not less than .015". Shore hardness shall not exceed 40
durometer on the "D" scale. The tinsel strength of the lining shall not be less than 45 PSI. The hose shall be tested to 800
lbs.
The hose shall be yellow in color.
HOSE, 100' x 5" RUBBER LDH
There shall be fifteen (15) length(s) of 100' x 5" Key Pro-Flow LDH hose supplied with the apparatus. The hose shall be
made from 100 percent high tenacity synthetic polyester yarn, circularly woven and completely protected by a throughthe-weave extruded PVC/Nitrile rubber, forming a single homogeneous construction without the use of glues or adhesives
of any type. Pro-Flow features a thin rib construction to aid abrasion resistance. Pro-Flow exceeds all requirements of
NFPA 1961 for supply hose. Pro-Flow shall carry a 10 year written warranty against defects in materials and
workmanship.
HOSE CLAMP
One (1) Akron Brass item 05880001 Hose Clamp(s) shall be provided. It shall be constructed of Pyrolite, have dual rubber
jaws, built-in carrying handle, spring loaded lock, mounting bracket, and shall not exceed 30” in length, or 16 lbs. in
weight.
SPANNER - WRENCH
There shall be two (2) Red Head model 103 booster hose spanner wrench (wrenches) supplied with the apparatus.
ANGUS SPANNER WRENCH SET
There shall be one (1) Angus Model SW114 spanner set with four (4) wrenches mounted on the apparatus.
SPANNER WRENCH SET(2)
There shall be three (3) Kochek USS Model K46-2, spanner wrench and holder set with two-(2) spanner wrenches shall
be mounted on the apparatus as specified.
SPANNER/HYDRANT SET(S)
03/24/15
80
There shall be three (3) Kochek HSS Model K48-3, spanner/hydrant wrench set with mounting bracket installed on the
apparatus. Each set shall have two (2) spanner wrenches and one (1) hydrant wrench.
ADAPTER(S) - 2-1/2" DOUBLE MALE
There shall be two (2) Kochek model 36R2525, 2-1/2" NST double male adapter(s) supplied with the completed
apparatus.
ADAPTER(S) - 2-1/2" DOUBLE FEMALE
There shall be one (1) Kochek model 35R2525, 2-1/2" NST double female adapter(s) supplied with the completed
apparatus.
ADAPTER - 4.5" FNST X 5" STORZ
There shall be one (1) Storz Model S37S, 4.5"FNST x 5" Storz adapter supplied with the apparatus.
30 DEGREE ELBOW(S) - 4" FNST X 5" STORZ
There shall be one (1) Kochek model SKE45R, 4" FNST rocker lug x 5" Storz, adapter supplied with the apparatus. The
elbow(s) shall have a 30-degree turn down.
Location: 4" right side discharge
ADAPTER - 6" FNST X 5" STORZ
There shall be one (1) Kochek Model S37S56, 6" FNST X 5" Storz supplied with the apparatus.
REDUCER(S), 2-1/2" FNST X 1-1/2" MNST
There shall be two (2) Kochek model 37R2515, 2-1/2" FNST x 1-1/2" MNST reducer(s) supplied with the apparatus.
CAP(S), 5" STORZ
There shall be four (4) Kochek model CC507, 5" Storz cap(s) with chain provided with the apparatus.
Locations: 4" right side discharge elbow, one-(1) for the 6" x 5" adater and one-(1) for each piston intake valve
VALVE(S), PISTON INTAKE
Two (2) Akron Brass Style 7980 Black Max Piston Intake Valve(s) shall be provided. The Piston Intake Valve shall be
constructed of lightweight, corrosion-resistant, hard-anodized and poly-impregnated aluminum and stainless steel. The
valve shall have an adjustable (50-250 psi) relief valve, ¾” air bleeder, a built-in 53° down angle, a stainless steel drive
screw and piston nut, a hand wheel with fold-away knob, a polymer piston, a durable non-stick seat, and a minimum 4 ¾”
03/24/15
81
diameter waterway with cast-in turning vane. The valve shall not exceed 7 psi friction loss at 2000 gpm and 11 15/16”
depth. Must specify inlet and out let. Product must carry a 10 year warranty.
Configuration shall be:
Inlet: 5” STORZ
Outlet: 6” NH, LONG HANDLE FEMALE
FOAM NOZZLE
There shall be one (1) Akron model 777, foam nozzle (aspirating device) supplied with the apparatus. This nozzle is
compatible with Mid-Range TurboJet Wide-Range Assault nozzles and has a bumper diameter of 3-7/8".
NOZZLE(S), MASTER STREAM
One (1) Akron Brass Akromatic 1250 combination fog and straight stream master stream nozzle(s) item 51600004 with
automatic flow mechanism that provides a flow range of 250 to 1250 gpm at 80 psi shall be provided. The nozzle shall be
constructed of durable, lightweight Pyrolite and shall have manual pattern selection from straight stream to wide fog with
a large, rubber-like pattern control ring for easier pattern change and extra protection, built-in stream shaper, and a 2.5”
NH swivel base.
PORTABLE ATTACK MONITOR PACKAGE
A Task Force Tips Blitzfire model XXC-52 portable lightweight attack monitor package comprising of monitor, stack tip
nozzles, Max Series nozzle tip, and bracket shall be supplied.
The package shall be configured as follows:
Task Force Tips Blitzfire model AX111A portable lightweight attack monitor shall be supplied.
The monitor shall include an integral safety shut off valve that will automatically shut down the water flow in the event
control of the monitor is lost. The water flow is controlled by a six position detent, turbulence free slide valve. The detent
flow control shall also function as the reset for the safety shut off valve to resume water flow.
The water inlet shall pivot up and down to allow for stability on uneven surfaces. The discharge has vertical elevation
travel between 10 and 50 degrees above horizontal with a ball and socket joint. The same ball and socket joint shall allow
for horizontal adjustment of 20 degrees left and right of center. The discharge outlet shall have a removable stream
straightener.
The monitor shall have folding stabilization legs with carbide tips, which are concealed in the carry and stow positions.
An integral carrying handle that also functions as a attachment point for the included anchor strap shall be provided. For
corrosion resistance, the monitor shall be constructed from hardcoat anodized aluminum alloy and have a blue powder
coat interior and exterior finish.
The monitor shall be configured with a 2-1/2" female NH swivel rocker lug coupling and 2-1/2" male NH rigid outlet with
a flow rating of 500 GPM. The unit shall be covered by a five-year warranty.
03/24/15
82
Task Force Tips model XX-B storage bracket shall be installed. The bracket shall be constructed from stainless steel and
hardcoat aluminum and be designed for horizontal or vertical installation. The bracket shall include an adjustable strap
assembly for elimination of nozzle movement. The bracket is designed for storage of the Blitzfire and Blitzfire OSC series
portable monitors. The unit shall be covered by a five-year warranty.
Task Force Tips model MST-3NJ smooth bore stacked tip set shall be provided. For corrosion resistance the tip set shall
be constructed from hardcoat anodized aluminum alloy. The set shall consist of three (3) tips with the base tip having a 21/2" female NH swivel inlet and 1-1/2" outlet. The other tip sizes shall be 1-1/4" and 1". Each tip shall be laser engraved
with a flow/pressure chart, orifice size, and thread size.
Task Force Tips Max-Force, model MD12A dual pressure automatic nozzle tip shall be provided. A knob located at the
front of the nozzle shall allow for pressure rating adjustments of 100 or 55 PSI. The nozzle design shall allow for straight
stream through dense wide fog patterns and be able to be flushed without shutting down. The ribbed rubber bumper shall
allow for stream shape adjustment. For corrosion resistance and durability the nozzle shall be constructed from hardcoat
anodized aluminum alloy, a protective rubber bumper with fog teeth, laser engraved serial number, reflective labeling and
five year warranty. The nozzle shall comply with the current NFPA 1964 standard.
The nozzle shall be suitable for foam solution application and designed to accept the Task Force Tips FJ-LX-MD low
expansion air aspirating attachment. The nozzle shall have a 2-1/2" female NH swivel rocker lug coupling and a flow
range of 100-500 GPM at 100 or 55 PSI.
EXTINGUISHER(S), 20-POUND ABC
There shall be one (1) Buckeye Fire Equipment model 12120, 20-pound ABC stored pressure dry chemical
extinguisher(s) supplied with the apparatus. The extinguisher(s) shall have a heavy steel wall shell with corrosion resistant
aluminum handles. Extinguisher(s) shall have a gauge and come pressurized with a Triplex dry chemical.
EXTINGUISHER(S), 15-POUND CO2
There shall be one (1) Buckeye Fire Equipment model 46100, 15-pound CO2 fire extinguisher(s) supplied with the
apparatus. The extinguisher(s) shall have a heavy wall construction and come pressurized with CO2.
EXTINGUISHER(S), 2-1/2 GALLON PRESSURIZED WATER
There shall be one (1) Buckeye Fire Equipment model 50000, 2-1/2 gallon pressure water extinguisher(s) supplied with
the apparatus.
BRACKET(S), FIRE EXTINGUISHER
There shall be three (3) Brooks Equipment fire extinguisher bracket(s) installed on the apparatus as directed by the Fire
Department.
COVER(S), SALVAGE
There shall be two (2) 12' x 14', 10 ounce vinyl-nylon fire resistant salvage cover(s) supplied with the apparatus.
03/24/15
83
POSITIVE PRESSURE FAN, 18"
There shall be one (1) Ferrara model PGB-18-4HLP 18" Low Profile Positive Pressure Fan supplied with the apparatus.
This unit is equipped with pneumatic tires and dual purpose easy grip "T" handle. It shall utilize a tilt and lock device for
adjustment up to 20 degrees. The unit shall be powered by a 5.5Hp Honda Motor and produce a minimum of 15,000
CFM. The operational weight of the unit shall not exceed 82lbs. The dimensions shall be 21.25" x 21" x 20". Color of unit
shall be blue.
HANDLIGHT(S), STREAMLIGHT LITEBOX
Two (2) waterproof Streamlight LiteBox series light(s), part number 45107, shall be provided. The light(s) shall have a
orange high-impact ABS thermoplastic housing, rubberized impact bumper, lens ring, shoulder strap and cushioned-grip
handle. The 8-watt spot bulb shall be provide up to 80,000 peak beam candlepower rated at 150 lumens. The battery shall
operate up to nine-(9) hours per charge and shall be provided with Red & green LEDs give charge status feedback.
The vehicle-mounted direct-wire charging rack(s) shall be wired direct to the batteries of the 12-volt DC system on the
apparatus.
HANDLIGHT(S), STREAMLIGHT SURVIVOR
Six (6) waterproof Streamlight Survivor series light(s), part number 90528, shall be provided. The light(s) shall have a
orange high impact super tough nylon housing, a spring loaded clip with built in attachment ring for belts and harnesses
and serialized for positive identification. The light(s) shall contain C4 LED technology impervious to shock with a 50,000
hour lifetime. The C4 LED shall be provide up to 21,000 peak beam candlepower rated at 100 lumens.
The fast charge vehicle-mounted charger(s) shall be wired direct to the batteries of the 12-volt DC system on the
apparatus.
The light comes equipped with a spring loaded clip with built in attachment ring for belts and harnesses, serialized for
positive identification and in high-visibility orange.
WHEEL CHOCKS WITH BRACKETS
There shall be one (1) pair of Ziamatic model SAC-44 folding wheel chocks with SQCH-44-H horizontal chock holder(s)
mounted on the apparatus body as directed by the fire department.
ROAD SAFTEY CONES
Five-(5) 28” tall EZ-Stor Road Safety Cones shall be provided on the apparatus, internally lit, with a cluster of LED
warning lights eliminating the need for road flares.
MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE
One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts, and washers, as used in the construction of
the unit shall be provided with the vehicle.
TOOL MOUNTING BRACKET(S), PAC TRAC 1004
03/24/15
84
Four (4) Pac Trac model 1004 tool mounting bracket(s) shall be provided and installed on the apparatus as directed by the
Fire Department.
The Handlelok brackets provides an adjustable positive locking method to secure axes, hammers, bars and many other
tools and equipment. The STRETCHLOK strap allows instant release and is rated at 5400 PSI tensile strength.
The Handlelok grip range shall be 1/8" to 1-3/4".
The Handlelok features includes soft textured pad for extra grip, weather/UV resistant and non-conductive.
TOOL MOUNTING PLATE(S), 2-1/2" TRI-LOCK
Four (4) South Park model QL48Z25C, 2-1/2" tri-lock mounting plate(s) shall be provided and installed on the apparatus
as directed by the Fire Department.
The mounting plate shall be made of die cast zinc with chrome finish.
Locations: Compartment L1
The holders shall be mounted at final inspection.
BRACKETS, RESCUE TOOLS
BRACKET(S), AIR PACK
There shall be one (1) Ziamatic Model UN-6-30 air pack bracket(s) installed on the apparatus as specified by the Fire
Department.
The bracket shall be mounted on the upper wall towards the front of the compartment.
RESCUE TOOLS
The following rescue tools shall be provided with the completed apparatus:
One-(1) Holmatro RE 5002 power unit
One-(1) Holmatro R32 4202392 spreader unit
One-(1) Holmatro R30 40NCT00298, cutter unit
One-(1) Holmatro R33 2101504, single ram
One-(1) Holmatro R33 2201675, single ram
One-(1) Holmatro HR 2015 double portable hydraulic reel with 50' of hose each side
03/24/15
85
ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
The following additional equipment shall be provided with the apparatus:
One-(1) Denver forcible entry tool
One-(1) Fire Hooks Unlimited 6' pike pole with NY style hook and RAM knob at the end
One-(1) Fire Hooks Unlimited 10' pike pole with NY style hook and RAM knob at the end
One-(1) R&B Fabrications, Inc. high rise pack, model 423RD
One-(1) Akron 95 GPM portable inline educator, model 3095
One-(1) Lock Technology automotive lockout kit, model LT140
One-(1) Akron 2-1/2" play pipe, model 4830
One-(1) Akron 2-1/2" nozzle. model 4825
Three-(3) Akron 1-1/2" pistol grip nozzles model 4820
One-(1) Akron 1" pistol grip nozzle model 4802
Six-(6) Scott, 4500 PSI air pack, model AirPak 75 X3214021000202
Six-(6) Scott medium face piece, model AV-3000HT 201215-02
Twelve-(12) 4500 PSI/45 minute carbon cylinder & valve, model 804722-01
One-(1) Pac Trac K5003 Irons mounting set
One-(1) Hebert LDH hose clamp with bracket
One-(1) Honda EU2000IA, 2000-watt portable generator
Two-(2) Whelen PFP1AC LED portable tripod lights
One-(1) Echo CS-400 chainsaw with case
One-(1) DeWalt SW304PK reciprocating saw with case
One-(1) Bullard Eclipse thermal imaging camera with truck charger and spare battery
One-(1) 1-gallon metal safety fuel can
One-(1) 2-gallon metal safety fuel can
One-(1) 50' x 12/3 extension cord (yellow in color)
One-(1) 100' x 12/3 extension cord (yellow in color)
One-(1) round point shovel with D-ring wood handle
One-(1) 27" aluminum scoop shovel
One-(1) 8-pound sledge hammer
One-(1) Dixie Plastic 540091, 72" x 18" backboard with pins (orange in color)
Eight-(8) Dixie Pastic 139557 Morrison nylon 5' backboard straps with side release buckles
Two-(2) Stearns Rescue Mate water rescue throw bags, 50'
Tool box with minimum tools listed below:
1
Tool box able to hold the following items
1
¼” - ⅜” socket set, SAE and metric
1
Combination wrench set, SAE, ¼” - ⅞”
1
Combination wrench set, metric, 9mm - 19mm
1
Screwdriver set
1
Hack saw, aluminum with blades
1
Claw hammer, 16 oz.
1
Ball peen hammer
1
Rubber mallet, 32 oz.
03/24/15
86
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Pipe wrench, 14”
Pipe wrench, 18”
Wrench, adjustable, 10”
Wrench, adjustable, 12”
Pliers, groove-joint, 10”
Pliers, slip-joint, 6”
Pliers, needlenose, 6.5”
Pliers, linemans, 7”
Pliers, diagonal cutter, 7”
Cable cutters, 7”
Locking pliers, curved jaw, 7”
Locking pliers, curved jaw, 10”
Locking pliers, needlenose, 9”
Locking pliers, straight jaw, 7”
Locking pliers, straight jaw, 10”
Hex wrench set, folding, SAE
Hex wrench set, folding, metric
Torx wrench set, folding
Handheld trigger type infrared thermometer
03/24/15
87
QUOTATION
Exp. Date:
Quote No:
03/24/2015
PART NO
00-04-0220
00-12-0420
00-12-0820
00-12-1020
00-14-0620
00-16-0220
00-16-6220
00-18-0820
00-22-0220
00-22-0620
00-22-0820
00-D2-0220
02-A2-0220
02-A4-0420
02-A4-2420
02-A4-2620
02-A6-1420
02-C4-2220
04-A2-2420
04-A6-2020
04-C2-0820
04-C4-1020
04-A8-0220
04-D4-0620
04-E2-2420
04-E4-0220
04-E4-2020
04-G2-0420
04-K2-8020
04-M2-0220
04-M6-0820
04-P2-0220
04-R4-0820
04-S2-2020
04-T2-0220
04-S6-1220
08/07/2014
10914-0017
DESCRIPTION
== Legals - Pumpers - 1403.002 03/17/14 ==
Apparatus Purchase - Buy Board Contract
Manufacturer - Virtual
Certified Welders
Body Weight
Drawings - Approval
Pre-Construction Conference - Factory, Airfare/Lodging/Meals Per Person
Final Inspection - Factory (Airfare/Lodging/Meals) Per Person
Vehicle Transportation - Over the Road (Per Mile)
Service Contacts
Company Service Vehicles
Replacement Parts
== CHASSIS - Custom Tilt Cab - FFA - 1403.002 03/17/14 ==
Custom XD Full Tilt Cab - CINDER
WHEELBASE / FRAMERAILS / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES
Wheelbase: 221"
Framerail - Double
Paint - Frame Rail, "F-Shield"
"F-Shield" Color: Black
Tow Hooks - Chrome, Below the Bumper
FRONT BUMPERS / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES
Front Bumper Extension - 24"
FRONT AXLES / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES
Front Axle - 20,000 Pounds, Reyco Granning IFS
Steering System - TRW 20,000 Pounds (IFS)
Front Brakes - Disc, IFS Axle
Cramp Angle - 52 Degrees
Chassis Alignment
Front Tires - Michelin 385/65R 22.5 "L" XFE 20,000 Pounds
Front Wheels - Aluminum (385 Tires)
Wheel Trim - Front, Baby Moons/Lug Nut Covers
Mud Flaps - Front
SINGLE REAR AXLES / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES
Rear Axle - 27,000 Pounds, Meritor RS-25-160
Rear Suspension - 27,000 Pounds, Spring
Standard Differential - Single Axle
Vehicle Top Speed: 65-68 MPH
Rear Brakes - S-Cam 16-1/2" x 7"
Rear Tires - Michelin 12R22.5 "H" XDS 27,000 Pounds
Rear Wheels - Aluminum (11R/12R Tires)
Wheel Trim - Rear, Lincoln Hats
Tire Pressure Monitor (2 Axles) - LED Alert
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
674
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Page 1
ID
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
06-A2-0220
06-A2-0420
06-A2-4020
06-A4-4020
06-B4-2020
08-A2-1020
08-B2-0620
08-C2-0420
08-C2-1420
08-C2-2620
08-C2-4220
08-C2-4420
08-C2-6020
08-D2-2220
08-E2-0620
08-E4-0220
08-E6-0220
08-E8-4420
08-G4-2020
DESCRIPTION
AIR BRAKE SYSTEM / COMPONENTS
Harness and Hose Routing System
Air Brake System - Color Coded Nylon w/1/4 Turn Drain Valves
Chassis Air System Fittings - Push-Lock Type
ABS/ATC/ESC System - SINGLE AXLE
Air Dryer - Bendix AD-9
ENGINES / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES
Engine - 450 HP, Cummins ISL9 (EPA 2013)
Engine Brake - Cummins ISL Engine
ENGINE / COMPONENTS / COOLING SYSTEM - ISL
Cooling System - 1400 Square Inch Radiator
Cooling System Fan - Cummins ISL
Radiator Coolant - Extended Life
Coolant Hoses - Premium Rubber
Coolant Hose Clamps - Gates PowerGrip
Auxiliary Engine Cooler
Alternator - 430 AMP, Delco Remy 55SI
Battery System - 6 Group 31
Battery Boxes - Stainless Steel
Battery Master Load Disconnect
Battery / Air Charger - Kussmaul Pump Plus 1200 091-193-12
Receptacle - Kussmaul 20 AMP Super Auto-Eject 091-55-20-120
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Page 2
ID
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
Location: Driver's side cab wheel well area
08-G6-0220 Cover - Super Auto Eject Yellow, Kussmaul 091-55YW
08-G8-8220 Plate - Shore Power Inlet
TRANSMISSION / COMPONENTS / ACCESSORIES
10-A2-0220 Transmission - Allison 3000 EVS
10-A4-0620 Transmission Push Button Shifter - 5 Speed
10-H2-0220 Driveline - 1710 Series
FUEL SYSTEM / COMPONENTS
10-J2-0620 Fuel Tank - 65 Gallon
10-J4-0220 Fuel Lines - Reinforced Wire Braided
10-J4-0420 Valve - Fuel Shutoff
10-J4-0820 Fuel Filter - Cummins
10-J6-0820 DEF System w/5 Gallon Tank - Left Rear Under Cab
10-J8-2020 DEF Fill w/Door - Left Crew Cab Extension
10-M2-0820 Exhaust System - EPA 13 Particulate Filer/SCR
CAB CONFIGURATIONS - CINDER XD - SMFD thru LFD
12-H6-1420 Custom XD 96" XMFD Cab w/8" Raised Roof
12-P2-1020 Cab Doors - Full Length, 4 Door Raised Roof Cab
12-P4-0220 Cab Door Hinges - Concealed
12-P6-0820 Cab Door Locks - Manual Paddle Type (4 Door Cab)
12-P8-1020 Window Regulators - Electric (4 Door Cab)
12-R2-0620 Window - Left Side Fixed, 16-1/2"W x 33-1/2"H
12-R2-0820 Window - Right Side Fixed, 16-1/2"W x 33-1/2"H
12-R4-0420 Cab Tilt Lock Suspension (Full Tilt Cab)
12-R4-2220 Cab Tilt Electric Pump w/Manual Back-Up (Standard Location)
CUSTOM CAB - EXTERIOR PAINT FINISH
12-T2-0420 Paint - Custom Cab, Two Tone
12-T4-1020 Upper Cab Paint Color/Code: White 854064
12-T2-0620 Upper Cab Paint Finish
12-T6-0220 Primary/Lower Cab Paint Finish
12-T6-0620 Primary/Lower Paint Color/Code: Red 854008
12-T8-0420 Two-Tone Cab Break Line Stripe: Spun Gold
CUSTOM CAB - EXTERIOR TRIM COMPONENTS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
14-A2-0830
14-A2-1020
14-A4-0820
14-A6-2020
14-A6-8220
14-G4-0220
14-G4-2220
14-G4-6420
14-G6-0420
14-H2-2620
14-H2-6220
14-H4-1220
14-K2-0220
14-K2-0620
14-K2-0820
14-K2-2020
14-K2-8220
14-K4-0420
14-K4-4020
14-P2-1620
14-P2-2420
16-A4-1020
16-A8-0620
16-A8-1220
16-A6-0220
16-B4-0220
16-B4-1420
16-A6-1020
16-B6-4020
16-B6-2220
16-C4-0420
16-A6-2020
16-A6-2220
16-C6-4220
16-D4-0420
16-C8-6020
16-A6-2420
16-A6-2620
16-D6-4220
16-D8-6020
16-E4-1020
16-A6-4020
16-E6-4220
16-E8-6020
16-M2-1420
16-M2-6420
16-M2-6620
16-M4-2620
16-M6-2020
16-P2-0220
16-P2-6020
DESCRIPTION
Custom Front Grille - Stainless Steel, Lighted
Side Grilles w/Ember Separator
Cab Mirrors - Heated/Remote, Ramco Cowl Mounted
Exterior Trim - Rear Step Well w/Removable Battery Access Covers
Exterior Trim - Tread Plate, Back of Cab
CUSTOM CAB - INTERIOR TRIM COMPONENTS
Interior Cab Finish - "F-Shield" Dark Gray
Interior Trim - Gray Floor Mats/Engine Tunnel Covering
Interior Trim - Sprayed Aluminum, Rear Wall
Interior Trim - Grab Handles (4 Door Cab)
Interior Trim - Upper Door Panels Brushed Stainless (4 Door Cab)
Interior Trim - Lower Door Panels Brushed Stainless (4 Door Cab)
Interior Trim - Lower Door Panels Reflective Stop Sign (4 Door Cab)
CUSTOM CAB - INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
Cab Instrumentation & Controls - Standard Gauges
Driver's Information Display Panel
Chassis Electrical System - Standard Wiring
Doghouse Mounted Switch Panel
Vehicle Data Recorder (VDR) w/Seat Belt Warning - Class 1
Seat Belt Warning System Panel - Class 1
Steering Column w/Self Canceling Turn Signals - Douglas
Heat/Air Conditioning - Under Dash and Rear Crew Area
A/C Condenser Housings: Black
CUSTOM CAB / SEATING / AIR BAG PROTECTION / EMS COMPARTMENTS
Seating / C.A.P. System/EMS Compartments - Bostrom
Seat Material - Durawear
Seat Color - Gray
Tube Air Bag Protection - Driver's Seat
Seat - Driver, Bostrom Sierra Air-100 Hi Back Air Ride
Seat - Officer, Bostrom Tanker 450 Air SCBA
Tube Air Bag Protection - Officer's Seat
Filler Panel For SCBA Seat
Bracket - Cab Seat SCBA, IMMI SmartDock Gen II
Seat - DS Rear Facing Crew, Bostrom Tanker 450 Fixed SCBA
Curtain Air Bag Protection - Driver's Side Outboard Rear Facing Seat
Seatbelt Buckle Pretensioner - Driver's Side Outboard Rear Facing Seat
Seat - OF Rear Facing Crew, Bostrom Tanker 450 Fixed SCBA
Curtain Air Bag Protection - Officer's Side Outboard Rear Facing Seat
Seatbelt Buckle Pretensioner - Officer's Side Outboard Rear Facing Seat
Seats (2) - Inboard Forward Facing Crew, Bostrom Tanker 450 Fixed Bottom SCBA
Seatbelt Buckle Pretensioners (2) - Inboard Forward Facing Seats
Brackets (2) - Cab Seat SCBA, IMMI SmartDock Gen II
Filler Panels For SCBA Seat (2)
CUSTOM CAB - ACCESSORIES
12-Volt Dual USB Charging Port - Cab Mounted, Kussmaul 091-219
12-Volt Power Outlet - Cab Mounted
12-Volt Outlet Wiring - Battery Direct
Electronic Siren - Whelen 295HFS2
Back-Up Alarm
CUSTOM CAB - INTERIOR LIGHTING
Lights (4) - LED Cab Dome, Red/Clear
Light - Open Door, Whelen OS LED
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Page 3
ID
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
16-P4-0220
16-R4-0420
18-A2-0620
18-A4-0220
18-A6-1020
18-A6-1220
18-A6-6020
18-A6-6220
18-B4-1420
18-B4-1820
18-D2-0820
02-B2-1020
02-B4-0420
02-C6-1220
02-D2-0220
02-R2-0220
02-R4-0420
02-P2-0420
02-P2-1020
02-P6-0620
02-P8-0820
02-R2-1420
02-R4-0420
02-M6-4020
02-M8-0220
02-M8-0820
02-M8-2220
02-S2-0220
DESCRIPTION
Lights (4) - Step Well, LED
Lights (2) - Engine Maintenance, LED
CUSTOM CAB - EXTERIOR ILLUMINATION
Front Cab Lighting - "M" Series LED
Headlights - Halogen
Lights - Turn Signal, "M" Series LED (Above Module Mounted)
Lights - Turn Signal/Marker, LED
Lights - Corning, LED
Lights - DOT, LED
Lights - Inboard Lower Front Warning, Whelen M6 LED M6 (Red w/Clear Lens)
Lights - Outboard Lower Front Warning, Whelen M6 LED M6 (Red w/Clear Lens)
Lights - Cab Ground, LED (4 Door Cab)
== Chassis Mods - STOCK/CINDER - 1403.002 03/17/14 ==
Front Bumper - 10-1/2" High, HD Frame Rail Style
Bumper Guide Poles (2) - Lighted
Front Bumper Modification - 28" Extension
Gravelshield - Front Bumper Extension
Speaker - PS Thru Bumper (P1)
Siren Speaker - Cast Product 100
Air Horn - PS Thru Bumper (P2)
Air Horn - DS Thru Bumper (P6)
Switch - Air Horn, (2) Driver/Officer Side Floor
Switch - Horn/Horn Selector
Speaker - DS Thru Bumper (P7)
Siren Speaker - Cast Product 100
Mechanical Siren - DS Pedestal Mount (P7), Federal Q2B
Siren Wiring - Active in Response Mode Only
Switch - Siren, Officer's Side Floor
Switch - Horn Ring Siren, Mechanical Siren
Bell - Manual Chrome
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Page 4
ID
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
Location: Officer's side of the extended front bumper
04-T4-2220
10-H4-1820
12-R6-0220
14-H4-4020
Wheel Trim - Baby Moons/Lincoln Hats
Fire Pump Installation
Cab Exterior Storage Compartment - Officer's Side
Interior Trim - Tool Mount Board, Pac Trac
1 FE
1 FE
1
2 FE
Locations: One-(1) each side on the back wall of the cab, outboard of the center forward facing seats above
the EMS compartments
16-J2-0220 Compartment - Outboard Forward Facing EMS
16-M2-0820 Fuse Block - 12-Volt 6-Place, Blue Sea 5025
2
1 FE
Location: Officer's side of the engine tunnel
16-M2-2020
16-M2-2420
16-M2-2220
16-M2-2420
16-M2-2920
16-M2-4220
16-M2-6020
16-P2-0220
18-P2-0220
18-P2-2820
18-P4-0220
18-P4-0420
Map Book Holder
Storage Bin - EMS Bags, Outboard Forward Facing
Radio - WB/AM/FM/CD/iPod/Sat w/Speakers, Jensen
Radio Installation - Customer Supplied
Radio Antenna Mount - MNO
Radio 12-Volt Power Circuit (Center Dash)
12-Volt Power and Ground Studs (2)
Siren - Low Frequency, Whelen HOWLER
CAB INFORMATION PLATES
Plate - Carrying Capacity NFPA
Plate - Seating Capacity 6 People
Plate - Occupancy/Seat Belt
Plate - "Do Not Wear Helmet While Seated"
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
18-P4-0620
18-P4-0820
18-P4-1020
18-P4-1220
20-A2-4020
20-A4-2220
20-C4-0420
20-C6-1020
20-D2-0220
20-D2-0420
20-D2-0620
20-D4-0220
20-D6-0220
20-D6-1220
20-D8-0220
20-F2-0620
20-F2-1020
20-F2-2420
20-F4-0420
DESCRIPTION
Plate - Overall Height/Length/Weight
Plate - Fluid Capacity
Plate - Apparatus Movement Warning
Plate - "Do Not Ride"
== Pump Enclosure - TM Extruded - 1403.002 03/17/14 ==
PUMP MODULE - TOP MOUNT EXTRUDED ALUMINUM
Separate Pump Module - Extruded
Pump Panels - Black Anodized Aluminum
Pump Panel - Fully Hinged, Right Side
Light Shield - Extruded, Top Console
Light Shield - Extruded, Left Side
Light Shield - Extruded, Right Side
Light - Top Pump Panel, OnScene LED Access
Light - Left Side Pump Panel, OnScene LED Access
Light - Right Side Pump Panel, OnScene LED Access
Light - Pump Compartment, Halogen
Walkway - 20" Top Mount w/Tool Compartments
Steps - Top Mount, Between Walkway & Running Board (Pair)
Lights (2) - Top Mount Walkway Illumination, LED
Running Board w/Hose Tray - Aluminum Tread Plate, Left Side
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Page 5
ID
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
20-F4-1220
Running Board w/Hose Tray - Aluminum Tread Plate, Right Side
1 FE
Handrails (2) - Top Mount Walkway, 30" Knurled Aluminum
Handrails (2) - Above Dunnage Area, 12" Knurled Aluminum
Air Outlet - Pump Panel
Switch - Air Horn, Pump Panel
Pressure Governor - FRC Pump Boss PBA400-A00
Return Line - Fill Subsurface
Gauges - Master Suction/Pressure, 6"
Gauges - 2-1/2" Pressure, Metal Face
Gauge Bezels - Color Coded
Tags - Pump Panel, Color Coded (Metal)
Pump System - 750-1250 GPM Single Stage, Waterous CS
Packing Glands - Waterous
Pump Shift w/Manual Override
Primer - Pump, Waterous VPO (Oil Less)
Valve - Master Pump Drain
U.L. Test Points
Certification - U.L. 1250 GPM Pump
Plate - Pump Test Certification
Suction Header - 6" w/Long Handle Cap, Left Side
Suction Header - 6" w/Long Handle Cap, Right Side
Valve - Intake Relief, Akron 59
Tank-To-Pump - 3" Valve w/Lever Control
Tank Fill - 1-1/2" Valve w/Lever Control
Cooler - Engine, 1/2" Line w/ 1/4 Turn Valve
Cooler - Pump, 3/8" Line w/ 1/4 Turn Valve
Plumbing - Stainless Steel
Paint - Pump and Plumbing, Black
VALVE PACKAGE - AKRON / WATEROUS - Controls Lever
26-C2-0000 SUCTION INLETS
26-F2-0620 Suction - LPR, 2-1/2" Valve w/Lever Control at Top Mount Panel
26-H2-0820 Suction - RPF, 2-1/2" Valve w/Swing Control at Valve
20-G4-0220
20-G4-2220
20-H4-0220
20-H4-0820
20-J4-1620
32-E2-2020
20-J2-0820
20-J6-0220
20-J6-6220
20-M4-0220
22-A4-0620
22-F4-0220
22-G2-0420
22-J4-0220
22-P2-0620
22-R2-0420
22-R2-1620
22-R4-0420
24-A4-4020
24-B4-4020
24-J8-0420
24-R2-0620
24-S6-0620
24-T2-0420
24-T2-0620
24-W2-0420
24-W4-0220
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
28-00-0000
28-00-0220
28-B6-0620
28-B8-0620
28-F4-0820
28-F4-2020
28-F4-6420
28-F6-0620
28-F8-0220
28-F8-2020
28-H2-4020
28-K8-4220
28-L6-2220
28-Q6-1020
28-V6-1020
32-D2-0420
32-D8-0420
34-A2-1220
34-B2-0620
52-A8-1640
58-E2-0620
60-A2-4820
60-A2-6220
60-A2-6420
60-B2-4440
60-B2-4020
60-B2-6020
62-A2-6020
DESCRIPTION
DISCHARGE OUTLETS
All 2-1/2" Side Discharge Outlets Terminate 30-Degree Elbows
Booster Reel - Front Bumper, Akron ERWB-16-28
Cover - Booster Reel, Aluminum Tread Plate
Speedlay No. 1 - Double Lay, 2" Valve w/Lever Control
Speedlay No. 2 - Double Lay, 2" Valve w/Lever Control
Speedlay No. 3 - Double Lay, 2-1/2" Valve w/Lever Control
Trays - Removable Speedlay (3)
Cover - End Flaps w/Snaps, Speedlays (2)
Cover Color: Red
Discharges - LPFU/L (2), 2-1/2" Akron Valve w/Lever Control
Discharge - RPFU, 2-1/2" Akron Valve w/Lever Control
Discharge - RPFL, 4" Akron Valve w/Handwheel Control
Discharge - Deck Gun, 3" Akron Valve w/Lever Control
Discharge - Left Rear, 2-1/2" Akron Valve w/Lever Control
== Bodies - Pumper LBT Top Mount Extruded - 1403.002 03/17/14 ==
Water Tank - Polypropylene, 750 Gallons (L)
Certification - NFPA Water Tank Size
Gauge - Water Level, Tank Vision WLA200-A00
Lights (2) - Water Level, Whelen PSTANK (FRC Driver)
Body - Extruded Aluminum, Rescue Style Left/Right w/Roll Up Doors (34/58/44)
Compartments (4) - Roof Top Storage
Vertical Load Test - Body
Body Modification - Compartment Height Raise (Per Inch)
Body Modification - 102" Wide Body
Compartment Doors - Rear Roll Up, ROM Satin Finish
Compartment Doors - Side Roll Up, ROM Satin Finish
Keyed Lock - Roll-Up Doors
Compartment - Pike Pole/Ladder Storage, Right Side Beside Tank
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
1
1
6
7
1
Page 6
ID
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
62-B2-1220
Tubes (2) - Pike Pole Storage
1 FE
Locations: Ladder compartment
62-I2-0220
62-I2-1020
Storage Slot - Little Giant Ladder
Storage Slot - Backboard Storage
1
1 FE
64-A2-2020 Wheel Well Panels - Body, Painted Aluminum ILO Treadplate
64-B2-0420 Compartment - Wheel Well Double Air Bottle, Left Front
1 FE
1 FE
64-B2-2220
Compartment - Wheel Well Double Air Bottle, Left Rear
1 FE
64-B2-4220
Compartment - Wheel Well Double Air Bottle, Right Front
1 FE
64-B6-6420
Compartment - Wheel Well Double Extinguisher, Right Rear
1 FE
66-A2-0220
66-A2-1020
66-A2-2220
66-A2-4620
66-A2-6420
Body Trim Package
Body Trim - Vertical Handrails (2), Knurled Aluminum
Body Trim - NO Rear Stanchions
Fuel Fill - Recessed w/Door, Left Side
Mud Flaps - Rear
1
1
1
1
1
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
DESCRIPTION
66-A2-6620 Rubrail - Extruded Aluminum
66-A4-0820 Step - 10" Rear, Aluminum Tread Plate
66-A4-6020 Step - Chrome Folding, Front of Body
Page 7
QTY ID
1 FE
1 FE
6 FE
Locations: Three-(3) each side on the front compartment face
66-A4-6620
66-A4-8820
66-A6-1420
66-A8-1620
Step - LED Lighted, Rear
Tow Eyes (2) - Rear, Below Body
Handrail - Below Hose Bed, Knurled Aluminum
Divider - Hose Bed, Pumper
2
1
1
2
FE
FE
FE
FE
Location: Above ladder compartment and center of hose bed
The center divider shall be notched to connected hose load.
66-A8-6220 Cover - Aluminum w/End Flaps, Pumper
1 FE
The covers shall be wired the door ajar system.
66-A8-6620 Cover - End Flaps w/Footman's Loop, Hose Bed
66-A8-8020 Cover Color: Red
66-A8-8820 Hose Bed Capacity
== Body Components - Pumpers - 1403.002 03/17/14 ==
66-B2-1020 Shelf - Adjustable, 0-28"W x 12-15"D
1
1
1
1
1
FE
FE
FE
FE
The shelf shall be mounted right of the compartment divider in the upper section of the compartment.
66-B2-1420
Shelf - Adjustable, 29-36"W x 12-15"D
1 FE
Location: Compartment R1
The shelf shall be mounted in the upper section of the compartment.
66-B2-1820
2 FE
The shelves shall be mounted in the upper section of the compartments.
66-B2-2220
1 FE
66-C2-1820
Tray - 500 Pound Roll-Out, 19-36"W x 24-28"D
2 FE
66-C2-2020
Tray - 500 Pound Roll-Out, 37-48"W x 24-28"D
2 FE
66-D4-1220 Tool Board - Pac Trac
2 FE
Locations: One-(1) each side on back of the cab, outboard of the forward facing crew seats
66-D4-1820 Tool Board - Hinged Aluminum
1 FE
66-F4-0420
Divider - Compartment
Locations: Compartment L1, compartment L3 and compartment R3
2 FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
DESCRIPTION
QTY
Page 8
ID
The L1 divider shall be located in the upper section to seperate the air pack bracket from the rest of the
compartment.
The L3/R3 dividers shall be located in the lower section of the compartments to isolate compartment B1.
70-B2-8220
70-B4-2020
70-B4-4420
70-E2-2220
Electrical System - Apparatus Body
Electrical System - 12 Volt Testing
EMI/RFI Protection
INTERIOR COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
Light - 8" LED Compartment, On Scene Access 73008
1
1
1
1
1
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
70-E2-6220
2 FE
70-E2-8620
1 FE
Location: Compartment B1
70-E4-2220
4 FE
Locations: Compartment L1, compartment L3, compartment R1 and compartment R3
70-H2-0220
72-G8-6220
72-G9-0420
72-K8-4020
Switch - Compartment Door Ajar Indicator
Zone A Upper Light Bar - 72" LED, Whelen FN72QLED 2FLDRR
Opticom Emitter - Exterior Mounted, GTT 2100 Series w/GPS
Zone B/D Upper RR of Cab Lights (2) - Red w/Clear Lens M6 LED, Whelen M6RC
1 FE
1 FE
1
1 FE
Locations: Upper cab extension area above the water level lights.
72-M8-4820
72-P8-6020
72-S6-6020
72-S6-6820
74-B8-4820
74-C8-9220
Zone B/D Upper Body Side Front Lights (2) - Red M9 LED, Whelen M9R
Zone B/D Upper Body Side Rear Lights (2) - Red M9 LED, Whelen M9R
Zone C Middle Outboard Lights (2) - Red Lens M6 LED, Whelen M6R
Zone C Upper Outboard Lights (2) - Red M9 LED, Whelen M9R
Zone A Lower Lights (2) - Red w/Clear Lens M6 LED, Whelen M6RC
Zone B & D Lower Front (2) - Red w/Clear Lens M6 LED, Whelen M6RC
1
1
1
1
1
1
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
Locations: One-(1) each side on the bumper extension ends
74-D8-8220 Zone B & D Lower Midship (3) - Red w/Clear Lens M6 LED, Whelen M6RC
1
Locations: One-(1) each side in the cab extension and
one-(1) each side in the body wheel well area
74-G8-1020 Zone B & D Lower Rear (2) - Red w/Clear Lens LINZ6 LED, Whelen LINZ6R
1 FE
Locations: One-(1) each side below compartment L3 and R3
74-H8-2020
74-J8-4220
74-P8-0420
74-P8-2820
74-R2-4420
74-S6-0820
74-S8-0620
74-T2-0220
Zone C Lower Lights (2) - Red w/Clear Lens M6 LED, Whelen M6RC
Stop/Turn/Reverse Lights - LED, Whelen M6
Scene Light Locations - Upper Rear of Body, Outboard
Lights (2) - M9 LED Scene, Whelen M9LZC
Switches - Upper Rear Scene Light Activation, Cab Mounted & Reverse Circuit
Lights - LED Clearance and Maker, Whelen OS
Lights (2) - Body Wheel Well Turn Signal/Marker, Britax 428.111.12V LED
Light - LED Underbody, Whelen
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
Locations: One-(1) under each side pump panel running board and one-(1) each side under the rear step
74-W2-0420 Light - LED License, Whelen OSC0EDCR
74-W4-0620 Light - LED Perimeter Illumination, Whelen OS Series 0SC0EDCR
Locations: Three-(3) on each front compartment face to illuminate the folding steps and four-(4) on the rear
of the apparatus
1 FE
10 FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
76-J2-0420
76-J6-1820
76-J8-0220
76-K0-0220
76-K0-4420
76-K0-8220
76-K2-0220
76-K2-4420
76-K2-8020
76-K6-0220
76-K6-4420
76-K6-8020
80-C2-0220
80-C4-1020
80-D2-0620
80-E2-1820
80-E4-0420
80-E4-4220
80-E4-9920
80-E8-0220
80-E8-0420
80-E8-0620
80-G2-0220
80-G4-0820
80-G6-0820
80-G8-1620
DESCRIPTION
Brow Light Location - Front of Cab, Centered
Light - 12 Volt 150 Watt LED Brow, Whelen Pioneer Plus PCP2
Switch - Brow Light Activation, Cab Mounted
RECESSED LIGHTS
Recessed Light Locations - Side of Cab, Between Crew Doors
Light - 12 Volt 75 Watt LED Semi Recessed, Whelen Pioneer Plus PFP1-PBA103
Switches - Cab Recessed Light Activation, Cab Mounted & Respective Cab Door
Recessed Light Locations - Side of Body, Upper Front
Switch - Front Body Recessed Light Activation, Cab Mounted
Recessed Light Locations - Side of Body, Upper Rear
Switch - Rear Body Recessed Light Activation, Cab Mounted
TELESCOPING LIGHTS
TRIPOD LIGHTS
Paint - Body, Single Color
Body Paint Color/Code: White 854064
Paint - Interior Compartment, "F-Shield" Extruded Bodies
Stripe - Scotchlite, 1-6-1 Triple
Striping Color: White
Pin Stripe/Secondary Stripe Color: White
Striping Layout: Hockey Stick Design, Body Compartment Doors
Striping - Rear Body, Reflective Chevron
Striping - Front Bumper, Reflective Chevron
Chevron Striping Colors: 3M Red & Lime Green
Lettering - 3" Spun Gold w/Shade
Lettering Color: Gold
Shade Color: Black
Extra Letters - 12" Scotchlite
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
Page 9
ID
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
The lettering shall read DEL RIO and located on each side of the upper body.
Letter Color: Red with black outline
80-H2-0420
80-H2-0620
98-A2-0420
98-A2-1020
98-A4-0210
98-A4-0420
98-A6-0210
98-A6-0220
98-A8-0220
98-A8-0420
98-A8-0820
98-A8-1020
98-A8-1220
98-A8-6220
98-A8-8020
98-A8-8420
98-B2-0220
98-B2-1220
98-B2-1820
Placards - Aluminum
Decals/Maltese Cross (2)
Warranty - Body Parts & Labor, 2-Year
Warranty - Cab/Chassis Parts & Labor, 2-Year
Warranty - Cab Structural, 10-Year/100,000 Miles
Warranty - Body Structure, 10-Year
Warranty - Cab Paint, 10-Year/100,000 Miles
Warranty - Body Paint, 4-Year/100,000 Miles
Warranty - Frame Rails
Warranty - Meritor Axle
Warranty - Cummins Engine, 5-Year/100,000 Miles
Warranty - Allision Automatic Transmission, 5-Year/Unlimited Miles
Warranty - Anti Lock Brake System, 3-Year/300,000 Miles
Warranty - Waterous Pumps
Warranty - Plumbing System, 10-Year
Warranty - Poly Water Tank, Lifetime
Manuals (2) - Chassis Operation, Digital
Manuals (2) - Engine/Transmission Operations
Manuals - Apparatus Body & Components
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
The manuals shall be digital.
98-B2-2020
98-B2-6020
Manuals - Pump
Wiring Diagrams - Cab/Chassis, Standard
1 FE
1 FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
98-B2-6620
90-C4-0420
90-C8-0420
90-D8-1020
90-F2-0220
90-L6-1220
90-P2-0220
90-R4-0220
90-R6-2030
90-R4-0420
90-R6-2030
92-A2-0820
92-A2-4020
92-A2-6420
92-A4-1420
92-A8-0620
92-B2-0220
92-B2-0420
92-B2-0820
92-B2-1420
92-C2-0820
92-C2-1020
92-C2-5620
92-C4-6220
DESCRIPTION
Wiring Diagrams - Apparatus Body, Standard
Ladder - 10' Folding Attic, Duo-Safety 585-A
Ladder - 14' Roof, Duo-Safety 775-A
Ladder - 24' 2-Section Extension, Duo-Safety 900-A
Ladder - Multipurpose Folding Ladder, Little Giant
Pike Pole - 3' Fiberglass w/D-Handle, Akron UL-3-D
Tool - 30" Hooligan, Paratech 22-000600
Axe - 6 Pound Flat Head w/Fiberglass Handle, Akron FHY-6
Brackets - Axe Tool, Pac Trac 1004
Axe - 6 Pound Pick Head w/Fiberglass Handle, Akron PHY-6
Brackets - Axe Tool, Pac Trac 1004
Hose - 100' x 1" Booster
Hose - 50' x 1-3/4" Double Jacket, KEY Yellow
Hose - 50' x 2-1/2" Double Jacket, KEY Yellow
Hose - 100' x 5" Large Diameter Hose, KEY Pro-Flow RC50-450
Hose Clamp - w/Bracket, Akron 588
Wrench - Spanner - Booster Hose - Red Head - 103
Wrenches (4) - LDH Spanner w/Bracket, Harrington HSSW-401
Wrench - Spanner w/Bracket, Kochek USS K46-2
Wrenches - Hydrant / Spanner Set, Kocheck HSS K48-3
Adapter - 2-1/2" Double Male, Kochek 36R2525
Adapter - 2-1/2" Double Female, Kochek 35R2525
Adapter - 4-1/2" Female LH, x 5" Storz, Kochek S54L545
Elbow - 4" FNST x 5" Storz 30 Degree, Kochek SKE45R
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
10
10
15
1
2
1
3
3
2
1
1
1
Page 10
ID
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
Location: 4" right side discharge
92-C2-8020
92-E2-0220
92-F4-0820
Adapter - Kochek - 6" FNST x 5" Storz - S37S56
Reducer - 2-1/2" FNST x 1-1/2" MNST, Kochek 37R2515
Cap w/Chain - 5" Storz, Kochek CC507
1 FE
2 FE
4 FE
Locations: 4" right side discharge elbow, one-(1) for the 6" x 5" adater and one-(1) for each piston intake
valve
92-G7-0820
92-H2-2020
92-H2-2420
92-I4-0420
92-I4-2220
92-I4-2420
92-I4-4020
92-M2-0420
92-M2-0620
92-M4-0220
92-M6-0220
92-R2-0220
94-F6-0220
94-G2-0220
94-G2-1020
96-C2-0220
96-C6-0420
96-J2-0220
96-M2-1020
96-M4-0620
Valve - 6" FNST x 5" Storz Piston Intake, Akron Black Max
Nozzle - Foam Aeration Tube, Akron 777
Nozzle - Master Stream, Akron Akronmatic 5160
Monitor - Portable w/Nozzle, Tips & Mounting Bracket, TFT Blitzfire XXC-52
Bracket - Portable Monitor, TFT XX-B
Stacked Tips - TFT MST-3NJ
Nozzle Tip - Portable Monitor, TFT Max-Force MD12A
Extinguisher - 20-Pound ABC, Buckeye Fire Equipment 12120
Extinguisher - 15-Pound CO2, Buckeye Fire Equipment 46100
Extinguisher - 2-1/2 Gallon Pressurized Water, Buckeye Fire Equipment 50000
Bracket - Heavy Duty Extinguisher, Brooks Equipment
Cover - 10 Ounce Salvage, 12' x 14' Salvage
Fan - 18" Positive Pressue, Ferrara PGB-18-4HLP
Light - w/Charging Base, Streamlight LiteBox Orange 45107
Light - w/Charging Base, Streamlight Survivor LED Orange 90528
Wheel Chocks (2) - Folding, Ziamatic SAC-44-E w/Mounting Bracket
Safety Cones - (5) Led Lights EZ-Stor (1-pack)
Miscellaneous Hardware Bag
Tool Mounting Bracket - Pac Trac 1004
Tool Mounting Plate - 2-1/2" Tri-Lock, South Park QL48Z25C
Locations: Compartment L1
The holders shall be mounted at final inspection.
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
2
6
1
1
1
4
4
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
FE
03/24/2015
PART NO
96-M2-1220 Brackets - Rescue Tools
96-M6-1020 Bracket - Air Pack, Ziamatic UN-6-30
DESCRIPTION
Page 11
QTY ID
1
1 FE
The bracket shall be mounted on the upper wall towards the front of the compartment.
96-Y2-0220 Rescue Tools - Hydraulic, Homatro
96-Z2-0220 Additional Equipment
1
1
9. c.
Information
SUBJECT:
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo, to purchase One (1) Case 586H Rough Terrain
Forklift from ASCO Equipment via the Houston-Galveston Association Cooperative
(H-GACBuy) for the City of Del Rio Central Purchasing Division - Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing
Agent
SUMMARY:
Discussion and possible action on a ordinance to authorize and direct City Manager Henry
Arredondo, to purchase One (1) Case 586H Rough Terrain Forklift from ASCO Equipment via
the Houston-Galveston Association Cooperative (H-GACBuy) for the City of Del Rio Central
Purchasing Division.- Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing Agent
BACKGROUND:
The rough terrain forklift equipment is a critical and necessary equipment vital to the continued
daily operation of the central receiving warehouse of the City of Del Rio and all other City
Divisions on as needed basis. This equipment is capable to traveling longer distances to parts of
the City to assist in loading or unloading in areas that typical forklifts could not. DISCUSSION:
The equipment to be purchased is a Case 586H Rough Terrain Forklift, 2wheel drive, 74hp, Tier
4 engine, with a 6,000 lb capacity. Includes 22' mast w/60" carriage, standard light kit, pre
cleaner, 48" pallet forks, 60" backrest, console locking cover, and slow moving vehicle emblem.
The total cost of $60,445.00 include delivery to Del Rio. PROS:
This purchase will provide much needed equipment replacement of the current forklift which is 25
years old. This will be purchased at a reduced cost through the cooperative in order to provide a
better purchasing leverage, and provide better cost for the City.
CONS:
The initial capital cost of the heavy equipment of $ 60,455.00. Regular maintenance and repairs
will be contingent on the Department's budgets.
RECOMMENDATION:
and consider the approval of the ordinance to authorize and direct the City Manager, Henry
Arredondo, to purchase One (1) Case 586H Rough Terrain Forklift from ASCO Equipment via
the Houston-Galveston Association Cooperative (H-GACBuy) for the City of Del Rio Central
Purchasing Division
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
The total cost to purchase the One (1) Case 586H Rough Terrain Forklift from ASCO
Equipment is $60,455.00 and is funded by the Division's operating budget for FY2014-15.
Attachments
Ord to Purchase Forklift
quote for forklift
ORDINANCE NO. O: 2015-021
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS
AUTHORIZING AND DIRECTING CITY MANAGER, HENRY ARREDONDO,
TO PURCHASE ONE (1) CASE 586H ROUGH TERRAIN FORKLIFT FROM ASCO
EQUIPMENT, VIA THE HOUSTON-GALVESTON ASSOCIATION COOPERATIVE (HGACBuy) FOR THE CITY OF DEL RIO CENTRAL PURCHASING DIVISION.
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio has the opportunity to purchase and acquire goods and services through
the H-GACBuy Cooperative, which has already been competitively bid and awarded in accordance with
the State of Texas Local Government Code, Chapter 271, Section 102; and
WHEREAS, the use of a rough terrain forklift is a critical and necessary equipment vital to the continued
daily operation of the central receiving warehouse of the City of Del Rio and all other City Divisions on
as needed basis; and
WHEREAS, the total cost for the purchase one (1) Case 586H Rough Terrain Forklift is $60,455.00; and
WHEREAS, the purchase is funded by the Central Purchasing Division’s operating budget for FY 201415.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DEL
RIO, TEXAS THAT:
The City Manager, Henry Arredondo, is authorized and directed to purchase one (1) Case 586H Rough
Terrain Forklift from:
ASCO EQUIPMENT
VIA HOUSTON-GALVESTON ASSOCIATION COOPERATIVE
PO BOX 1363
SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78296
TOTAL COST
$ 60,455.00
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the 31st of March, 2015.
ROBERT GARZA
Mayor
ATTEST:
SUSAN CORP
City Secretary
HENRY ARREDONDO
City Manager
SUZANNE WEST
City Attorney
10. a.
Information
SUBJECT:
Directing the City Manager, Henry Arredondo to give Notice to Advertise the Invitation for Bids
for the purchase of four (4) 3/4 ton diesel pick up trucks with utility service bodies for various
City Departments - Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing Agent
SUMMARY:
Discussion and possible action on a resolution to authorize and direct City Manager, Henry
Arredondo, to give notice to advertise for the invitation for bids for the purchase of four(4) 3/4 ton
diesel pick up trucks with utility service bodies for various City Departments
BACKGROUND:
The City of Del Rio has multiple departments that utilize 3/4 ton utility trucks in the daily
operation of providing services to the community. Utility bodies are necessary to enable the crews
to carry the necessary equipment and materials to work sites. Smaller capacity pick up trucks are
not an option as most times, the crew also requires towing equipment for digging, trenching, or
materials that are too long and heavy for a smaller truck. The departments currently have a fleet of
vehicles that have long past the effective life expectancy and are in need of replacement. DISCUSSION:
The City of Del Rio will be requesting from interested vendors, to submit to this invitation for
bids in part of the requirement for open competition for the purchase of the said vehicles.
Additionally, as part of this process, the City will attempt to obtain the best possible product at the
most reasonable cost, from the most reliable and responsible bidder.
PROS:
The replacement of the aging vehicles will reduce the down time for repairs and provide
equipment that is more reliable. CONS:
*The initial capital costs for the purchase expected to be approximately $ 144,000. *The
additional cost incurred by the Fleet Dept. in preparing the vehicles for use after delivery.
*Regular maintenance costs after delivery.
RECOMMENDATION:
The Purchasing Agent recommends that the City Council discuss and consider the approval of a
The Purchasing Agent recommends that the City Council discuss and consider the approval of a
resolution authorizing and directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to give Notice to
Advertise the Invitation for Bids for the purchase of four (4) 3/4 ton diesel pick up trucks with
utility service bodies for various City Departments
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
The estimated cost of $144,000 to purchase the replacement vehicles for the Water Fund
Departments is from vehicle replacement funds allocated to those departments. Attachments
Reso 027 to Auth Ton PIckups
spec 3/4 ton diesel PU w box
replacement list
RESOLUTION NO. R: 2015 - 027
A RESOLUTION BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS AUTHORIZING
AND DIRECTING THE CITY MANAGER, HENRY ARREDONDO, TO GIVE NOTICE TO
ADVERTISE THE INVITATION FOR BIDS FOR THE PURCHASE OF FOUR (4) ¾ TON DIESEL
PICK UP TRUCKS WITH UTILITY SERVICE BODIES FOR VARIOUS CITY DEPARTMENTS.
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio is required to procure services, goods, and materials that are competitively bid
and awarded in accordance with State of Texas Local Government Code, Chapter 271; and
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio has the need to replace the vehicles that have exceeded the effective life
expectancy of such equipment; and
WHEREAS, the estimated cost for the procurement of the four (4) ¾ ton diesel pick-up trucks with utility
service bodies is approximately $144,000, with the funding for this project being from the departments
budgeted vehicle replacement funds; and
WHEREAS, the initial cost requires the solicitation of bids through an open procurement process.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
It hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager, Henry Arredondo, to give notice and advertise the request for
bids for four (4) ¾ ton pick-up trucks with utility service bodies
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the 31st day of March, 2015.
___________________________________
ROBERT GARZA
Mayor
ATTEST:
__________________________________________
SUSAN CORP
City Secretary
_______________________________
HENRY ARREDONDO
Acting City Manager
____________________________________
SUSANNE WEST
City Attorney
Vehicle Specifications
2015 (or newer) Regular Cab 8' box 137" WB SRW – Diesel Engine
with 6 compartment Utility Service Body – (Knapheide, Reading, or Stahl)
Specifications and Description
(minimum requirements)
Engine: Diesel
Transmission- Heavy Duty 6-Speed Automatic:
3.77 Axle Ratio or less
GVWR: 10,000lb Payload Package; or as appropriate to the manufacturer
Wheels: 17" Painted Steel
Heavy Duty Vinyl 40/20/40 Split Bench Seat:
Rubber Floor – no carpeting
Radio: AM/FM w/Digital Clock:
Air Conditioning
Brakes: Power with 4 Wheel ABS
Extra coolant capacity radiator/fully charged
Heavy duty alternator, not less than 160amps
Heavy duty battery, minimum 550 cranking amps
Standard equipment not mentioned is to be included.
Equipment other than new, unless specified, will not meet specifications.
Other Options
137" Wheelbase, minimum
Driver and passenger truck step / steel.
Pick-Up Box
Rear Bumper Delete; Spare Wheel, Tire, Carrier & Jack Delete.
Deletes tie-down hooks, tailgate, body side moldings and 7/4 pin connector.
Include 17.5K trailer hitch receiver
Install a 6 compartment Utility Service Body – will accept Knapheide, Reading, or Stahl; no others
Include Step Bumper, Lights, flaps, reflectors
Service box doors to include seals and locks.
Solid top, no flip tops.
Monotone Paint Application
Interior Colors For: Primary w/XL (Reg) – prefer Gray, darker colors acceptable
Exterior Colors For: Primary w/XL (Reg) - Oxford White
Warranty
Basic .................................. 36 month/36,000 miles
Corrosion Perforation ...... 60 month/unlimited mileage
Powertrain ........................... 60 month/60,000 miles
Roadside Assistance ............ 60 month/60,000 miles
Accessories and Aftermarket Options
30 DAYS FLOOR PLAN FROM TIME OF DELIVERY
Delivery of truck to City of Del Rio
Terms
30 day net on delivery of vehicle, title documents, and invoice.
The City reserves the right to revert to the State of Texas TxMAS Contract if the bid price is higher than the contracted amount
through the State.
10. b.
Information
SUBJECT:
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to Give Notice and to Advertise the Invitation for
Bids for the Purchase and installation of a Stair Step Screen and Washing Press for City of Del
Rio San Felipe Wastewater Plant - Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing Agent
SUMMARY:
Discussion and possible action on a resolution to authorize and direct City Manager Henry
Arredondo to give notice to advertise for the invitation for bids for purchase and installation of a
Stair Step Screen and Washing Press for City of Del Rio San Felipe Wastewater Plant.
BACKGROUND:
The City of Del Rio Wastewater Department operates and maintains the San Felipe Wastewater
Treatment Plant. In this plant, there is a need for the mechanical bar screen is for the head works
of San Felipe Waste water Treatment Plant. The equipment mentioned will be installed at the
head works of the plant, where it has encountered many problems with influent waste entering the
Wastewater plant. This is due to all of the debris coming in to the plant, having a major impact
with treatment. With the installation of the mechanical bar screen, it will eliminate this problem,
and cause less disruption in treatment. The incoming debris ( rags, trash etc.) makes it's way in to
the RAS (RETURN ACTIVATED SLUDGE) and WAS(WASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGE)
Pumps that continue to damage and cause failure to are pumps, and the cost associated with
repairs. In addition with the installation of the bar screen it works as grit removal. All the grit that
is received with the influent also makes its way into the pump volute and impellers causing severe
damage.
DISCUSSION:
The City of Del Rio Wastewater Department is seeking interested vendors to submit to this
invitation for bids in part of the requirement for open competition for the purchase of the pumps
and materials. Additionally, as part of this process, the City will attempt to obtain the best possible
product at the most reasonable cost. The Utility Commission approved this item on October 21,
2014.
PROS:
The replacement of a manual bar screen with a mechanical stair screen and washing press, will
improve the waste removal capablities of the Wastewater system. Replacement will improve the
working life of the RAS/WAS pumps.
CONS:
Regulatory agency fines and fees will continue to be a possible issue and blockages of flow will
increase the possiblity of contamination. RECOMMENDATION:
The Purchasing Agent recommends to the City Council that they discuss and consider the
approval of a resolution authorizing and directing City Manager Henry Arredondo to Give Notice
and to Advertise the Invitation for Bids for the Purchase and installation of a Stair Step Screen
and Washing Press for City of Del Rio San Felipe Wastewater Plant.
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
Funds to purchase of the Stair Step Screen and Washing Press will be from available funds from
the Certificates of Obligation series 2013. The estimated cost for this approximately $ 80,000 .
Attachments
Reso 028 Auth Screen and Press
rfp screen and press
stair screen spec
washing press spec
RESOLUTION NO. R: 2015-028
AND DIRECTING THE CITY MANAGER, HENRY ARREDONDO, TO GIVE NOTICE AND TO
ADVERTISE THE INVITATION FOR BIDS FOR THE PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF A
STAIR STEP SCREEN AND WASHING PRESS FOR THE CITY OF DEL RIO SAN FELIPE
WASTEWATER PLANT.
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio has the need to purchase and install a stair step screen and washing press in
the influent head works of the San Felipe Wastewater Treatment Plant for removal of debris and prevent
damage to the RAS/WAS pumps; and
WHEREAS, the estimated cost for the procurement of the stair step screen and washing press is estimated
approximately $ 80,000, with the funding for this project being from Certificates of Obligation Series 2013; and
WHEREAS, the initial cost requires the solicitation of bids through an open procurement process.
It hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager, Henry Arredondo, to give notice and advertise the request for
proposal for the purchase and installation of a stair step screen and washing press for the City of Del Rio San
Felipe Wastewater Treatment plant.
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the 31ST day of March, 2015.
___________________________________
ROBERT GARZA
Mayor
ATTEST:
__________________________________________
SUSAN CORP
City Secretary
_______________________________
HENRY ARREDONDO
Acting City Manager
____________________________________
SUSANNE WEST
City Attorney
REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS RFP #R: 2015PURCHASE and INSTALLATION OF STAIR SCREEN AND WASH PRESS
1.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.1 Intent and Scope of Work:
It is the intent of this "RFP" to secure proposals for the purchase and installation of a Stair (Step) Screen (Influent
Screening System) and Washing Press, as specified on Sections 101 and 102 on the following pages and to be
installed at the Waste Water Plant, located at Guyler Lane, San Felipe Wastewater Treatment Plant, Del Rio, Texas.
Unit should meet the following design criteria as a minimum: Design Flow 8.0 MGD; Peak Flow 20.0 MGD.
Influent to San Felipe Wastewater Plant permitted not to exceed 2 hour pick flow of 13.30 MGD and annual average
not to exceed 3.8 MGD. The unit should be stainless steel. The unit accepted should include a washing compacting
system for the screenings to pass thru prior to disposal. Debris collected from the stair screen will be washed pressed
and collected in a dumpster for disposal to the land fill. The accepted equipment should be able to operate on a 24/7
basis, either in an automatic (controlled by flow sensors), or manual (controlled by operator actuated control) mode.
The Contractor will remove any old and install the new screen and wash press. In place now all we have are manual
bar screens. Manual screens can be removed by hand. The City does require the successful vendor to provide start
up supervision. Installation inspection, commissioning of equipment, and training should be furnished with factory
trained service personnel. The new screen should fit in the current facility in place. The successful vendor must
verify all measurements in person before ordering the equipment. The new screen should remove the screenings
from a system with approx. 60% unscreened and 40% has been through grinders is what the Influent of San Felipe
consist of some of the flow coming in has been through grinder pumps and some is gravity flow to the plant.. The
San Felipe Wastewater Plant currently has a manual bar screen. The new screen system should replace this
equipment. The screenings will be dewatered. The new screen should remove enough screenings so that the plate
press operations will not be impaired by screenings. The unit should run with minimum maintenance and handle
peak flows without backing up the channel causing unnecessary by-passes.
All shipping must be F.O.B. Del Rio, Texas. Freight prepaid and allowed. The City will take ownership of this
equipment only as it arrives at our dock. Title for such equipment shall pass to the City of Del Rio upon receipt and
acceptance thereof at the City Waste Water Plant. The screening system shall be appropriately crated and delivered
to protect against damage during shipment. All prices are for equipment delivered F.O.B. the facility set forth on the
purchase order and shall represent the entire cost to the City of Del Rio.
The following information is also required:
1. Describe the equipment proposed, in detail, including the step screen, wash press, controls, electric motors and
speed reducers, spares and accessories. More than one proposal can be submitted.
2. Describe Warranty information.
3. Describe what is NOT included.
4. Describe your Terms.
5. Provide drawings and literature of this equipment.
6. Describe the system design and parameters.
The City of Del Rio, Texas is tax exempt and will supply a tax exempt form upon request.
All equipment specified should be supplied by a single manufacturer involved in the manufacture of fine screening
equipment. If equipment is not manufactured by supplier, including welding and machining, the name and contact
information of manufacturing facility should be supplied. If more than one manufacturer is used, all companies and
facilities should be provided. If patents protecting equipment are not owned by supplier then affidavit should be
supplied stating owner of design and expiration of licensing agreement.
EVALUATION PROCEDURE
The proposal process begins with the issuing of this RFP on or about
, and will continue until
, (the “Proposal Due Date”) for the submission of proposals. The City of Del Rio will accept proposals
from any supplier and installer of screening equipment. Proposals will be evaluated based on 1) Price, 2) Ability to
perform and meet intent and scope of services, 3) Expected quality and design 4). Delivery schedule; 5) Terms 6)
Warranty; 7) References 8) Meeting requirements; 9) Service and Parts availability.
Respondents may send questions by e-mail as indicated in part 1.3, which may be answered by City staff. A
selection committee, consisting of representatives from the City’s staff shall review the proposals submitted. After
each proposal has been evaluated on the basis of the Vendor's approach to meeting the City’s needs, short-listing
procedures will narrow the list of candidates to the two or more best qualified firms. City of Del Rio expects to ask
for references related to quality of service and ability to deliver, after choosing the top contenders. Each of these
firms may then be invited to an interview at which time each firm will be given an opportunity to present its
proposal and to answer questions of the selection committee.
Faxes and emails are not acceptable. This is a sealed proposal. There will not be a formal opening. Only the names
of those submitting proposals will be revealed.
1.2 Deadline
Sealed proposals shall be submitted no later than
:
Proposals also may be hand delivered or sent by UPS or FedEx to:
City of Del Rio
City Secretary, Susan Corp
109 W Broadway Street
Del Rio, Texas 78840
1.3 Questions
Any questions concerning this Request for Proposal or Technical questions should be directed to Mario A .Garcia,
Purchasing Agent, by email at [email protected]
1.4 Code Compliance
This procurement process is governed by the "CODE OF ORDINANCES, CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS".
1.5 Proposals Binding Sixty (60) Days
Unless otherwise specified all formal proposals submitted shall be binding for sixty (60) calendar days following
closing date unless extended by mutual consent of both parties.
2.0 CODES & STANDARDS
2.1 The Vendor, its officers, agents, employees, and any subcontractors, in the performance of this Agreement shall
comply with all applicable statutes and laws of the United States and the State of Texas, the Charter and ordinances
of the City of Del Rio, Texas, and the applicable rules and regulations of the agencies of each.
3.0 SCOPE OF SERVICES
The scope of services requested is described in the Specifications, Intent, and Scope of Services
4.0 VENDOR'S RELATIONSHIP TO THE CITY
a. Novation
The Vendor shall not assign or transfer, whether by as Assignment or Novation, any of its rights, duties,
benefits, obligations, liabilities, or responsibilities under this Contract without the written consent of the
City; provided, however, that assignments to banks, trust companies or other financial institutions for the
purpose of securing bond may be made without the consent of the City. Assignment or Novation of this
Contract shall not be valid unless the Assignment or Novation expressly provides that the assignment of
any of the Vendor's rights or benefits under the Contract is subject to a prior lien for labor performed,
services rendered and materials, tools and equipment supplied for the performance of the work under this
Contract in favor of all persons, firms, or corporations rendering such labor or services or supplying such
materials, tools and equipment.
5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CITY
a. The City designates Roger Sanchez and Mitch Lomas to act as its representatives with respect to the
services to be rendered under any subsequent Agreements. Such persons shall have complete authority to
transmit instructions, receive information, interpret and define City's policies and decisions with respect to
the Vendor's services for the Project.
b. Shall assist the Vendor by placing at his disposal all available information pertinent to the Project.
c. Guarantee access to and make all provisions for the Vendor to enter upon public and private property as
required for the Vendor to perform his services under this Agreement.
d. Give prompt written notice to the Vendor whenever the City observes or otherwise becomes aware of
any development that affects the scope or timing of Vendor's services.
6.0 AWARD PROCEDURES
The selection committee will make a recommendation of the top-ranked respondent to the City Manager, who is
authorized to execute the contract on behalf of the City of Del Rio. The City may elect to make award without
conducting formal interviews.
7.0 PROPOSALS (3) COPIES REQUIRED)
Proposals should also include the following information in the order detailed.
a. Letter of Transmittal
Limit two (2) pages. Make a positive commitment to perform the required work within the time period
requested. Also, give the name(s) of the person(s) who will be authorized to make representation for your
firm, their title, and telephone number.
b. Firm Experience
Provide a short summary indicating your experience and ability to perform. Indicate prior experience of
your firm in performing work of this nature especially for public agencies (include references).
c. Cost
Indicate total fees or prices required to provide scope of services as detailed in the attached including
expectations of payment terms. Indicate any deviations from the scope of services and requirements.
d. Required Forms
Complete are required forms provided in the proposal packet.
8.0 Guaranty
A. the Contractor shall guarantee that all the materials used under the contract shall fully comply with the
requirements of the scope of services and the instructions of the City of Del Rio.
B. All expenses covering return or replacement of defective or improper equipment or merchandise will be
assumed by the Contractor. If the Contractor shall fail to replace or repair any defective or improper
equipment or merchandise within thirty (30) days from date of notice, the City may make the necessary
corrective arrangements and charge the cost to money due the Contractor or bill the Contractor. The
Contractor agrees to reimburse the City in such instances.
9.0 Work Changes
A. The City of Del Rio without invalidating the contract, and without notice to any surety, may order
changes in the work within the general scope of the contract consisting of additions, deletions or other
revisions, providing the total amount added or eliminated does not exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the
total contract price. All such changes in the work shall be authorized by change order, and shall be
executed under the applicable conditions of the contract documents.
B. The cost to the City resulting from a change in the work shall be determined by unit prices subsequently
agreed upon or by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized,
10.0 Addenda to the RFP
A. the City of Del Rio reserves the right to amend this solicitation at any time prior to the deadline for
submitting proposals. If it becomes necessary to revise any part of this RFP, notice of the revision will be
given in the form of an Addendum that will be provided to all prospective Bidders who are on record with
the City of Del Rio as having received this solicitation. If, in the opinion of the City, the deadline for the
submission of proposals does not provide sufficient time for consideration of any Addendum, then such
deadline may be extended at the discretion of the City.
B. It shall be the responsibility of each Bidder to contact the Purchasing Department identified in this
solicitation prior to submission of a proposal hereunder in order to determine whether any Addenda have
been issued in connection with this procurement. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the failure
of any Bidder to receive any Addenda shall neither constitute grounds for withdrawal of its proposal, nor
relieve such Bidder from any responsibility for incorporating the provisions of any Addenda in its proposal.
11.0 Receipt of Addenda
Acknowledge receipt of each addendum by signing it and submitting with the proposal.
12.0 Late Bids
Proposals or unsolicited amendments to proposals arriving after the proposal submission deadline will not be
considered.
13.0 Contract Award
A contract will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder by issuance of a written contract.
14.0 Debarment Status
By submitting a proposal in response to this solicitation, each Bidder certifies that it is not currently debarred by the
federal government, the State of Texas, or any agency or department thereof from submitting a proposal in
connection with any procurement project and that it is not an agent of any person or entity that currently is so
debarred
REFERENCES
1.
COMPANY NAME:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT PERSON:
TELEPHONE: (________) - _________ - __________________________
FAX: (________) - _________ - __________________________
E-MAIL:
2.
COMPANY NAME:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT PERSON:
TELEPHONE: (________) - _________ - __________________________
FAX: (________) - _________ - __________________________
E-MAIL:
3.
COMPANY NAME:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT PERSON:
TELEPHONE: (________) - _________ - __________________________
FAX: (________) - _________ - __________________________
E-MAIL:
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 101
STAIR SCREEN
PART 1
GENERAL
1.
DESCRIPTION
a. Furnish and install one (1) fully automatic stair screen for collecting and removing debris from the
incoming wastewater flow.
b. The stair screen shall be provided complete with all accessories, spare parts, mounting, anchor bolts
and other appurtenances as specified and as may be required for a complete and operating
installation.
c. Related Sections: Washing Press Section 102
2.
REFERENCES
a. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA)
b. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
c. American Federation of Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA)
d. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
e. American Welding Society (AWS)
f. Steel Structures Painting Council, American National Standards Institute (SSPC)
g. Underwriters Laboratory (UL)
3.
SUBMITTALS
a. Shop Drawing Submittals shall include at least the following:
i. Certified shop and erection drawings showing important details of construction
dimensions, anchor bolt locations, and field connections.
ii. Descriptive literature, bulletins, and catalogs of the equipment, including details of the
motor, gear reducer and lubrication points.
iii. Installation, operation, and start-up procedures including lubrication requirements.
iv. Complete motor data.
v. Total weight of the equipment including the weight of the single largest item.
vi. A list of spare parts that are supplied with the project.
4.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
a. Submit operations and maintenance manuals in three ring binders for the equipment in compliance
with the Contract documents, 30 days prior to shipment. Manuals shall include:
i. Contact name, address, and telephone number of the equipment manufacturer’s Service
Department and Parts Department.
ii. Descriptive literature, including illustrations, covering the operational features of the
equipment, specific for the particular installation, with all inapplicable information omitted
or marked out.
iii. Operating, maintenance and troubleshooting information.
iv. Complete maintenance parts list
v. Complete connection, interconnecting and assembly diagrams.
vi. Approved shop drawings including complete electrical information.
5.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. The materials covered by these specifications are intended to be standard equipment of proven
reliability and as manufactured by a reputable manufacturer having experience in the production of
screening equipment. The equipment furnished shall be designed and constructed in accordance
with the best practices and methods and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the
Contract Drawings and operated per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
6.
7.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
a. Number of Units
b. Peak Flow Rate
c. Flow Channel Width
d. Flow Channel Depth
e. Discharge Height EL.
f. Channel Top EL.
g. Invert EL.
h. Slot Width / Spacing
i. Setting Inclination
* Reference elevations only
One (1)
9.6 MGD
2’- 11-1/2”
6’- 2”
*109.08’
*106.17’
*100.00
1/8-inch (3 mm)
57 degrees from horizontal (maximum)
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT
a. The CONTRACTOR shall store and temporarily support equipment prior to installation in strict
accordance with the Manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. Protect all exposed surfaces.
Keep records of the storage parameters and the dates that storage procedures were performed. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for work, equipment, and materials until inspected, tested and
finally accepted.
b. Protect the equipment from being contaminated by dust, dirt, vibration and moisture.
c. Temporarily connect equipment with built in motor space heaters to a power source and keep heaters
in operation. Rotate all shafts that have bearings on at least a monthly basis.
d. The stair screen shall be shipped complete including the motor and excluding the support arms and
discharge chute. The local control station shall be pre-wired to the screen and shall be attached via a
bolted connection to one of the support arms. The unit shall be erected and lubricated in strict
accordance with the instructions of the Manufacturer's field engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
8.
GENERAL
a. The stair screen furnished shall positively remove debris from the incoming wastewater by means of
fixed and movable lamellas. The lamellas shall be secured within a framework that is installed in
the concrete channels as shown on the Contract Drawings. During each cleaning cycle, the movable
lamellas shall rotate one complete revolution (or one step), which will transport the screenings
material up to the next set of fixed lamellas. The movable lamellas will then finish their rotation and
return to their original position. A positive means of stopping the movable lamellas at the original
position shall be incorporated into the design. Multiple revolutions during normal flow are not
acceptable. This intermittent cycling will raise the screenings upward and subsequently out of the
channel at the point of discharge into the appropriate receiving device.
b. Designs employing the use of endless moving media, cables and hydraulic cylinders or raking
mechanisms to remove debris from the channel are not acceptable. The use of two or more motors
to complete a screen cleaning cycle is not acceptable.
c. The design shall be such to ensure that all maintenance can be accomplished at the operating floor
level. No part of the drive system including bearings, linkage, bushings or shafts shall be located
below the water surface at maximum design flow. Designs that utilize drive systems that rely on
gravity or otherwise do not provide a forceful mechanical action in the downward stroke of the
movable lamella package are specifically not acceptable. The drive output shaft rotation shall be
constant and in one direction in order to reduce maintenance requirements.
9.
FRAME ASSEMBLY
a. The frame assembly shall be of a one piece, formed structural design and shall provide a rigid,
secure unit capable of withstanding all operating forces when installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instruction. The frame assembly shall consist of two side frames, a base plate, two
drive plates, fixed lamella support members, movable lamella support members and two frame
support legs with pivot pins. The drive plates shall be mounted within the side frame and shall be
connected to the movable lamella support members.
b.
c.
The frame assembly shall be designed to mount into the channel without the need for recesses in the
channel walls or channel floor. Neoprene side seals shall be attached to the side frames with 304
stainless steel retainers and hardware to seal between the screen and channel walls.
The side frames shall extend fully from the channel invert to the top of the unit and shall be arranged
to pivot out of the channel for maintenance. The frame shall be designed to clear all fixed
screenings receiving devices when the screen is pivoted out of the channel for maintenance. The
side frames shall be manufactured from 304 stainless steel with a minimum thickness of 0.24-inch
(6 mm).
10. LAMELLAS
a. The screening surface of the stair screen shall consist of alternating fixed and movable step-shaped
lamellas. The steps on the lamellas shall be of the same size, nominally 2-3/8-inch deep by
4-1/4-inch tall, except for the lowest step, which shall be of a low profile design. The distance from
the bottom of the channel to the top of the bottom step shall not exceed 2-1/2-inches. The
downstream side of the lower moveable lamellas shall be provided with half-moon shaped teeth to
slice through any debris that may accumulate on the fixed lamella support members. All lamellas
shall be attached to either the fixed or movable lamella support members.
b. The lamellas in the screening area shall have a slot width (or spacing) of 1/4-inch (6mm). Fixed
lamellas shall be provided with replaceable plastic spacers on each side to maintain the proper
spacing and prevent metal-to-metal contact between the lamellas.
c. The lower portion of the fixed lamellas shall be furnished with thick polypropylene sleeves to
ensure proper spacing and prevent metal-to-metal contact between the lamellas. The lower portion
of the movable lamellas shall be provided with half-moon shaped teeth to penetrate through fine grit
and sand during operation. The lower lamellas shall be manufactured from 304 stainless steel with a
thickness of 2 mm.
d. The upper portion of the fixed lamellas and movable lamellas shall be constructed of U.V. stabilized
polypropylene with a nominal thickness of 5 mm. The bar spacing between the fixed and movable
lamellas in the transport zone shall be 0.5 mm or less. The thick lamellas shall help to ensure that
stringy material does not fall through the screen prior to discharge.
11. DIRECTING PLATE
a. The stair screen shall be provided with a directing plate at the base of the machine perpendicular to
the flow and level with the lowest step on the lamellas. The directing plate shall direct heavier
material, such as grit and gravel, onto the top shelf of the bottom row of steps on the lamellas to
prevent a build-up of material in front of the screen.
b. The directing plate shall be manufactured from 3/16-inch thick 304 stainless steel and shall be
provided with a replaceable nylon brush to seal between the downstream edge of the plate and the
upstream edge of the bottom row of steps.
12. ENCLOSURE PANELS
a. The portion of the stair screen located above the top of the channel on both the upstream and
downstream sides shall be shrouded in removable enclosure panels. The drive compartment shall be
shrouded separately. The drive shall be fully enclosed to protect it from the atmosphere in the
channel. Panels shall be secured in place with ¼ turn keyed latches.
b. The enclosure panels shall be manufactured of 304 stainless steel with a minimum thickness of
20-gauge. The panels shall be formed with engineered bends to help prevent deflection. Flat plate
covers are not acceptable.
13. DRIVE ASSEMBLY
a. The stair screen shall be furnished with an integrated drive assembly consisting of a TEFC electric
motor with a bevel type gear reducer, drive shaft, bearings, sprockets and dual drive chains.
b. The motor shall be a minimum 2.0 horsepower, 230/460 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hertz with a service factor
of 1.15. The motors shall be rated at 40°C ambient with Class F insulation and shall have a Class B
temperature rise at full load. The nominal motor speed shall be 1800 rpm.
c. Gear reducers shall be bevel gear type with ball or roller bearings throughout with all moving parts
immersed in oil. Shafts shall be of high strength alloy steel ground to required tolerances. All ball
d.
e.
f.
or roller bearings shall be rated and manufactured by a member of the Antifriction Bearing
Manufacturer’s Association. At least one bearing on each shaft shall be of the combined radial and
thrust type.
Gear reducer units shall meet the standards of the American Gear Manufacturers Association.
The drive assembly shall be capable of elevating the weight of the movable lamellas plus the
maximum debris load.
The chain and sprocket transmission system shall consist of endless dual chain, an upper sprocket
connected to a bearing in a fixed housing and a lower sprocket connected to a bearing in a pivoting
housing. The drive system shall be identical on each side of the screen.
i. The drive system shall be designed so that the lower sprocket, lower bearing assembly and
associated chain are located above the maximum water level. Designs that utilize sprockets,
bearings, linkage or bushings located below the maximum water level are not acceptable.
ii. The lower bearing assembly shall be designed to pivot or slip to automatically
accommodate uneven chain stretch.
iii. The chain shall be arranged in the same plane as the fixed lamella package and the same
plane as the movable lamella package when in the parked position to ensure maximum
efficiency in the drive system.
iv. Automatic shock absorber type chain tensioning devices shall be provided to ensure that
the drive chains maintain proper tension and to eliminate the need for adjustment.
v. Automatic, adjustable, oil drip-type chain lubricators shall be provided to lubricate the
screen drive chains. Lubricators shall be equipped with replaceable oil canisters.
14. DISCHARGE CHUTE
a. A fully shrouded and easily removable discharge chute shall be provided at the point of discharge to
interface with and direct screenings into the inlet hopper on the washing press. The discharge chute
shall be manufactured from 304 stainless steel.
15. CONTROLS
a. The stair screen shall be cycled on and off by remote control signals from the main control panel.
The screen shall be cycled by a demand signal generated from a differential level controller. The
controller shall be located within the main control panel and shall measure the head loss across the
screen. Once a preset level has been reached, a signal in the form of a dry contact closure is
generated for starting the screen. Once directed to start, the screen will be cycled on and off by a
repeat cycle timer until the head loss is reduced to a preset operating level. Differential level shall
be measured by ultrasonic transducers mounted upstream and downstream of the screen. Two (2)
Echomax (or equivalent) transducers, fabricated stainless steel brackets and anchor bolts and a
sufficient length of cable shall be provided as part of the differential level system.
b. The control system, both local and main, shall be designed and manufactured by the same company
that furnishes the mechanical screen.
c. Local controls shall consist of a NEMA 4 local junction box with a mushroom head EMERGENCY
STOP push-button. The local controls and motor shall be pre-wired to a terminal strip located inside
the local junction box. The local junction box shall be mounted on one of the screen support legs.
d. One (1) NEMA 4 home position proximity switch to stop the movable lamella package at a
predetermined position after each cleaning cycle. Proximity switch shall be single pole, double
throw (SPDT) and rated not less than 10 amps at 120 volt AC.
e. Furnish one (1) main control panel for the stair screen. The main control panel shall be totally
enclosed, front access type with top/side/bottom entry. The panel shall be manufactured by a U.L.
listed control panel facility and shall bear a U.L. label. Construction of the control panel enclosure
shall be NEMA 4X, 304 stainless steel with indicating devices and switches mounted on the front
door. The controls for the screen may be included in the control panel for the press if the same
manufacturer provides the screen and the press.
f. Main control panel wiring shall be color-coded, labeled, neatly cabled and supported in
nonflammable wiring raceways. Wiring shall be minimum 16-gauge MTW stranded wire.
g.
h.
The control panel wiring shall contain all power and control devices shown on the Contract
Drawings (wiring diagrams), which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
i. One (1) control power ON-OFF selector switch.
ii. One (1) HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch for operation of the stair screen drive.
iii. One (1) red pilot light for “Screen Run” indication.
iv. One (1) amber pilot light for “Over Current” indication.
v. One (1) white pilot light for control power.
vi. One (1) momentary “reset” push-button for over current reset.
vii. Spare contact for remote indication of “Over Current” status.
viii. Control relays, wiring and circuitry required to implement the control logic
ix. One (1) full voltage NEMA rated starter. The magnetic starter shall be of the heater less
design and provide phase loss protection, short circuit self-protection and thermal memory.
The solid-state overload shall be self-powered.
x. One (1) circuit breaker
xi. One (1) 120 VAC step down control transformer.
xii. One (1) adjustable interval timer mounted on DIN rail to automatically initiate operation of
the stair screen.
xiii. One (1) Milltronics HydroRanger 200 (or equivalent) differential level controller to sense
the differential in water level upstream and downstream of the stair screen.
xiv. One (1) adjustable repeat cycle timer mounted on DIN rail that shall be activated by a
signal from the differential level controller.
xv. One (1) current sensing relay. The current sensing relay shall continuously monitor the
motor current to prevent damage due to a jam obstruction or a unit malfunction. An over
current condition that causes motor shutdown shall cause an alarm to sound. The alarm
shall be manually reset prior to the unit returning to normal operation.
xvi. One (1) elapsed time meter.
All switches, pushbuttons and pilot lights shall be NEMA rated components. IEC rated components
are not acceptable.
16. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
a. The stair screen shall be manually operable from the main control panel.
b. The screen shall be cycled by a demand signal generated from a differential level
controller. The differential level controller located within the remote control panel
shall measure the head loss across the screen. Once a preset level differential has
been reached, a signal in the form of a dry contact closure is generated for starting the
screen. Once directed to start, the screen will be cycled on and off by a repeat cycle
timer until the head loss is reduced to a preset operating differential level. Ultrasonic
transducers mounted upstream and downstream of the screen shall measure
differential level.
17. FASTENERS
a. All fasteners and anchor bolts shall be 304 stainless steel unless otherwise indicated in this
specification. Anchor bolts shall be provided for mounting support arms. All threaded fasteners
shall be coated with a nickel based anti-seize thread lubricant prior to assembly.
18. LUBRICATION
a. The manufacturer shall state in the operating manual the amount of and specification for any
lubricant required.
19. PROTECTIVE COATINGS
a. Stainless steel and plastic components shall not be painted. The stainless steel structural
components and enclosure panels shall be bead blasted or passivated after fabrication to remove
embedded iron, surface rust and weld burn. All other surfaces shall be blast cleaned to an SSPC-SP6
finish, removing all dirt, rust, scale and foreign materials.
b.
Cleaned surfaces shall be shop primed with one (1) coat of TNEMEC 69-1212 primer, or equal, to
attain a minimum dry film thickness of 2.5 mils. The motor and gear reducer shall be finish coated
and shall be painted the same color. The drive chain shall be coated with a suitable lubricant.
20. SPARE PARTS
a. The Contractor shall furnish the following spare parts for each screen
i. Three (3) movable stainless steel lamella
ii. Three (3) fixed stainless steel lamella
iii. Twenty-five (25) plastic spacers
b. All spare parts shall be properly packed, labeled and stored where directed by staff
PART 3 EXECUTION
21. TESTING
a. The stair screen shall be factory assembled and factory run tested in the United States prior to
shipment. The main control panel shall also be factory tested with the equipment prior to shipment.
b. The screen shall also be field tested after erection in the presence of the Owner and Engineer to
confirm and verify the structural and mechanical compliance to the specification. The field
acceptance test shall include demonstrating that the screen operates without vibration, jamming or
overheating and perform its specified function satisfactorily.
22. INITIAL START-UP AND TRAINING
a. The Contractor shall provide the services of a factory-employed service technician who shall
adequately inspect the installation, test the equipment furnished under this Contract and instruct the
Owner’s operating personnel in its maintenance and operation. Factory personnel are required.
Manufacturer’s sales representatives are not deemed acceptable to provide the start-up service. The
services of the technician shall be provided as follows:
i. One (1) trip and two (2) days of service to inspect and certify the installation prior to
startup and instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of the
equipment. Start-up service can be combined with the start-up service for the press if the
same manufacturer provides both pieces of equipment.
23. WARRANTY
a. The equipment supplier shall warrant that its equipment shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship; and that it will replace or repair, F.O.B. its factory, any part or parts returned to it,
which examination shall show to have failed under normal use and service by the user within eighteen
(18) months following initial shipment or twelve (12) months following operation start-up, whichever
occurs first.
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 102
WASHING PRESS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.
DESCRIPTION
a. Furnish and install one (1) automatic washing press for the reduction of organic content, moisture
and volume from screenings material removed from the incoming wastewater flow by a stair screen.
b. The washing press shall be designed to accommodate screenings taken from the flow stream from a
municipal wastewater treatment plant. A wedge wire drain and a screw mounted nylon brush shall
be required to help protect against blinding of the drain.
c. The washing press shall be provided to the jobsite complete with the drive assembly, local wiring,
valves, controls, spare parts, anchor bolts and other appurtenances as specified and as required for a
complete operating installation.
d. Related Sections: Stair Screen
Section 101
2.
REFERENCES
a. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA)
b. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
c. American Federation of Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA)
d. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
e. American Welding Society (AWS)
f. Steel Structures Painting Council, American National Standards Institute (SSPC)
g. Underwriters Laboratory (UL)
3.
SUBMITTALS
a. Shop Drawing Submittals shall include at least the following:
i. Certified shop and erection drawings showing important details of construction
dimensions, anchor bolt locations, and field connections.
ii. Descriptive literature, bulletins, and catalogs of the equipment, including details of the
motor, gear reducer and lubrication points.
iii. Installation, operation, and start-up procedures including lubrication requirements.
iv. Complete motor data.
v. Total weight of the equipment including the weight of the single largest item.
vi. A list of spare parts that are supplied with the project.
4.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
a. Submit operations and maintenance manuals in three ring binders for the equipment in compliance
with the Contract documents, prior to shipment. Manuals shall include:
i. Name, address, and telephone number of the nearest competent service representative who
can furnish parts and technical service.
ii. Descriptive literature, including illustrations, covering the operational features of the
equipment, specific for the particular installation, with all inapplicable information omitted
or marked out.
iii. Operating, maintenance and troubleshooting information.
iv. Complete maintenance parts list.
v. Complete connection, interconnecting and assembly diagrams.
vi. Approved shop drawings complete with electrical information.
5.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. The materials covered by these specifications are intended to be standard equipment of proven
reliability and as manufactured by a reputable manufacturer having experience in the production of
screenings washing equipment. The equipment furnished shall be designed and constructed in
b.
6.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
a. Number of Units:
b. Screenings Capacity:
c.
d.
e.
7.
PART 2
accordance with the best practices and methods and shall operate satisfactorily when installed as
shown on the Contract Drawings and operated per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The manufacturer shall have a minimum of fifty (50) washing presses with hollow shaft screws,
internal washing feature, axial thrust bearing and wedge wire drain installed in the United States.
Organic Removal:
Min. Volume Reduction:
Wash Water Requirements:
One (1)
Up to 33 cubic ft./hr. (batch service)
Up to 99 cubic ft. /hr. (continuous service)
Up to 90% (excludes fats, oils, & grease)
50%
19 gpm at 35-psi minimum (intermittent usage)
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT
a. The CONTRACTOR shall store and temporarily support equipment prior to installation in strict
accordance with the Manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. Protect all exposed surfaces.
Keep records of the storage parameters and the dates that storage procedures were performed. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for work, equipment, and materials until inspected, tested and
finally accepted.
b. Protect the equipment from being contaminated by dust, dirt, vibration and moisture.
c. Temporarily connect equipment with built in motor space heaters to a power source and keep heaters
in operation. Rotate all shafts that have bearings on at least a monthly basis.
d. The washing press shall be shipped as a complete unit including the motor and inlet hopper. The
discharge piping shall be shipped separate. The local control station shall be an integral part of the
solenoid valve manifold and four (4) solenoid valves shall be pre-wired to the terminal strip inside the
local control station. The unit shall be erected and lubricated in strict accordance with the instructions
of the Manufacturer's field engineer.
PRODUCTS
8.
GENERAL
a. The washing press shall be provided to reduce the organic content, moisture content and volume of
screenings material from the stair screen. Screenings material shall enter the inlet hopper and be
transported by the rotating screw into the washing zone. In the washing zone, wash water is sprayed
through the hollow shaft screw and into the screenings material to help dissolve and remove organic
material.
b. During normal flow conditions, the washing press shall be operated in a forward and reverse
sequence via a programmable logic controller (PLC). The screenings will be transported into the
washing zone where the screw shall stop rotation. Wash water will then be injected through the
hollow shaft screw and into the screenings. The screw will then reverse, bring the screenings out of
the washing zone and stop rotation to allow the washing zone to be flushed. The screw then once
again operates in the forward direction and repeats the washing sequence. This adjustable washing
process shall be repeated a minimum of six (6) times to ensure thorough cleaning of the screenings
material.
c. During peak loading conditions, the washing process shall automatically switch to operate in the
forward direction to handle the larger amount of screenings with only short intervals of reversing to
ensure that material does not accumulate on the shaft of the screw.
d. Four (4) manual ball valves shall be provided, one (1) for each solenoid valve, to allow personnel to
isolate the solenoid valves or throttle the amount of wash water.
9.
INLET HOPPER
a. The inlet hopper shall be designed to direct screenings material from the bar screen discharge chute
into the screw housing. The inlet hopper shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. All attachment
hardware shall be of 304 stainless steel.
10. SCREW HOUSING
a. The screw housing and associated components shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel. The inlet
flange shall have a minimum thickness of 9/16-inch and the outlet flange shall have a minimum
thickness of 7/16-inch. The outlet flange shall incorporate a 10-inch pipe bolt pattern for connection
to the discharge pipe.
b. The dewatering section shall incorporate anti-rotation bars around the complete circumference to
contain the screenings material and prevent rotation of the screenings during the dewatering
process. Counter sunk perforations shall be provided in the dewatering zone to allow the removal of
the filtrate during compaction. Wash water inlets shall be provided on the top of the washing zone
and on the top of the dewatering zone for automatic periodically flushing.
c. A hinged cover for the dewatering section shall be held in place by a latching system to allow easy
inspection. A resilient seal shall be mounted to the cover to form a watertight seal with the screw
housing. Designs that utilize covers that rely on tools for removal or designs where the cover is not
removable are not acceptable.
d. The bottom of the housing shall contain a 1/2-inch thick, 304 stainless steel wedge wire section for
drainage. The wedge wire section shall be constructed of individual profiled bars and shall have 2
mm linear openings. Round or slotted perforated holes in the drainage area are specifically
excluded.
11. HOLLOW SHAFT SCREW
a. The hollow-shaft screw shall be constructed of alloy steel and it shall have a nominal outside
diameter of 8-1/2 inches. The shaft shall be a minimum of 2-1/2 inches in diameter. The shaft shall
be hollow with perforations located in the washing zone to allow wash water to be injected into the
screenings from the inside out. Designs incorporating only radial or external spraying from the
outside of the screw housing are not acceptable.
b. The outer flights shall be cold formed from continuous lengths of steel bar with a minimum
thickness of 3/4-inch. After fabrication the screw shall be precision machined to ensure that it is
concentric along its length. The distance between the flights shall be arranged to allow
transportation into the washing zone and compaction in the dewatering zone.
c. The screw shall have a minimum Brinell hardness of 200 and hard facing shall be applied to the end
of the screw to extend the useful service life.
d. A stainless steel reinforced nylon brush shall be attached to the hollow shaft screw with setscrews in
the drainage area to help prevent debris from blinding the drain. To reduce wear on the brush, the
design shall be such that the screw shall not be allowed to rest in the press housing. The screw shall
be fully supported and cantilevered off of the thrust bearing.
12. THRUST BEARING
a. An independent, stainless steel axial thrust bearing shall be flange mounted to the drive and flange
mounted to the press body. The thrust bearing shall fully support the screw and handle the load
created during compaction and reversal of the screw. The thrust bearing shall have a fabricated
stainless steel housing and shall utilize self-aligning double tapered roller bearings located between
two sets of double lip seals. The flanges on the housing shall have a 9/16-inch minimum thickness.
Designs that utilize the bearing inside the gear reducer are not acceptable.
b. An O-ring seal shall be mounted in a machined groove on the face of the bearing to seal against the
press body. The screw shall be cantilevered off the thrust bearing to prevent the screw from resting
inside the screw housing.
13. DRIVE ASSEMBLY
a. The washing press shall be complete with an integrated drive assembly consisting of a TEFC
electric reversing motor close-coupled to a gear reducer
b. The motor shall be a 5.0 horsepower, 230/460 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hertz with a service factor of 1.15.
The motors shall be rated at 40°C ambient with Class F insulation and shall have a Class B
temperature rise at full load. The nominal motor speed shall be 1800 rpm.
c. The gear reducer shall be a parallel shaft helical bevel gear reducer having a minimum 105:1 gear
ratio. The gear reducer shall have a minimum output torque rating of 18,500 in/lbs at 15 rpm.
d.
Gear reducers shall have ball or roller bearings throughout with all moving parts immersed in oil.
Gears shall be of alloy steel with threads precision ground and polished after casehardening. Shafts
shall be of high strength alloy steel ground to required tolerances. All ball or roller bearings shall be
rated and manufactured by a member of the Antifriction Bearing Manufacturer’s Association. At
least one bearing on each shaft shall be of the combined radial and thrust type.
14. DRAIN PAN
a. A drain pan shall be mounted to the bottom of the screw housing along the full length of the housing.
The pan shall be sloped towards the drain and it shall be provided with a flushing nozzle on the
dewatering end and a minimum 4-inch diameter drainpipe on the drive end. The pan shall be held in
place by a latching system to allow fast and easy removal. Designs that utilize drain pans that rely
on tools for removal or designs where the drain pan is not removable are not acceptable.
b. The drain pan shall incorporate a resilient seal along its top edge to form a watertight seal with the
screw housing. The drain pan shall be constructed of a minimum 14-gauge 304 stainless steel.
15. DISCHARGE PIPE
a. The discharge pipe shall be mounted to the pipe flange on the press body and designed to transport
the washed, dewatered and compacted screenings to the appropriate receiving device. The
discharge pipe shall be constructed of 3__ stainless steel pipe and shall be of the configuration as
shown on the Contract Drawings.
16. SCREENINGS BAGGER DEVICE
a. A screenings-bagger device shall be provided to mount to the end of the discharge pipe to
contain the screenings. The bagger shall be fitted with a replaceable magazine of
continuous clear plastic. Continuous clear plastic bags shall be nominally 295-feet long.
17. CONTROLS
a. The washing press shall be cycled on and off by remote control signals from the main control panel.
The washing press shall be capable of being cycled by a screen cycle counter.
b. The control system, both local and main, shall be designed and manufactured by the same company
that furnishes the washing press.
c. Local controls shall consist of a NEMA 4 local junction box with a mushroom head EMERGENCY
STOP push-button.
d. The local controls and solenoid valves shall be factory wired to a terminal strip located inside the
local control station. Four (4) brass body solenoid valves, four (4) manual 316 stainless steel ball
valves and a pressure gauge shall be provided as part of a valve wash water manifold. The solenoid
valves shall be activated by the PLC in the main control panel to provide wash water intermittently
during cleaning and flushing cycles. The local control station and valve manifold shall be mounted
on a common floor mounted 304 stainless steel support stand.
e. Furnish one (1) main control panel for the washing press and associated stair screen. The main
control panel shall be totally enclosed, front access type with top/side/bottom entry. The panel shall
be manufactured by a U.L. listed control panel facility and shall bear a U.L. label. Construction of
the control panel enclosure shall be NEMA 4X, 304 stainless steel with indicating devices and
switches mounted on the front door.
f. Main control panel wiring shall be color-coded, labeled, neatly cabled and supported in
nonflammable wiring raceways. Wiring shall be minimum 16-gauge MTW stranded wire.
g. The control panel wiring shall contain all power and control devices shown on the Contract
Drawings (wiring diagrams), which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
i. One (1) control power On-Off selector switch.
ii. One (1) red pilot light for “Running” indication.
iii. One (1) amber pilot light for “Over Current” indication.
iv. One (1) amber pilot light for “Motor Overload” indication
v. One (1) white pilot light for control power.
vi. One (1) momentary “common reset” push-button for over current/overload reset.
vii. One (1) programmable logic controller (PLC). The PLC shall be an Allen Bradley
MicroLogix 1100 with on-board Ethernet port.
viii. One (1) operator interface terminal (OIT) located on the exterior of the control panel. The
OIT shall be a Red Lion G307K200.
ix. One (1) surge arrestor to protect the PLC.
x. One (1) line filter to control line-to-ground noise to the PLC.
xi. One (1) interposing relay on each PLC output.
xii. One (1) surge suppressor on each interposing relay on the PLC outputs.
xiii. One (1) five port Ethernet switch.
xiv. One (1) 24VDC power supply for the Ethernet switch and OIT.
xv. One (1) elapsed time meter.
xvi. One (1) 480 VAC to 120 VAC control power transformer.
xvii. One (1) Full voltage NEMA rated reversing starter. The magnetic starter shall be of the
heater-less design and provide phase loss protection, short circuit self-protection and
thermal memory. The solid-state overload shall be self-powered.
xviii. One (1) current sensing relay (CSR). The CSR shall continuously monitor the motor
current to prevent damage due to a jam obstruction or a unit malfunction. If the
preset/adjustable current setting is reached, the equipment will be shut down and an alarm
signal generated. The cause of the alarm should be investigated and corrected. The alarm
shall be manually reset prior to the unit returning to normal operation.
xix. Spare contact for remote indication of “Over Current” alarm.
xx. Spare contact for remote indication of “Motor Overload” alarm.
xxi. Spare contact for remote indication of “Running”
xxii. Control logic shall be PLC based with timers and counters written in ladder logic. Timers
and counters shall be adjustable via an operator interface on the exterior of the control
panel.
xxiii. One (1) HAND-OFF-AUTO switch.
xxiv. One (1) FORWARD-OFF-REVERSE switch.
xxv. One (1) INITIATE push-button.
xxvi. One (1) circuit breaker.
h. All selector switches, pushbuttons and pilot lights shall be NEMA rated components. IEC rated
components are not acceptable.
18. FASTENERS
a. All fasteners and anchor bolts shall be 304 stainless steel unless otherwise indicated in this
specification. Anchor bolts shall be provided by the manufacturer for mounting the washing press
and the solenoid valve manifold/local control station support stand. All threaded fasteners shall be
coated with a nickel based anti-seize thread lubricant prior to assembly.
19. LUBRICATION
a. The manufacturer shall state in the operating manual the amount of and specification for any
lubricant required
20. PROTECTIVE COATINGS
a. Stainless steel and plastic components shall not be painted. The stainless steel structural
components and enclosure panels shall be bead blasted and passivated as required after fabrication
to remove embedded iron, surface rust and weld burn. All other surfaces shall be blast cleaned to an
SSPC-SP6 finish, removing all dirt, rust, scale and foreign materials.
b. Cleaned surfaces shall be shop primed with one (1) coat of TNEMEC 69-1212 primer, or equal, to
attain a minimum dry film thickness of 2.5 mils. The motor and gear reducer shall be finish coated
and shall be painted the same color.
21. SPARE PARTS
a. The Manufacturer shall furnish the following spare parts for the press.
i. One (1) solenoid valve
ii. Two (2) sets of wear bars and attachment hardware (if applicable)
iii. Three (3) 295-foot long clear plastic screenings bags
All spare parts shall be properly packed, labeled and stored where directed by the Owner or Engineer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
22. TESTING
a. The washing press shall be factory assembled and factory run tested in the United States prior to
shipment. The main control panel shall also be factory tested prior to shipment.
b. The washing press shall also be field tested after erection in the presence of the Owner and Engineer
to confirm and verify the structural and mechanical compliance to the specification. As a minimum,
field testing shall include demonstration that the washing press can pass four (4) 12-inch long oak
2x4’s, four (4) red bricks and four (4) 12-inch long pieces of 4-inch diameter Schedule 80 PVC pipe.
The field acceptance test shall include demonstrating that the washing press operates without
vibration, jamming or overheating and perform its specified function satisfactorily.
23. INITIAL START-UP AND TRAINING
a. The Contractor shall provide the services of a factory-employed service technician who shall
adequately inspect the installation, test the equipment furnished under this Contract and instruct the
Owner’s operating personnel in its maintenance and operation. Sales representatives are not
deemed acceptable service technicians. The services of the technician shall be provided as follows:
i. One (1) trip and two (2) days of service to inspect and certify the installation prior to
startup and instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of the
equipment. Start-up service can be combined with the start-up service for the stair screen
(SECTION 101).
24. WARRANTY
a. The equipment supplier shall warrant that its equipment shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship; and that it will replace or repair, F.O.B. its factory, any part or parts returned to it which
examination shall show to have failed under normal use and service by the user within eighteen (18)
months following initial shipment or twelve (12) months following operation start-up, whichever
occurs first.
10. c.
Information
SUBJECT:
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to Give Notice to advertise the Request for
Qualifications (RFQ) for the investment broker services for all City of Del Rio funds. - Mario A.
Garcia, Purchasing Agent.
SUMMARY:
Discussion and possible action on a Resolution to authorize City Manager Henry Arredondo to
advertise the Request for Qualifications (RFQ) for the investment broker services for all City of
Del Rio funds.
BACKGROUND:
The City of Del Rio is in process of qualifying investment broker/dealers to represent investment
products to the City. The goals of the City in requesting information from broker/dealers are: • to
ensure that the broker/dealers selected to represent investment products to the City are qualified
professionals with experience in public funds investing. • to provide a competitive process for the
selection of broker/dealers for the City. • to limit the need to represent investment products that
may not be appropriate for the City's investment goals. • to limit the number of approved
broker/dealers to no more than six. • to ensure that the broker/dealers representing investment
products to the City completely understand the City's investment policies, goals, and objectives.
In order to reach these goals, the City is seeking broker/dealers that: • Have good reputations as
broker/dealers and are working with firms that also have good reputations. • Are able to work
within the constraints of the City's Investment Policy and Strategy. • Offer competitive pricing
and quick response time to requests for offers & bids. • Provide an overall good service to the
City. • clearly understand state statutes and local policy regarding public funds investment DISCUSSION:
The City of Del Rio is soliciting qualifications from firms interested in providing the professional
services necessary to provide the financial investment brokerage services that best serve the City.
The City of Del Rio reserves the right to reject any and all statements of qualifications if it deems
in the best interest of the City. PROS:
By approving this resolution the City can best take advantage of investment opportunities. CONS:
No cons can be seen.
RECOMMENDATION:
The Purchasing Agent recommends to the City Council of the City of Del Rio to discuss and
consider Authorizing and Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo to advertised the Request
for Qualifications (RFQ) for the investment broker services for all City of Del Rio funds.
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
Obtaining the services of an investment brokerage firm will most likely provide an increase in
interest revenues. Exact amounts would be impossible to determine, but through a sound and
secure investment strategy, a positive outcome is possible.
Attachments
Reso to Auth Investiment
RFQ doc investment svs
investment policy
AND DIRECTING THE CITY MANAGER, HENRY ARREDONDO, TO GIVE NOTICE TO
ADVERTISE THE REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS (RFQ) FOR INVESTMENT BROKER
SERVICES FOR ALL CITY OF DEL RIO FUNDS.
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio wishes to seek the opportunities to best provide a sound investment financial
strategy utilizing all available City of Del Rio funds; and
WHEREAS, the estimated cost for the procurement will be determined through a negotiated rate to be
presented to the City Council for approval and paid from the same available funds; and
WHEREAS, the procurement of said services requires the solicitation through an open procurement process.
It hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager, Henry Arredondo, to give notice and advertise the Request
for Qualifications (RFQ) for the investment brokerage services for all City of Del Rio available funds.
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the 31ST day of March, 2015.
___________________________________
ROBERT GARZA
Mayor
ATTEST:
__________________________________________
SUSAN CORP
City Secretary
_______________________________
HENRY ARREDONDO
Acting City Manager
____________________________________
SUSANNE WEST
City Attorney
City of Del Rio Central Purchasing
REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS (RFQ)
INVESTMENT BROKER DEALER SERVICES
RFQ NO. R2015I. DEFINITIONS.
Respondent means the person or entity that submits a Submittal in response to this RFQ.
Submittal means the documents required to be submitted under Section II (a).
II. SUBMITTAL. Documents must be submitted as follows:
(a) At least one (1) original and three (3) copies of the following documents must be submitted:
(1) Qualification Statement including:
Respondent Certification and Addenda Acknowledgment
Respondent Information
Respondent Customer/Client References
Conflict of Interest Questionnaire (CIQ Form)
Certificate Regarding Debarment
(b) The Submittal must be completed in ink or be typewritten.
(c) The Respondent Customer/Client References Form must include three references for which the
Respondent has performed like services. The references must include the name of the business, a contact
person, and telephone number and mailing address.
(d) The Submittal must be submitted in a sealed envelope or container that is marked on the outside of the
envelope or container with the Name of the Project and Project No. shown above, the Respondent’s name
and mailing address, and the date of the submittal deadline.
(e) The Submittal may be mailed or hand-delivered to the City of Del Rio, City Secretary Office, c/o
Susan Corp, 109 W Broadway Street, Del Rio, Texas 7884.
FACSIMILE AND E-MAIL TRANSMITTALS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
(f) Submittals will be received on or before
after the submittal date and time will not be considered.
. Submittals received
III. ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION.
(a) If a Respondent finds a discrepancy in our omission from, or has a question about the meaning of, this
RFQ or other related document, the Respondent should immediately notify the Purchasing Office at the
E-mail address listed below. Questions regarding this bid must be received by the Purchasing Office on or
. After the Purchasing Office has been notified of a
before 3:00 (p.m.) on
discrepancy or omission, or has been asked a question, the Purchasing Office will post an amendment or
addendum on www.bidsync.com for all Respondents to view.
(b) A Respondent may withdraw a Submittal by giving the Purchasing Office written notice of the
withdrawal before the submittal deadline. If a Respondent submits written notice of the withdrawal after
the submittal deadline, a Respondent must receive the City’s written consent to withdraw a Submittal.
(c) Submittals received in response to this RFQ will be reviewed and evaluated by City staff.
(d) Additional documents, amendments, and addendums relating to this RFQ are available at the City of
Del Rio Purchasing Office and at www.publicpurchase.com.
(e) If you have any questions, please contact:
Mario A. Garcia, Purchasing Agent
830-774-8508
[email protected]
IV. MANDATORY CONTRACT PROVISIONS
The City of Del Rio is soliciting proposals for professional services in compliance with Chapter 2254 of
the Texas Government Code. Since the City must comply with certain State laws and City policies, the
City uses a Standard Form of Agreement that incorporates require contract provisions that cannot be
modified. Submitting a written proposal in response to the City’s solicitation is your offer to enter into the
City’s Standard Form of Agreement without modification of the required contract provisions.
(a). Payment. The City’s payments under the Contract, including the time of payment and the payment
of interest on overdue amounts, are subject to Chapter 2251, Texas Government Code.
(b). Liability and Indemnity. Any provision of the Contract is void and unenforceable if it: (1) limits or
releases either party from liability that would exist by law in the absence of the provision; (2) creates
liability for either party that would not exist by law in the absence of the provision; or (3) waives or limits
either party’s rights, defenses, remedies, or immunities that would exist by law in the absence of the
provision. (Section 5, Article XI, Texas Constitution).
(c). Confidentiality. Any provision in the Contract that attempts to prevent the City’s disclosure of
information subject to public disclosure under federal or Texas law or regulation, or court or
administrative decision or ruling, is invalid. Chapter 552, Texas Government Code
(d). Contractual Limitations Period. Any provision of the Contract that establishes a limitations period
that does not run against the City by law or that is shorter than two years is void. (Sections 16.061 and
16.070 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code)
(e). Governing Law and Venue. Texas law governs this Contract and any lawsuit on this Contract must
be filed in a court that has jurisdiction in Fort Bend County, Texas.
V. STATEMENT OF WORK.
INTRODUCTION
The City of Del Rio (the "City") is in the process of qualifying investment broker/dealers to represent
investment products to the City. The goals of the City in requesting information from broker/dealers are:
to ensure that the broker/dealers selected to represent investment products to the City are qualified
professionals with experience in public funds investing.
to provide a competitive process for the selection of broker/dealers for the City.
to limit the need to represent investment products that may not be appropriate for the City's investment
goals.
to limit the number of approved broker/dealers to no more than six.
to ensure that the broker/dealers representing investment products to the City completely understand
the City's investment policies, goals, and objectives.
In order to reach these goals, the City is seeking broker/dealers that:
Have good reputations as broker/dealers and are working with firms that also have good reputations.
Are able to work within the constraints of the City's Investment Policy and Strategy.
Offer competitive pricing and quick response time to requests for offers & bids.
Provide an overall good service to the City.
clearly understand state statutes and local policy regarding public funds investment.
PROCEDURES
You are invited to fill out the attached Request for Qualifications and return it to the City Secretary Office
. City staff will evaluate responses and recommendations will be
on or before
.
made to the City Council in
Note that respondents should mark the envelope RFQ R2015-___ Investment Broker/Dealer Services.
The following will be required with the Request for Qualifications: latest audited financial statement,
copy of National Association of Security Dealers certificate, proof of state registration, completed
broker/dealer questionnaire, local government references and statements of qualifications.
Also attached is a form to be used by your firm to make certain representations to the City. Our
investment policy and state law require these representations. To be considered in our selection process,
you must sign and return the form to us with your responses.
BROKER/DEALER REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS
Statement of Position and General Requirements
The City of Del Rio is a home rule municipality operating under the laws of the State of Texas. The City
million and is largely comprised of U.S.
maintains a portfolio that ranges from
Treasury and Agency obligations and a Local Government Investment Pool. The City has adopted a
written Investment Policy, which regulates the standards and procedures used in its cash management
activities. A copy of the most recent Investment Policy is attached as an appendix to this document.
The City requires broker/dealers to acknowledge, in writing, that they have received and read the City's
investment policy. A qualified representative of the firm must make this acknowledgment. The City has
provided a form to supply the required acknowledgment as an appendix to this document.
The City will maintain relationships with qualified members of the broker/dealer community who, in their
opinion, understand the needs, constraints, and goals of the City.
Criteria used in the selecting authorized broker / dealers will include but are not limited to material
litigation against the firm, regulatory status of the dealer, completed packet, overall reputation,
background and expertise with public funds, overall financial condition of firm, and failure rate for
transactions. Preference may be given to broker/dealers with a physical presence in Texas.
The City will notify broker/dealers of their approval in writing. No transactions will be conducted with a
non-approved broker/dealer, and no broker/dealer is approved until all paperwork required by both parties
has been executed. The City solicits competitive bids and offers on most transactions. All securities will
be delivered against payment to the third-party custodian named by the City. City staff will review and
verify all information and references requested in the document; therefore, please answer all questions as
completely as possible.
Responses will be evaluated based on the following criteria:
10% Completed Packet w/certification
20% Public Fund Client Base
10% Broker Office Location
10% Trade Failure Rate
15% Trade in Securities used by City
20% Clients Similar to City
15% References
Part I - Request for General Qualifications
I-a. Firm Information:
Name of Firm_________________________________________________________________
Address-Local___________________________________________________________________
Headquarters _________________________________________________________________
Provide both street address and/or P.O. Box, if applicable
I-b. Telephone Number: Local___________________ Headquarters: ______________________
I-c. Contact personnel: (Please list the primary representative/partner-in-charge first. Provide an
attachment if more space is required)
Name __________________________________________
Title __________________________________________
Telephone ____________________
Name __________________________________________
Title __________________________________________
Telephone ____________________
In addition to the information requested, please provide background information concerning
account representatives listed above. Include information about each individual's employment
history as it relates to the securities industry, official licenses and certificates, the history and details
of any disciplinary actions or complaints and the disposition of each as well as the history of any
arbitration or litigation, the nature of the case and status or disposition. This can be attached in
resume format.
1-d. Provide a list of references of public sector clients with whom your representative listed in Ic has established a business relationship. (Houston/Galveston area preferred)
Client Name______________________________________________
Address__________________________________________________
Person to contact__________________________________________
Telephone_____________________ Length of relationship____________________
Client Name______________________________________________
Address__________________________________________________
Client Name______________________________________________
Address__________________________________________________
Client Name______________________________________________
Address__________________________________________________
I-e. Who has authorized the representative(s) listed in (I-c) to be account representative(s) for the City of
Del Rio?
Name __________________________________________
Title __________________________________________
Telephone ____________________
Who is the immediate supervisor of the representative(s) named in your response to I-c?
Name __________________________________________
Title __________________________________________
Telephone ____________________
I-f. Is your firm a member of NASD? Yes__________ No__________
If not, why? ___________________________________________________________________
I-g. Please indicate which regulatory agencies your firm is examined by and/or subject to its rules and
regulations.
FDIC__________ SEC__________ NYSE__________
Comptroller of Currency__________ Federal Reserve System__________
Other Regulatory Agencies: (Multi-state firms please note: It is not necessary to include regulatory
agencies that do not have jurisdiction over your firm's activities in Texas.)
I-h. Have you obtained all required licenses to operate as a broker/dealer in the state of Texas?
Yes______ No______ Date received ________________________
I-i. If your firm is not a Bank, please provide the following information regarding your principal banking
relationship.
Bank Name_________________________________________________________________
Address _________________________________________________________________
Person to contact____________________________________________________________
Telephone number___________________________________________________________
Length of relationship________________________________________________________
I-j. Please indicate with which instruments in which you are active in the market (both buy and sell).
T-Notes/Bills______ BAs_____ CP______ CD’s______ Agencies______
Other Federal Agencies (Please Specify)___________________________________________
Instrumentalities (Please Specify)_________________________________________________
I-k. Do you specialize in any of the instruments listed above? If so, please specify which ones.
I-l. What was your firm's total volume in U.S. Government and Agency securities trading last year?
$ Millions Number of Transactions
Firm-wide __________ __________
Local Office __________ __________
I-m. Indicate your failure rate for transactions: (Failures/Total # of Transactions)
Firm-wide Local Office
Last Month _____/____ ______/____
Last Year (calendar) _____/____ ______/____
I-n. Explain your normal custody and delivery process.
I-o. What percent of your clients and percent/volume of trades are public funds investors?
I-p. Why do you want to represent the City of Del Rio as a Broker/Dealer?
I-q. What other services does your firm offer? Would these services include the entire portfolio, even
though not all investments were purchased through your firm? (Yes/no- below)
(Offering the service does not bind the City to utilize the services through your firm.)
_____ Month-end Market Values of Investments Yes______ No _____
_____ Month-end Calculations Yes ______ No_____
(Accrued Interest & Premium/Discount Amortization)
Other_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
Part II - Request for Broker/Dealer Candidate Disclosure
II-a. To the best of your knowledge, has there been any "material" litigations, arbitration, or regulatory
proceedings, either pending, adjudicated or settled, that your firm has been subject to within the last five
years that involved issues concerning the suitability of the sale or purchase of securities to institutional
clients or fraudulent or unfair practices related to the sale of securities to an institutional client? If so,
please describe each such matter briefly. For purposes of this section, proceedings are "material" if your
independent accountant applying generally accepted accounting principles determines that such
proceedings required disclosure in your financial statements.
II-b. Have the representatives assigned to the City account read and understood the City's investment
policy? Each broker selected will be required to sign and return the attached certification form before
conducting any investment transactions with the City. The investment policy and certification form are
attached to this packet.
Yes__________ No__________
II-c. Please disclose any personal business relationships that your organization may have with any City of
Del Rio investment officer or elected official. For purposes of this subsection, an investment officer or
elected official has a personal business relationship with a business organization if:
(1) The official owns 10 percent or more of the voting stock or shares of the business organization or
owns $5,000 or more of the fair market value of the business organization;
(2) Funds received by the official from the business organization exceed 10 percent of the official’s gross
income for the previous year; or
(3) An investment officer has acquired from the business organization during the previous year
investments with a book value of $2,500 or more for the personal account of the investment officer
Current Investment Officer Names for the City for which #3 applies:
Manuel Chavez
Gilbert Sanchez
Official_____________________
Description of Relationship_______________________________________ (# ___above)
Official______________________
Description of Relationship________________________________________ (# ___above)
Section III - Certification
I hereby certify that the above is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and that I am authorized to
execute this request for information on behalf of:
Name of Firm: ______________________________________________________________
Signed By*:_______________________________________________________________
Name: ____________________________________________________________________
Title: _____________________________________________________________________
Date: ____________________________________
* Note: a qualified representative of your firm must sign this form in order for the firm to be
considered in the selection process.
CERTIFICATION BY BUSINESS ORGANIZATION
This certification is executed on behalf of City of Del Rio (the Investor) and
_____________________________ (the Business Organization) pursuant to the Public Funds Investment
Act, Chapter 2256, Texas Government Code (the Act) in connection with investment transactions
conducted between the Investor and the Business Organization.
The undersigned Qualified Representative of the Business Organization hereby certifies on behalf of the
Business Organization that:
1. The undersigned is a Qualified Representative of the Business Organization offering to enter into an
investment transaction with the Investor as such terms are used in the Public Funds Investment Act,
Chapter 2256, Texas Government Code and
2. The Qualified Representative of the Business Organization has received and reviewed the Investment
Policy furnished by the Investor and
3. The Qualified Representative of the Business Organization has implemented reasonable procedures and
controls in an effort to preclude imprudent investment transactions conducted between the Entity and the
Organization that are not authorized by the entity’s investment policy, except to the extent that this
authorization is dependent on an analysis of the makeup of the entity’s entire portfolio or requires an
interpretation of subjective investment standards.
4. The Business Organization will rely upon instructions from only the persons authorized on behalf of
the City of Del Rio as stated in the Investment Policy and City's resolution designating investment
officers.
Qualified Representative of the Business Organization
_________________________________________
Name: ____________________________________
Title: ____________________________________
Date: _____________
REQUIRED FORMS (attached)
The following forms must be filled out and turned in with the Submittal in order for Respondent to be
considered responsive. Failure to include the following forms, signed and dated, may result the Submittal
being rejected.
1. Respondent Certification and Addenda Acknowledgment
2. Respondent Information
3. Respondent Customer/Client References
4. Conflict of Interest Questionnaire (CIQ Form)
5. Certification Regarding Debarment
CITY OF DEL RIO, TX
INVESTMENT POLICY
Revised
September 24, 2013
1
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this document is to set forth specific investment policy and strategy guidelines for the City
of Del Rio, TX (the “City”) in order to achieve the goals of safety, liquidity, public trust, and yield for all
investment activity. The City Council of the City shall review and adopt, by resolution, its investment
strategies and policy not less than annually. The resolution shall include a record of changes made to
either the Investment Policy or Strategy. This Policy serves to satisfy the statutory requirement
(specifically the Public Funds Investment Act (the “Act”)) to define, adopt and review a formal
investment strategy and policy.
INVESTMENT STRATEGY
The City’s basic investment strategy is to utilize investment options that represent suitable risk/return
alternatives based on the overall objectives of safety of principal and maintenance of liquidity. Therefore,
all financial assets shall seek to preserve principal by restricting the authorized investment instruments to
those with suitable and limited credit and market risk.
The objective of liquidity stems from the need of the City to maintain available cash balances sufficient to
cover financial outlays. Since the timing and amount of some financial disbursements are not predictable,
fund-type strategies shall adjust for the certainty of projected cash flows.
Security marketability will be maintained based on the fund-type strategies to sufficiently and reasonably
assure that investments could be liquidated prior to the maturity, if cash needs dictate.
It is the also the Policy of the City to diversify its investment portfolio. Whenever practical, assets held in
the investment portfolio shall be diversified to minimize the risk of loss resulting from concentration of
assets in a specific maturity, a specific issuer, or a specific class of investment.
The City will group investment instruments into “fund-type investment groups.” These groups will
reflect similar needs as to maturity limits, diversity, and liquidity.
City funds shall seek to achieve a competitive yield appropriate for each strategy.
structured treasury security portfolio shall represent the minimum yield objective.
A comparably
Yield objectives shall at all times be subordinate to the objectives of safety and liquidity. Tax-exempt
debt proceeds shall be invested to maximize the interest earnings retained by the City, while at the same
time fully complying with all applicable State laws and federal regulations, including the arbitrage rebate
regulations.
All Policy restrictions or requirements shall be measured at the time of purchase and based on portfolio
book value.
2
The City maintains portfolios which utilize four specific investment strategy considerations designed to
address the unique characteristics of the fund groups represented in the portfolios:
A.
Investment strategies for operating funds and commingled pools containing operating
funds have as their primary objective to assure that anticipated cash flows are matched with
adequate investment liquidity. The secondary objective is to create a portfolio structure that will
experience minimal volatility during economic cycles. This may be accomplished by purchasing
high quality, short to medium-term investments that will complement each other in a laddered or
barbell maturity structure. The dollar weighted average maturity of 365 days or less will be
calculated using the stated final maturity date of each investment.
B.
Investment strategies for debt service funds shall have as the primary objective assurance
of investment liquidity adequate to cover the debt service obligation on the required payment date.
Investments purchased shall not have a stated final maturity date which exceeds the next unfunded
debt service payment date.
C.
Investment strategies for debt service reserve funds shall have as the primary objective the
ability to generate a dependable revenue stream to the appropriate debt service fund from
investments with a low degree of volatility. Investments should be of high quality and, except as
may be required by the bond ordinance specific to an individual issue, of short-to-intermediate
term maturities.
D.
Investment strategies for special projects or special purpose fund portfolios will have as
their primary objective to assure that anticipated cash flows are matched with adequate investment
liquidity. These portfolios should include at least 10% in cash equivalent investments to allow for
flexibility and unanticipated project outlays. The stated final maturity date of investments held
should not exceed the estimated project completion date.
INVESTMENT POLICY
I. SCOPE
This Investment Policy applies to all financial assets of the City. These funds are accounted for in the
City’s Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) and include:

General Fund

Special Revenue Funds

Debt Service Funds

Capital Projects Funds

Proprietary Funds

All Other Funds
3
II. OBJECTIVES
The City shall manage and invest its cash with four objectives, listed in order of priority: Safety,
Liquidity, Public Trust, and Yield. The safety of the principal invested always remains the primary
objective. All investments shall be designed and managed in a manner responsive to the public trust and
consistent with State and Local law.
The City shall maintain a comprehensive cash management program which includes collection of
accounts receivable, vendor payment in accordance with invoice terms, and prudent investment of
available cash. Cash management is defined as the process of managing monies in order to insure
maximum cash availability and maximum interest earnings on short-term investment of pooled idle cash.
Safety
The primary objective of the City’s investment activity is the preservation of capital in the overall
portfolio. Each investment transaction shall be conducted in a manner to avoid capital losses, whether
from defaults or erosion of market value.
Liquidity
The City’s investment portfolio shall be structured such that the City is able to meet all obligations in a
timely manner. This shall be achieved by matching investment maturities with forecasted cash flow
requirements, by investing in securities with active secondary markets, and by utilizing cash equivalent
investments.
Public Trust
All participants in the City’s investment process shall act responsibly as custodians of the public trust.
Investment Officers shall avoid any transaction which might impair public confidence in the City’s ability
to govern effectively.
Yield
The City’s investment portfolio shall be designed with the objective of regularly exceeding the average
rate of return on U.S. Treasury Bills at a maturity level comparable to the City’s weighted average
maturity in days. The investment program shall seek to augment returns above this threshold consistent
with risk limitations identified herein and prudent investment policies.
III. RESPONSIBILITY AND CONTROL
Investment Committee
An Investment Committee, consisting of the City Manager, an Assistant City Manager, the Director of
Finance, the Assistant Director of Finance, and the Chief Accountant shall meet periodically to determine
operational strategies and to monitor results. The Investment Committee shall include in its deliberation
4
such topics as: performance reports, economic outlook, portfolio diversification, maturity structure,
potential risk to the City’s funds, authorized brokers and dealers, independent training sources, and the
target rate of return on the investment portfolio.
Delegation of Authority and Training
The Director of Finance and Assistant Director of Finance are designated as Investment Officer(s) of the
City and are responsible for investment decisions and activities. The Director of Finance shall establish
written procedures for the operation of the investment program, consistent with this Investment Policy.
In order to ensure qualified and capable investment management the Investment Officer(s) shall attend
periodic training in investments through courses and seminars offered by professional organizations and
associations as required by the Act. The training shall be conducted by independent training sources
approved by the Investment Committee at least annually.
Internal Controls
The Director of Finance is responsible for establishing and maintaining an internal control structure
designed to ensure that the assets of the City are protected from loss, theft or misuse. The Internal
Control Structure shall be designed to provide reasonable assurance that these objectives are met. The
concept of reasonable assurance recognizes that (1) the cost of a control should not exceed the benefits
likely to be derived; and (2) the valuation of costs and benefits requires estimates and judgments by
management.
Accordingly, the Director of Finance shall establish a process for annual independent review by an
external auditor to assure compliance with policies and procedures. The results of this review shall be
reported to the City Council. The internal controls shall address the following points:
A.
Control of collusion
B.
Separation of transaction authority from accounting and record keeping.
C.
Custodial safekeeping.
D.
Avoidance of physical delivery securities.
E.
Clear delegation of authority to subordinate staff members.
F.
Written confirmation for telephone (voice) transactions for investments.
Prudence
The standard of prudence to be applied by the Investment Officer(s) shall be the “prudent person” rule,
which states, “Investments shall be made with judgment and care, under circumstances then prevailing,
which persons of prudence, discretion and intelligence exercise in the management of their own affairs,
not for speculation, but for investment, considering the probable safety of their capital as well as the
probable income to be derived.” In determining whether an Investment Officer has exercised prudence
with respect to an investment decision, the determination shall be made taking into consideration:
5
A.
The investment of all funds, or funds under the City’s control, over which the Officer had
responsibility rather than a consideration as to the prudence of a single investment.
B.
Whether the investment decision was consistent with the written Investment Policy.
An Investment Officer, acting in accordance with written procedures and exercising due diligence, shall
not be personally responsible for a specific investment’s credit risk or market price changes, provided that
these deviations are reported immediately and that appropriate action is taken to control adverse
developments.
Ethics and Conflicts of Interest
City staff involved in the investment process shall refrain from personal business activity that could
conflict with proper execution of the investment program, or which could impair the ability to make
impartial investment decisions. City staff shall disclose to the City Manager any material financial
interests in financial institutions that conduct business with the City and they shall further disclose
positions that could be related to the performance of the City’s portfolio. City staff shall subordinate their
personal financial transactions to those of the City, particularly with regard to timing of purchases and
sales.
An Investment Officer who has a personal business relationship with an organization seeking to sell an
investment to the City shall file a statement disclosing that personal business interest. An Investment
Officer who is related within the second degree by affinity or consanguinity to an individual seeking to
sell an investment to the City shall file a statement disclosing that relationship. A statement required
under this subsection must be filed with the Texas Ethics Commission and the City Council.
IV. REPORTING
Quarterly Reporting
The Director of Finance shall submit a quarterly investment report signed by all Investment Officers that
complies with the requirements of the Act, summarizes current market conditions, economic
developments, and anticipated investment conditions. The report shall summarize investment strategies
employed in the most recent quarter, and describe the portfolio in terms of investments, maturities, risk
characteristics, and shall explain the total interest income for the quarter. This Investment Policy
establishes “weighted average yield to maturity” as the standard portfolio performance measurement.
Annual Report
The Director of Finance shall present an annual report on the investment program and investment activity.
This report may be presented as a component of the fourth quarter investment report to the Assistant City
Manager, City Manager and City Council. At least annually and in conjunction with the annual audit, the
City’s independent auditor shall formally review each quarterly investment report and report the results of
that review to the City Council.
6
Methods
The quarterly investment report shall include a succinct management summary that provides a clear
picture of the status of the current investment portfolio and transactions made over the last quarter. This
management summary will be prepared in a manner that will allow the City to ascertain whether
investment activities during the reporting period have conformed to the Investment Policy. The report
will be provided to the City Manager, Assistant City Manager, and City Council. The report will include
the following:
A.
A listing of individual investments held at the end of the reporting period. This list will
include the name of the fund or pooled fund group for which each individual investment was
acquired.
B.
Unrealized gains or losses resulting from appreciation or depreciation by listing the beginning
and ending book and market value of investments for the period. Market values shall be
obtained from independent sources.
C.
Fully accrued interest for the reporting period.
D.
Average weighted yield to maturity of portfolio as compared to applicable benchmarks.
E.
Listing of investments by maturity date.
F.
The percentage of the total portfolio which each type of investment represents.
G.
Statement of compliance of the City’s investment portfolio with State Law and the Investment
Strategy and Policy approved by the City Council.
V. INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
Active Portfolio Management
The City shall pursue an active versus a passive portfolio management philosophy. That is, investments
may be sold or redeemed before they mature if market conditions present an opportunity for the City to
benefit from the trade. The Investment Officer(s) will routinely monitor the contents of the portfolio, the
available markets, and the relative value of competing instruments, and will adjust the portfolio
accordingly.
Investments
Assets of the City may be invested in the following instruments, provided, however, that at no time shall
assets of the City be invested in any instrument or security not authorized for investment under the Act, as
the Act may from time to time be amended. The City is not required to liquidate investments that were
authorized investments at the time of purchase. Investment ratings of investments shall be monitored on a
routine basis from independent sources. All prudent measures will be taken to liquidate an investment
that is downgraded to less than the required minimum rating.
7
I. Authorized
A.
Obligations of the United States of America, its agencies and instrumentalities, which have
a liquid market with a readily determinable market value.
B.
Direct obligations of the State of Texas and agencies thereof.
C.
Other obligations, the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by
the State of Texas or United States of America or their respective agencies and
instrumentalities, including obligations that are fully guaranteed or insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation or by the explicit full faith and credit of the United States.
D.
Obligations of the states, agencies, counties, cities, and other political subdivisions of any
state having been rated as investment quality by a nationally recognized investment rating
firm, and having received a rating of not less than “A” or its equivalent.
E.
Certificates of Deposit, and other forms of deposit, placed with a depository institution
that: a) has its main office or branch office in this State and is guaranteed or insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or its successor, b) secured by obligations
described in Section VII SAFEKEEPING AND CUSTODY, or c) is executed through a
broker or depository institution that has its main office or a branch office in this State and
meets the requirements of the Act.
F.
Fully collateralized direct repurchase agreements with a defined termination date secured
by cash or obligations of the United States or its agencies and instrumentalities deposited
at the time of investment with a third party, selected by the Director of Finance, other than
the pledgor. Repurchase agreements must be purchased through a primary government
securities dealer, as defined by the Federal Reserve, or a financial institution doing
business in Texas. A Master Repurchase Agreement, or similar agreement, must be signed
by the bank/dealer prior to investment in a repurchase agreement transaction.
G.
Joint local government investment pools of political subdivisions in the State of Texas
which invest in instruments and follow practices allowed by the Act. A pool must be
continuously rated no lower than AAA or AAAm or at an equivalent rating by a least one
nationally recognized rating service.
H.
A no-load government money market mutual fund registered with and regulated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission with a stated objective of a stable net asset value of
$1.00 for each share and a rating no lower than AAA or AAAm or at an equivalent rating
by a least one nationally recognized rating service.
II. Not authorized
The City’s authorized investments options are more restrictive than those allowed by State law. State law
specifically prohibits investment in the following investment securities.
A.
Obligations whose payment represents the coupon payments on the outstanding principal
balance of the underlying mortgage-backed security collateral and pays no principal.
B.
Obligations whose payment represents the principal stream of cash flow from the
underlying mortgage-backed security collateral and bears no interest.
C.
Collateralized mortgage obligations that have a stated final maturity date of greater than 10
years.
8
D.
Collateralized mortgage obligations the interest rate of which is determined by an index
that adjusts opposite to the changes in a market index.
Maturity
The City intends to match the maturity of invested funds with liquidity needs of the City. In no case will
the average maturity of investments of the City’s operating funds exceed one year. The maximum final
stated maturity of any investment shall not exceed three years.
Investments in all funds shall be managed in such a way that the market price losses resulting from
interest rate volatility would be offset by coupon income and current income received from the volume of
the portfolio during a twelve month period.
Risk and Diversification
The City recognizes that investment risks can result from issuer defaults, market price changes, or various
technical complications leading to temporary illiquidity. Risk is controlled through portfolio
diversification which shall be achieved by the following general guidelines:
A.
Risk of issuer default is controlled by limiting investments to those instruments allowed by
the Act, which are described herein.
B.
Risk of market price changes shall be controlled by avoiding over-concentration of assets
in a specific maturity sector, limitation of average maturity, and avoidance of overconcentration of assets in specific instruments, where and when appropriate.
C.
Risk of illiquidity due to technical complications shall be controlled by the selection of
securities dealers as described herein.
VI. SELECTION OF BANKS AND DEALERS
Primary Depository
The Primary Depository shall be selected through the City’s banking services procurement process, which
shall include a formal Request for Application (RFA) issued in compliance with applicable State law.
This contract can be extended as per the RFA specifications. In selecting a primary depository, the credit
worthiness of institutions shall be considered.
All primary and non-primary depository deposits shall be insured or collateralized in compliance with
applicable State law. The City reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to accept or reject any form of
insurance or collateralization pledged towards depository deposits. Financial institutions serving as City
depositories will be required to sign a depository agreement with the City. The collateralized deposit
portion of the agreement shall define the City’s rights to the collateral in case of default, bankruptcy, or
closing and shall establish a perfected security interest in compliance with federal and State regulations,
specifically:
9

The agreement must be in writing;

The agreement has to be executed by the depository and the City contemporaneously with
the acquisition of the asset;

The agreement must be approved by the Board of Directors or authorized committee of the
depository and a copy of the meeting minutes must be delivered to the City; and

The agreement must be part of the depository’s “official record” continuously since its
execution.
Certificates of Deposit
Banks seeking to establish eligibility for the City’s competitive certificate of deposit purchase program
shall submit for review annual financial statements, evidence of federal insurance and other information
as required by the Director of Finance.
Securities Dealers
For brokers and dealers of government securities, the City shall select only those dealers reporting to the
Market Reports Division of the Federal Reserve Board of New York, also known as the “Primary
Government Security Dealers”, unless analysis reveals that other firms are adequately positioned to
conduct public business. Only brokers and dealers with a Texas office shall be selected. All securities
dealers shall provide the City with references from public entities which they are currently serving. The
Investment Committee shall adopt and annually review a list of qualified brokers authorized to engage in
investment transactions with the City.
All investment providers who desire to become qualified for investment transactions may be required to
supply the following, as appropriate:

Audited financial statements

Proof of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) certification

Proof of state registration

Completed broker/dealer questionnaire

Certification of having read the City’s Investment Policy signed by a qualified
representative of the organization

Acknowledgement that the organization has implemented reasonable procedures and
controls in an effort to prelude impudent investment activities arising out of investment
transactions conducted between the City and the organization
Qualified representative means a person who holds a position with a business organization, who is
authorized to act on behalf of the business organization, and who is one of the following:
10
A.
For a business organization doing business that is regulated by or registered with a
securities commission, a person who is registered under the rules of FINRA;
B.
For a state or federal bank, a savings bank, or a state or federal credit union, a member of
the loan committee for the bank or branch of the bank or a person authorized by corporate
resolution to act on behalf of and bind the banking institution; or
C.
For an investment pool, the person authorized by the elected official or board with
authority to administer the activities of the investment pool to sign the certification on
behalf of the investment pool.
Investment Pools
A thorough investigation of the pool is required prior to investing, and on a periodic basis. All investment
pools must supply, at a minimum, the information required by the Act in order to be eligible to receive
funds.
VII. SAFEKEEPING AND CUSTODY
Insurance or Collateral
With the exception of deposits secured with irrevocable letters of credit at 100% of principal and interest,
all deposits of City funds with eligible depositories shall be secured by pledged collateral with a market
value equal to or greater than 102% of the deposits, less any amount insured by the FDIC. Repurchase
agreements shall be documented by a specific agreement noting the “purchased securities” in each
agreement. Collateral pledged and purchased securities shall be held at an independent custodian or
safekeeping agent approved by the City. The Director of Finance shall maintain evidence of the held
securities. The market value of said securities shall be reviewed at least monthly to assure their value
equals or exceeds the related City investment.
Custodial Agreement
Collateral pledged to secure deposits of the City shall be held by an independent custodian institution in
accordance with a Custodial Agreement which clearly defines the procedural steps for gaining access to
the collateral should the City determine that the City’s funds are in jeopardy. The custodian shall be the
Federal Reserve Bank or an institution not affiliated with the firm pledging the collateral.
Collateral Defined
The City shall accept only the following securities as pledged collateral:
A.
U.S. Treasury securities;
B.
Obligations of U.S. Government Agencies and Instrumentalities, including letters of credit,
but excluding principal-only and interest-only mortgage backed securities;
C.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) coverage;
D.
Direct or unconditionally guaranteed obligations of the State of Texas and its agencies;
11
E.
Obligations of states, state agencies, counties, cities, or political subdivisions naturally
rated “A” or higher and have a final maturity less than or equal to ten years.
Subject to Audit
All collateral shall be subject to inspection and audit by the Director of Finance and the City’s
independent auditors.
Delivery vs. Payment
All securities shall be purchased using the delivery versus payment method. That is, funds shall not be
wired or paid until verification has been made that the correct security was received by the City’s
safekeeping agent. The security shall be held in the name of the City or held on behalf of the City. The
safekeeping agent’s records shall assure the notation of the City’s ownership of or explicit claim on the
securities. The original copy of all safekeeping receipts shall be delivered to the City.
VIII. INVESTMENT POLICY ADOPTION
The Investment Policy shall be adopted by resolution of the City Council. The Policy shall be reviewed
for effectiveness on an annual basis by the Investment Committee and any modifications will be
recommended for approval to the City Council. The City Council shall review the Investment Policy
(including the incorporated Strategies) not less than annually and shall adopt a written instrument stating
that it has reviewed and adopted the Policy.
12
10. d.
Submitted By: Alejandro Garcia, Public Works Director, Public Works
Information
SUBJECT:
Directing City Manager Henry Arredondo, to Negotiate and Award a Contract with the Firm of
AZ&B for the Designs, Plans and Specifications for the Repairs, Repaving or Re-Construction of
the City Streets Affected by the Recent Infrastructures Installations - Alejandro Garcia, Interim
Public Works Director SUMMARY:
The City of Del Rio issued a Request for Qualifications with a deadline for submittals of March 6,
2015. Submittals were received from nine firms by the deadline date and time. a Team
comprised of representatives from the Engineering Department, Public Works Department, and
the Streets Department met and completed the evaluations. The team independently reviewed
and evaluated the proposals to determine the highest ranked firm. After all submittals were
evaluated, the firm of AZ&B was found to be the highest rated firm to provide the designs, plans
and specifications for this project.
BACKGROUND:
The City of Del Rio, Texas is installing waterlines and wastewater (sewer) lines in areas of the
City under two separate contracts which are both funded by the TWBD. The wastewater lines
project is funded by the Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) and the water lines project
is funded by the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF). Both projects started work
approximately the same time of year, around summer time, of 2014. Both projects are proceeding
well but under the contract only patching can be done using TWDB funds. Many streets are in
need of wholesale paving to replace existing pavements that have deteriorated with time. Repair
or reclaiming streets needs to be done using other funds and it is necessary due to the condition of
many streets to repave. Award of this contract to AZ&B will allow for completion of designs and
plans and specifications for subsequent advertisements and issuance of the invitations for bids
(IFB) for the Streets Paving Projects.
DISCUSSION:
There were many firms that submitted qualifications. Using the criteria in the RFQ, Team
believes this firm of AZ&B will provide the designs in a timely manner and at a reasonable rate.
The City will be able to provide some assistance as the ROWs are already existing and any
surveys will be used and provided to the firm of AZ&B. It is necessary for the City Manager to
negotiate and award the contract timely since good weather is almost here that will allow paving
works almost into December if weather and temperature holds. Further, after negotiations,
Contract can be brought to City Council for final award, as necessary. After approval of this
resolution by City Council, the firm will be requested to submit a proposal for the costs of the
preparations of designs, plans, and specifications. Since there was no follow on contract for
paving after installations of the infrastructure, City of Del Rio is now trying to expedite the
process for the paving works.
PROS:
Negotiations and award of a contract to the selected firm will eliminate more lost time and enable
advertisements and invitations for bids in a timely manner. If designs are started soon, based on
the timelines, City of Del Rio, TX could have the project for the paving advertised by
approximately four months. After a few weeks to receive the bids, paving could start sometime
in summer 2015 or early fall. Hopefully with good weather can pave up to possibly December
2015 CONS:
Non award of this contract and negotiations will ultimately delay any proposed paving works into
next year, causing streets to continue to be in need of repair and to continue to deteriorate. RECOMMENDATION:
Consider allowing City Manager to negotiate and award a contract to the Firm of AZ&B for the
completion of designs, plans and specifications, for the paving works follow-on project.
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
The City of Del Rio, Texas will be impacted fiscally by the cost of this contract and the
follow-on paving contracts. Cost is not determined for either until after submittal of cost
proposal from AZ&B and the costs for follow-on paving is not known also until design firm
finishes the designs. Funds to be provided for the designs and later the construction will have to
be from any CO'S such as from CO's of 2011 and 2012 that still have unused funds and from the
current 2014 CO's recently approved by City Council under the 2014 CIP Attachments
Reso 030 Award
A RESOLUTION BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS
AUTHORIZING AND DIRECTING CITY MANAGER HENRY ARREDONDO, TO
NEGOTIATE AND AWARD A CONTRACT WITH THE FIRM OF AZ&B FOR THE
DESIGNS, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE REPAIRS, REPAVING OR RECONSTRUCTION OF THE CITY STREETS AFFECTED BY THE RECENT
INFRASTRUCTURES INSTALLATIONS.
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio received statements of qualifications from nine firms for the
designs, plans, and specification for the city streets affected by the installations of water,
wastewater and gas lines infrastructures in many areas of the city; and
WHEREAS, a board consisting of representatives from Public Works Department, Engineering
Department, and Streets Department have evaluated and recommended the firm of AZ&B; and
WHEREAS, the designs for the streets reconstruction, reclaiming or repairs affected by these
installations must be completed by the by the Consultant Engineer, AZ&B; and
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio, Texas can have the designs, plans and specifications for this
work completed more quickly and more efficiently by contracting with this consultant.
NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
DEL RIO, TEXAS, THAT:
City Manager Henry Arredondo is hereby authorized and directed to negotiate and award a
contract with the firm of AZ & B for designs, plans and specifications for the construction of
City of Del Rio Streets affected by the recent infrastructures installations.
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the 31th day of March 2015.
Robert Garza
Mayor
ATTEST:
Susan Corp
City Secretary
Henry Arredondo
City Manager
Suzanne West
City Attorney
10. e.
Submitted By: Bob Parker, City Engineer, Engineering Department
Information
SUBJECT:
Directing the City Manager Henry Arredondo, to Give Notice to Advertise for Request for
Qualifications (RFQ) for a Firm to be Retained to Perform Architectural Evaluation of the
Condition of the Roof on Several City Buildings that are Currently Leaking During Rain Events Bob Parker, City Engineer
SUMMARY:
The City owns a large number of buildings that for the most part have a flat roof. This style of
roof is the most difficult to keep from leaking. Over time, the number of leaking roofs has
increased to what is in place today and these roofs are in dire need of repair.
BACKGROUND:
For years, this area has been in a severe drought. During this time, the roofs of the various city
buildings have continued to deteriorate. Now that there is more rain falling, these deteriorated
roofs are showing their condition by allowing troublesome leaks to show themselves on the
ceilings of these buildings. In some cases in City Hall, large trash cans are placed to catch the
water as it makes its way through the roof and ceiling.
DISCUSSION:
In order to repair these roofs in an appropriate manner, it is necessary to evaluate these various
roofs on an individual basis, as not all of the buildings have the same type of roofing material on
them. Since this is a very highly specialized field which is constantly changing due to the
development of new products and roofing systems, it is necessary to have the advice of a
professional in the field to evaluate and advise the best fixes for the roofs that are in a distressed
condition.
PROS:
Passage of this Resolution will allow the City the opportunity to obtain the services of a highly
knowledgeable person to evaluate the current condition of each roof and then determine the best
method to fix these roofs.
CONS:
The only known negative associated with the passage of this Resolution is the cost of the
advertising of the RFQ.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of the Resolution.
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
The only fiscal impact associated with the passage of this resolution is the cost of the
advertising. It will probably be in the range of $400. Project cost to be funded from 2015 CO's.
Attachments
RFQ Roofs
AUTHORIZING AND DIRECTING THE CITY MANAGER HENRY ARREDONDO,
TO GIVE NOTICE TO ADVERTISE FOR REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS
(RFQ) FOR A FIRM TO BE RETAINED TO PERFORM ARCHITECTURAL
EVALUATION OF THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF ON SEVERAL CITY
BUILDINGS THAT ARE CURRENTLY LEAKING DURING RAIN EVENTS.
WHEREAS, The City of Del Rio currently experiences leaking roofs on many of its
municipal buildings during rain events; and
WHEREAS, The City Council, during its budget meetings, elected to set aside a large sum of
money to use to address these leaking roofs; and
WHEREAS, The best way to use this money to obtain the greatest benefit for the community
is to hire a reputable firm to evaluate the current condition of the roofs and to provide plans
and specifications to let to contract to construct the best repairs for the existing condition;
and
WHEREAS, The City of Del Rio follows the correct procedures for the procurement of
professional services; and
WHEREAS, It is necessary and in the best interest of the City of Del Rio to advertise for
these needed professional services as soon as possible;
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF DEL RIO, TEXAS THAT;
1. It hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager to advertise for a request for
qualifications (RFQ) from firms that have the required expertise to perform the duties
required to evaluate and then design the needed fixes along with providing the documents
required to let the work out to bid for the construction of the roof repairs.
PASSED AND APPROVED on the 31st day of March 2015
ROBERT GARZA
MAYOR
ATTEST:
SUSAN CORP
CITY SECRETARY
REVIEWED AS TO FORM AND
LEGALITY:
HENRY ARREDONDO
CITY MANAGER
SUZANNE WEST
CITY ATTORNEY
10. f.
Submitted By: Alejandro Garcia, Public Works Director, Public Works
Information
SUBJECT:
R: 2015 - 032 - A Resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Authorizing
and Directing City Manager Henry Arredondo, to Give Notice and Advertise for Bids for the
Construction of Seven (7) Streets Affected by the Infrastructure Installations - Alejandro Garcia,
Interim Public Works Director SUMMARY:
Many streets are affected by the installations of water lines and wastewater lines under two
separate contracts. Many streets are in need of repair, replacement, reconstruction, or reclamation
and after infrastructure work are found to be lacking in base or good wear course and many are
just deteriorated due to age or previous inadequate satisfactory construction. A contract work
order was issued to Bain, Medina, Bain to design and prepare plans and specifications for at least
seven streets in four areas of the Ciy to start the much needed paving plan by contract.
BACKGROUND:
The CIty of Del Rio has a contract with Bain, Medina, Barin (BMB) for professional services
upon demand. City Council issued a work order to the firm to start designs, plans, and
specification for various streets which are substantially completed with infrastructures
installations and streets which are well traveled, necessitating improvements. BMB is working on
the designs and CIty has provided information on the waterline and wastewater line installations
to facilitate the designs. BMB informed that 60% drawings could be finished in about 3-4 weeks
and since work order was issued on March 10, 2015, preliminary plans could be in hand for City
review by approximately early April 2015. Staff at CIty is ready to perform quick reviews and
have comments back to BMB within days. Thus final plans could be finished as early as mid
April 2015, optimistically DISCUSSION:
Authority to award now helps process and not wait until exactly when designs, plans and
specifications are completed. Next regularly scheduled City Council meeting will be April 14,
2015. If approval waits until this date, first advertisement would be on April 26, 2015. If plans
are finished mid April, first ads could appear in newspapers April 19, 2015 or sooner. PROS:
Authority now help the bid process.
CONS:
Plans could take longer to complete, nullifying any gains in time for advertisements
RECOMMENDATION:
Recommend approval be given to City Manager to be able to advertise timely. Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
Fiscal impact will be approximately $300 for the newspaper adds and then for the construction,
funded by 2015 CO's.
Attachments
RESO IFB
AUTHORIZING AND DIRECTING CITY MANAGER HENRY ARREDONDO, TO
GIVE NOTICE AND ADVERTISE FOR BIDS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE
SEVEN (7) STREETS AFFECTED BY INFRASTRUCTURES INSTALLATIONS.
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio by contract work and by staff work has installed infrastructures
for water, wastewater and gas lines in many areas of the city; and
WHEREAS, the designs for the seven (7) streets by reconstruction, reclaiming or repairs
affected by these installations is being completed by the Consultant Engineer, Bain Medina Bain;
and
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio, Texas needs to receive bids for this work by contract and it is
necessary to advertise as this is the quickest and most cost efficient method to perform the work.
NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
DEL RIO, TEXAS, THAT:
City Manager Henry Arredondo is hereby authorized and directed to advertise and to receive
bids for the Construction of Seven Streets (7) Affected by Infrastructures Installations.
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the 31th day of March 2015.
Robert Garza
Mayor
ATTEST:
Susan Corp
City Secretary
Henry Arredondo
City Manager
Suzanne West
City Attorney
10. g.
Submitted By: Amelia Moreno, Executive Secretary, Administration
Information
SUBJECT:
R: 2015 - 033 - A Resolution by the City Council of the City of Del Rio, Texas Reaffirming its
Unwavering Support for the Creation of a Dedicated Texas Border Infrastructure Fund to Assist
Border Communities with Binational Mobility Projects - Henry Arredondo, City Manager
SUMMARY:
n/a
BACKGROUND:
n/a
DISCUSSION:
n/a
PROS:
n/a
CONS:
n/a
RECOMMENDATION:
n/a
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
The City of Del Rio will support the effort and join the other border communities and contribute
$5,000.00 to establish the fund.
Attachments
Reso 033 Texas Border Infrastructure Fund
A RESOLUTION BY THE DEL RIO CITY COUNCIL REAFFIRMING ITS
UNWAVERING SUPPORT FOR THE CREATION OF A DEDICATED TEXAS
BORDER INFRASTRUCTURE FUND TO ASSIST BORDER COMMUNITIES
WITH BINATIONAL MOBILITY PROJECTS.
WHEREAS, international trade is vital to the entire State of Texas including the City of
Del Rio and Val Verde County; and
WHEREAS, international trade and commerce bind bi-national communities including
the City of Del Rio and Ciudad Acuna; and
WHEREAS, the Coordinated Border Infrastructure Fund was consolidated without
funding assigned in the last federal highway reauthorization bill, MAP-21; and
WHEREAS, the border communities are requesting that the State Legislature address
this need as freight from Mexico is expected to triple in the next 25 years; and
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio will support the effort and join the other border
communities to contribute $5k to the lobbyists who are shepherding the legislation that
will establish the fund.
WHEREAS, the dedicated border infrastructure may fund improvements related the
movement of goods and people along the border.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE
CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS, THAT:
Section 1.
City Attorney Suzanne West is hereby authorized to forward this
resolution to legislative staff in Austin, Texas.
Section 2.
The City Council reiterates its support for the creation of a
dedicated border infrastructure fund to focus on improving the movement of
goods and people along the Texas-Mexico border.
PASSED AND APPROVED on this 31st day of March, 2015.
_______________________
ROBERT GARZA
Mayor
ATTEST:
___________________
SUSAN CORP
City Secretary
REVIEWED AS TO FORM:
____________________
HENRY ARREDONDO
City Manager
___________________
SUZANNE WEST
City Attorney
10. h.
Submitted By: Amelia Moreno, Executive Secretary, Administration
Information
SUBJECT:
R: 2015 - 034 - A Resolution by the Del Rio City Council Expressing its Support of the Grant
Application by United Medical Centers to Obtain Funding for the Proposed Renovation and
Expansion of its South Main Clinic - Robert Garza, Mayor
SUMMARY:
n/a
BACKGROUND:
n/a
DISCUSSION:
n/a
PROS:
n/a
CONS:
n/a
RECOMMENDATION:
n/a
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
n/a
Attachments
Reso 034 UMC
A RESOLUTION BY THE DEL RIO CITY COUNCIL EXPRESSING ITS SUPPORT OF
THE GRANT APPLICATION BY UNITED MEDICAL CENTERS TO OBTAIN FUNDING
FOR THE PROPOSED RENOVATION AND EXPANSION OF ITS SOUTH MAIN CLINIC
WHEREAS, the City of Del Rio recognizes the importance of having comprehensive,
affordable, and quality health care accessible to all local residents; and
WHEREAS, the United Medical Centers is designated as a federally qualified health center and
has been rendering such services for the past 40 years within its tri-county service area; and
WHEREAS, the United Medical Centers is a private, non-profit healthcare organization that
serves the Val Verde health care community with primary health care services; and
WHEREAS, the United Medical Centers renders health care services in the areas of pediatric
care, OB/GYN, family medicine, internal medicine, podiatry and dental services and offers in-house
services such as laboratory, pharmacy, radiology, social services, and family planning;
WHEREAS, the United Medical Centers offers their services to the entire Val Verde County
community, including, the low income and uninsured residents of Val Verde County, and
WHEREAS, the United Medical Centers offers a discount based on a sliding fee scale to
residents who are indigent and uninsured in order to ensure accessibility; and
WHEREAS, the United Medical Centers employs over 115 individuals, including, doctors,
dentists, nurses, technical support and other administrative and clinical support staff in Val Verde
county; and
WHEREAS, the United Medical Centers is in the process of preparing a federal funding
application under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Health Infrastructure
Investment Program to renovate and expand its United Medical Centers #3 clinic site located at 913
S. Main St. in downtown Del Rio; and
WHEREAS, the proposed renovation and expansion of this clinic site will greatly enhance
access to care for hundreds of additional residents of Val Verde County;
WHEREAS, the United Medical Centers is seeking community support to enhance and
strengthen its grant application and increase the chances of getting this grant approved; now,
therefore,
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DEL RIO, TEXAS THAT:
1. The City of Del Rio fully supports and endorses the efforts of the United Medical Centers
to renovate and expand its offices located at 913 South Main Street, Del Rio, Texas.
2. The City of Del Rio concurs that the renovation and expansion project will significantly
increase access to health care services for thousands of residents who reside in the City of Del Rio
and Val Verde County, Texas.
3. The City of Del Rio concurs that a definite need exists to renovate and expand the South
Main Clinic to address the critical shortage of health care providers in the community.
PASSED AND APPROVED on this
day of March, 2015.
ROBERT GARZA,
Mayor
ATTEST:
SUSAN CORP,
City Secretary
HENRY ARREDONDO,
City Manager
SUZANNE WEST,
City Attorney
11. a.
Information
SUBJECT:
Submitted for review to the City Of Del Rio City Council the 2nd Quarter Report of Surplus
Auction - Mario Garcia, Purchasing Agent
SUMMARY:
As provided for by the Del Rio City Council Resolution R: 2012-059, dated April 24, 2012, all
City of Del Rio surplus auctions are disposed of at auction, through www.govdeals.com. In
addition to City of Del Rio rolling stock, various and miscellaneous other surplus items, such as
furniture, fixtures, equipment or materials are auctioned through this website method as well.
BACKGROUND:
The City of Del Rio Charter Section 75 provides for open competition under the rules and
regulations as the City Council may prescribe. Also, depending on the estimated value of the
property that the City of Del Rio auctions, be advertised on the official newspaper for sales and
bids. At the current time, the Central Purchasing Department provides for these requirements by
submitting all items to auction through an agreement with Govdeals.com for online auctions.
Additionally, auctions are advertised on a regular basis through the Del Rio News Herald and
other marketing methods.
DISCUSSION:
The City Of Del Rio Retains The Right To Refuse Any And All Bids On Any Surplus Property
Placed At Auction. No expenses, other than advertising costs and the fixed 7% fee paid to
GovDeals.com by the City, are incurred in the sale of surplus items.
PROS:
Revenues obtained from surplus auction items will continue to improve, while providing for more
open competition.
CONS:
Prepping vehicles and equipment ready for auction will incur time from Fleet and Purchasing
Staff from daily activities.
RECOMMENDATION:
The City of Del Rio Purchasing Agent recommends that the City Council discuss and approve the
submitted items as listed to surplus auction.
Fiscal Impact
FISCAL IMPACT:
Prepping vehicles and equipment ready for auction will incur labor time from Fleet and
Purchasing Staff. No other significant impacts are anticipated.
Attachments
q2 sold asset report
surplus veh to auction1
surplus veh to auction2
Sold Asset Report- General Items
Del Rio, City of, TX
Date range: 01/01/2015 - 03/31/2015
ID
225
226
227
228
229
230
Inventory ID
225
226
227
228
229
230
Description
Buyer
1 EATON FERRUPS FE/QFE UPS AND BATTERY CABINET
1 LOT of USED DOORS AND WINDOWS
SKID MOUNTED FIRE FIGHTING APPARATUS
1 LOT of USED WORK CLOTHES
1 HP COLOR PRINTER
LOT OF USED POLICE DUTY GEAR
Ted Smith
enrique rodriguez
scott waldorff
enrique rodriguez
Raul Castillo
Alex Coleman
Starting Bid
Sold Amount
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
25.00
10.00
250.00
6.00
15.00
10.00
316.00
100.00
27.00
5,521.01
17.00
15.00
26.00
5,706.01
Sold Asset Report - Rolling Stock
Del Rio Fleet, TX
Date range: 01/01/2015 - 03/31/2015
ID
45
46
47
Inventory ID
45
Asset 1226
Unit 0075
Asset 1239
Unit 0233
Description
Buyer
Starting Bid
Sold Amount
$
8,010.00
25.00 $
705.00
1995 FORD 575D BACKHOE
Raul Castillo
$
1994 GMC Sierra C2500 V8, 5.0L (305 CID)
Ted Smith
$
1996 Ford Ranger XL Reg. Cab 2WD
Bryan valenzuela
$
$
100.00
25.00
150.00
$ 1,655.00
$ 10,370.00
Bids
17
3
57
3
1
8
Bids
Auction Ended
2/19/2015 15:00
2/17/2015 15:30
2/24/2015 14:51
2/20/2015 15:00
2/23/2015 15:00
3/6/2015 15:00
Auction Ended
Status
PU
PU
PU
PU
PU
PU
Status
76
2/4/2015 9:03
PU
28
2/19/2015 15:00
PU
49
2/19/2015 15:36
PU
11. b.
Information
Subject
Discussion on Water-Secondary Water Source. CIP Plan Details for FY 2013-2014. City has
funding in the Amount of $500,000.00 for Best Value at either new City property or at the
Hackberry Well location - Alejandro Garcia, Interim Public Works Director
Attachments
11. c.
Information
Subject
Discussion to Extend 8-Inch Water Services as Approved by Utilities Commission on March 26,
2015 - Rowland Garza, Councilman
Attachments
map
Submitted By: Aida Garcia, Administrative
Assistant
12. a.
Information
Subject Attorney/Client Consultation to Discuss Data Retention
Attachments
Submitted By: Manuel Chavez, Finance Director
12. b.
Information
Subject Attorney/Client Consultation to Discuss Legal Options/Remedies with Respect to Transportation
Fund
Attachments

March 31, 2015 - City of Del Rio

Transcription

Similar documents

Useful advises to help you protect your Child From domestic

Life changes, the household changes Useful advises to help you

Brochure - Mountain Home Public Schools

Rio

LSN : Seed : Favela chic: Artists give slums a brighter

49995.00 (In stock) - Southdowns Motorhome Centre

1410 Rio BRazos DRive | Waterstone

3. mantenimiento de equipos

Rio de Janeiro HSBC ARENA MULTIPURPOSE ARENA

Fire Fighting PDF